SAN DIEGO
UNIVERSITY
FOR
INTEGRATIVE STUDIES
General Catalog
10/01/2016 to 09/30/2018
Updated 01/25/2017
San Diego University for Integrative Studies 3900 Harney Street, San Diego, CA 92110 Phone: (619) 297-1999 Fax: (619) 542-1999 Office Hours: Mon. – Fri. 8:30AM – 5:00 PM E-mail: [email protected] Web-site: www.sduis.edu
Administrative Staff
Cristina Bortoni Versari, Ph.D. CEO and Director of Sport Psychology [email protected] Program Raymond Trybus, Ph.D. [email protected] President and Chief Academic Officer
Daniela Versari Director of Marketing Cintia Jarrett, B.A. [email protected] Administrative Director, Registrar Lisa Bulgatz, Ph.D. [email protected] Director of Student Services
Shannon McCracken [email protected] Student Services Bobbie Xuereb [email protected] Librarian
Vanessa Christie Career Services Coordinator, Assistant [email protected] Librarian Vincent Palmer Student Services Coordinator [email protected] Nikki Frederick [email protected] Admissions Representative
Michael McGovern [email protected] Admissions Representative Kim Soulaqa [email protected] Payment Center Kristen Kirkham, M.S. [email protected] Distance Learning Coordinator USA English Learning Center
Juliana Versari Director of Student Services
Lyn Stangeland, MBA Program Director
2
UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS CONTACT INFORMATION
New Year’s Day - January San Diego University for Integrative Studies Martin Luther King’s Birthday - 3900 Harney Street January San Diego, CA 92110 President’s Day - February Memorial Day - May Phone: 619 297 1999 Independence Day - July Toll Free: 1800 234 7041 Labor Day - September Fax: 619 542 1999 Thanksgiving Day - November Day after Thanksgiving - Website: www.sduis.edu November E-mail: [email protected] Christmas Eve Day - December Christmas Day - December Faculty and instructors are available to speak to prospective and current students via email SDUIS OFFICE HOURS and the information can be requested at the office. Students may also request an Monday – Friday 8:30am – 5:00pm appointment to speak to faculty/instructors in person.
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
About the University Mission Statement ...... 9 Philosophy ...... 10 Statement of Nondiscrimination……………… 10 Students ...... 10 Campus Description ...... 10 Instructional Equipment & Materials………… 11 Housing & Transportation ...... 11 Institutional Status & Disclosures ...... 11 Legal Control ...... 12 Advisory Board ...... 12 Notice Concerning Transferability of Credits and Credentials Earned at our Institution ...... 12 Notice to Prospective Students ...... 12 Language of Instruction ...... 13 Test of English as a Foreign Language ...... 13 Programs of Study ...... 14 Instructional Methods ...... 15
University Resources Book Purchase ...... 17 Library Resources ...... 17 Disabled Student Services ...... 18 Student Activities ...... 18 Academic Counseling ...... 19
Admission Information Admission Procedures ...... 20 Transfer Credit Policy ...... 23 Residency Requirements ...... 24 Extension Students ...... 25 Auditors ...... 25 Notice Concerning Transferability of Credits and Credentials Earned at Our Institution…… 25
Financial Information Program Cost Chart…………………………… 26 Tuition ...... 28 Fee Schedule ...... 31 Housing and Transportation ...... 33 Equipment Costs ...... 33 Student’s Right to Cancel ...... 34 Refund Policy ...... 34 Student Tuition Recovery Fund ...... 35 Financial Assistance ...... 36 Hold on Records ...... 36
Administrative Guidelines Registration ...... 37 Attendance ...... 37 4
Drop Policy ...... 38 Withdrawal, Dismissal and Probation ...... 39 Leave of Absence...... 40 Readmission ...... 40 Transcripts of Records ...... 40 Exceptions to Academic Regulations ...... 41 Ethical Conduct ...... 41 Grievances ...... 41 Retention of Student Records ...... 42 Directory Information ...... 42 Policies Regarding Health & Safety ...... 43
Academic Guidelines Academic Progress ...... 44 Time Limitations ...... 44 Grading Standards ...... 44 Letter Grades ...... 44 Incompletes...... 45 Student Evaluations ...... 47 Tutorials ...... 47 Comprehensive Examination Policies………... 48 Academic Probation and Dismissal ...... 51 Academic Honesty...... 51 Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy ...... 52
Degree and Program Information ...... 55 – 155 Undergraduate Studies Philosophy ...... 55 Bachelor of Arts Programs Bachelor of Arts in Humanistic Studies ...... 57 Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration ...... 60
College of Graduate Studies Philosophy……………………………………. 64 California Licensing Requirements Marriage and Family Therapist ...... 65 Psychologist ...... 66 Master’s Theses……………………………….. 67 Doctoral Dissertations...... 67 Personal Counseling Requirements………… .. 67
Master of Arts Programs Master of Arts in Expressive Arts Therapy...... 69 Master of Arts in Information Technology ...... 71 Master of Arts in Marriage and Family Therapy ...... 73 Master of Arts in Psychobiomechanics and Postural Therapy…………………………………………………... 76 5
Master of Arts in Sport Counseling ……………………… ... 78 Master of Arts in Transpersonal Psychology……………… .. 80
Masters Programs Master of Accounting……………………………………… 83 Master of Business Administration………………………... 85 Master of Business Administration with Specialization in Hospitality Management…….………. 88 Masters of Business Administration with Specialization in Marketing ……………..………………. 90 Master of Business in Administration with Specialization in Sport Communication…………………. 93 Masters of Business Administration with Specialization in Sport Management ..…..………………. 95
Doctoral Degree Programs Doctor of Business Administration ………………………… 99 Doctor of Philosophy in Psychobiomechanics & Postural Therapy………… ...... 101 Doctor of Philosophy in Psychology Specialization in Expressive Arts Therapy………… ...... 103 Doctor of Philosophy in Psychology Specialization in Sport Psychology………...... 106 Doctor of Philosophy in Transpersonal Psychology Specialization in Tibetan Buddhist Psychology……….. . 109 Doctor of Psychology……………………………………… .. 111
Certificate Programs (non-degree) Accounting...... 115 Advertising...... 117 Communication...... 119 Executive Leadership Coaching ...... 121 Expressive Arts Therapy ...... 123 Family Leadership Coaching ...... 125 Fashion Design...... 127 Graphic Design...... 129 Hospitality Management...... 131 Information Technology...... 133 Integrative Nursing Care...... 135 International Business Administration...... 136 Marketing...... 139 Mobile Applications Development ………………………….. 141 Psychobiomechanics and Postural Therapy...... 143 Sport Coaching ………………………………………………. 145 Sport Communication………………………………………… 146 Sport Management…………………………………………… 148 Sport Psychology ...... 150 Tibetan Buddhist Psychology ...... 152 6
Web Design...... 153
Course Descriptions ...... 156-200
Accounting...... 156 Advertising...... 158 Bachelors in Humanistic Studies………………………....… 159 Business Administration ...... 163 Communication...... 170 Executive Leadership Coaching ...... 172 Expressive Arts Therapy ...... 173 Family Leadership Coaching ...... 175 Fashion Design...... 176 Graphic Design...... 177 Hospitality Management...... 178 Information Technology...... 179 Integrative Nursing Care ...... 183 Marketing...... 183 Mobile Applications Development ...... 185 Psychobiomechanics and Postural Therapy...... 186 Psychology...... 189 Sport Coaching……………………………………………….. 194 Sport Communication/Sport Management ...... 195 Sport Psychology ...... 196 Transpersonal Studies ...... 198 Web Design...... 201
University Programs Faculty ...... 203-209
Academic Calendar Calendar for Academic Years 2016 to 2020 ...... 210- 219
ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE ((ESL) INTENSIVE ENGLISH LEARNING PROGRAM (IEP)) ...... 220 USAELC Mission ...... 220 Accreditation ...... 220 Program Overview ...... 220 Schedule of classes ...... 220 Course Descriptions ...... 220 Admissions ...... 221 Placement Test and Exit Exam ...... 222 Certificate of Completion ...... 222 Attendance Policy ...... 222 Medical Reduced Course Load (RCL): ...... 223 Make-up Work: ...... 223 Class or Course Change Request ...... 223 Repeating Courses ...... 224 Grades and Grading Scale ...... 224 7
Vacation Policy ...... 224 Leave of Absence Policy ...... 224 Last Day Request and Transfer Policy ...... 225 Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy ...... 225 Academic Probation……………………………………………226 Transfer Credits ...... 226 Other Services ...... 227 Smoking Policy ...... 227 Drug & Alcohol Use ...... 227 Ethical Conduct ...... 227 USAELC Safety Declaration ...... 227 Crime Prevention ...... 227 Tuition and Fees ...... 228 Schedule of Total Charges……………………………………...228 Payments/Method of Payment/ Additional Fees: ...... 229 Student’s Right to Cancel ...... 229 Withdrawal from the Program………………………………….229 Refund Policy ...... 22930 Student Loans ...... 230 Questions and Complaints ...... 230
Intensive English Language Program (IEP) Faculty ...... … 232-233
8
ABOUT THE UNIVERSITY
MISSION STATEMENT
Mission Statement classroom or distance instruction, The mission of San Diego University for supervised practicum experience, Integrative Studies is to provide an and tutorial study with distinguished educational environment that will facilitate faculty who have demonstrated and encourage adult learners who value and expertise in their respective fields; strive to pursue intellectual growth. The Measuring student achievement University provides academic and practical through examinations and training utilizing a humanistic applied evaluations of explicit approach to adults who seek to grow from demonstrations of academic an interdisciplinary, integrative education in competence with attention to support of their personal and professional professional ethical standards; goals. Encouraging recognition of the rich diversity of peoples, cultures, and In fulfillment of its mission, SDUIS will ideas that add to a chosen field of Develop students who seek to be study through integrative educational lifelong learners programs and instructional Prepare students for the diverse methodologies; applications of 21st century careers Providing the community access to Create an inclusive environment that continuing education programs, celebrates the unique backgrounds of special lectures, and multi-cultural the staff, faculty and learners events.
The institutional purposes of the University’s educational programs include: Preparing students for academic and professional success through direct
All information, including statements of fees, course offerings, admissions and graduation requirements contained in this catalog are subject to change without notice.
The University is not liable for unintended errors or omissions or for the statements of any employee, advisor or faculty member in conflict with the contents of this catalog.
9
PHILOSOPHY internships and self-assessment. Integrative education requires a commitment to change, Integrative education emphasizes personal growth, and respect for perceptual and development, maturity, and wisdom cultural diversity. combined with technical and professional skills. The goal of San Diego University for STATEMENT OF Integrative Studies is to prepare a graduate NONDISCRIMINATION who possesses the competence and the understanding to help others effectively. Students of any race, color, gender, Learning at SDUIS is designed to cultivate nationality and ethnicity are admitted to all competence in service to others and rights, privileges, programs and activities integrates academic and scholarly discipline available at San Diego University for with intuitive and spiritual understanding. Integrative Studies. The University Experience in applying the skills acquired maintains a non-discriminatory policy and insights gained require intensive regarding race, color, age, gender, disability, training, internships, and community creed, sexual orientation, and national or service. ethnic origin in the administration of educational policies, admissions policies, Integrative studies and Humanistic scholarship or loan programs and other psychology emerged as a consequence of University administered programs. reductionist, biological, and mechanistic views of human beings. Integrative studies STUDENTS follow a holistic model by acknowledging the individual's capacity for choice, self- The University provides a supportive and healing, growth, and spirituality. The creative environment for mature individuals implementation of this model considers who are seeking a positive change in their individuals in their many inseparable lives. Historically, SDUIS students have dimensions: mind, body, and spirit and in often been embarking on one of life's great their social, cultural, and environmental transitions, such as: homemakers creating contexts. The scope of integrative studies new roles and opportunities; accomplished embrace areas and methods of inquiry based professionals finding new directions and upon human experience and the dimensions; recently retired professional contemporary issues men and women athletes or military personnel looking for a confront in their daily lives. new purpose; paraprofessionals in human services who have been counseling Scholastically, integrative education peripherally while desiring enhanced combines cognitive and methodological techniques and the opportunity to enter skills with affective and intuitive skills. It private practice; licensed practitioners recognizes that maturity and effectiveness seeking a higher degree of competence and are manifestations of perspective, state of the art approaches; and, those experience, and self-knowledge. These improving the quality of their personal as attributes are not only assimilated through well as professional lives. ordinary didactic instruction but are nurtured through experiential learning. The CAMPUS DESCRIPTION experiential component includes small group discussion, role-playing, case studies, The main campus for the University is student presentations, simulations, clinical located in historic Old Town San Diego,
10
close to the Pacific Ocean and Interstate 5. IT-related classes may require download and The facilities available at the University use of open-source, publicly available include administrative offices, classrooms, software such as Wordpress. Students are library, student lounge, computer labs, expected to have access to computers conference room, reception area and file capable of downloading and running room. contemporary versions of such software. Details of required materials are provided in Old Town San Diego is considered the the syllabi for the courses involved. “birthplace” of California and is home to Students who do not have their own access over 150 restaurants, shops and historical to a computer with this capability may use sites. Miles of oceanfront beach are within a computers in one of the University’s few miles and Mission Bay, with more than computer labs for purposes of study, course 4,000 acres of bay, bike paths, grassy knolls assignments, etc. and parks is approximately three miles north of Old Town. Within 10 miles are the Graphic Design-related courses may require University of California, San Diego (UCSD) download of publicly available software and San Diego State University (SDSU), such as InDesign, Photoshop and Illustrator, where students of San Diego University for as well as design tools including drawing Integrative Studies can access library tablet, colored pencils, t-square and ruler. facilities as well as cultural and educational events. Housing and Transportation San Diego University for Integrative Studies Instructional Equipment and Materials is a non-residential campus serving a wide All SDUIS classrooms are equipped with an variety of students. It does not provide instructor’s laptop computer linked to a flat- dormitory facilities or off-campus student screen TV monitor for projection of housing. The school assumes no classroom materials visible to the class. responsibility in matters of student housing Each classroom also has a whiteboard and and transportation for its degree and markers, and a place where notices and certificate students. paper displays can be posted. Classrooms are also furnished with chairs and INSTITUTIONAL STATUS AND worktables for students as well as for the DISCLOSURES instructor. The content of most classes can be delivered with this standard set of San Diego University for Integrated Studies equipment. is approved to operate by the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education (BPPE) in As appropriate, certain classrooms contain the state of California. Therefore, SDUIS other supplies and equipment needed for the meets the BPPE's minimum standards as set particular class. For example, Fashion forth in the California for Private Design classes may include fabric samples, Postsecondary Education Act of 2009 Title garment patterns, sewing machines, and 5, Division 7.5 of the California Code of ironing boards, etc., as appropriate to the Regulations Private Postsecondary specific course topic. Fashion design Education. students are expected to have access to a sewing machine, ironing board, and dress- The University’s Marriage and Family fitting mannequin for outside-of-class Therapy program is approved by the assignments. California Board of Behavioral Sciences
11
(BBS). Graduates of the Master of Arts in Legal Control Marriage and Family Therapy program are This institution is owned by the San Diego academically qualified for California State University for Integrative Studies, Inc., a licensure as Marriage and Family Therapists. California Corporation. The Psychology (PsyD) program at the San Diego University for Integrative Studies are Advisory Board approved by the California Board of The Advisory Board Members are: Psychology (BOP). Graduates of the Doctor Stuart Hurwitz, JD of Psychology program are academically Randall McManus, JD qualified for California State licensure as Denis Waitley, PhD Psychologists. SDUIS is a Continuing Education Provider approved by the Notice Concerning Transferability of California Board of Registered Nursing Credits and Credentials Earned at Our under the State of California Department of Institution Consumer Affair, Provider Number CEP The transferability of credits you earn at the 14193. SDUIS is also a Continuing San Diego University for Integrative Studies Education Provider approved by the is at the complete discretion of an institution California Board of Behavioral Sciences. to which you may seek to transfer. Provider Number PCE 1608. SDUIS is Acceptance of the (degree or certificate) you approved by the Student and Exchange earn at the San Diego University for Visitor Program under the US Department Integrative Studies is also at the complete of Homeland Security. SDUIS certificate discretion of the institution to which you programs are also approved by the Veterans may seek to transfer. If the (credits or Administration. degree, or certificate) that you earn at this institution are not accepted at the institution San Diego University for Integrative Studies to which you seek to transfer, you may be offers the Intensive English Language required to repeat some or all of your Program (IEP) training through the coursework at that institution. For this department USA English Language Center, reason, you should make certain that your which is approved by the Accrediting attendance at this institution will meet your Council for Continuing Education and educational goals. This may include Training (ACCET). contacting an institution to which you may seek to transfer after attending (name of SDUIS is not institutionally accredited, nor institution) to determine if your (credits or are any of the Degree programs offered, by degree, diploma or certificate) will transfer. an accrediting agency recognized by the US Department of Education. Notice to Prospective Students This institution approved by the Bureau for SDUIS does not have a pending petition in Private Postsecondary Education to offer bankruptcy, is not operating as a debtor in degree programs. To continue to offer possession, has not filed a petition within the degree programs, this institution must meet preceding 5 years, nor has a petition of the following requirements: bankruptcy been filed against SDUIS within Become institutionally accredited by an the preceding 5 years that resulted in re- accrediting agency recognized by the United organization under chapter 11 of the US States Department of Education, with the Bankruptcy code (11USCSEC1101ETSEQ). scope of the accreditation covering at least one degree program.
12
- whether the degree from SDUIS would meet accreditation, as defined in regulations, by those requirements. SDUIS does not and July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, cannot make any claim or assurance about 2020. this issue.
If this institution stops pursuing If a student obtains a loan to pay for an accreditation, it must: educational program, the student will have the responsibility to repay the full amount of Stop all enrollment in its degree the loan plus interest, less the amount of any programs, and refund. , and that, if the student has received -out to finish the federal student financial aid funds the educational program or provide a refund. student is entitled to a refund of the monies not paid from federal student financial aid An institution that fails to comply with program funds. accreditation requirements by the required dates shall have its approval to offer degree Students enrolled in an unaccredited programs automatically suspended. institution are not eligible for Federal
Financial Aid Programs. Therefore, SDUIS A degree program that is unaccredited or a does not participate in federal or state degree from an unaccredited institution is financial aid programs. not recognized for some employment positions, including, but not limited to, Career Placement assistance is not currently positions within the State of California. offered by SDUIS. Graduates of an unaccredited institution may face restrictions that could include difficulty in obtaining licensing in a state outside of Language of Instruction California. All instruction is in English and all papers, projects, theses and dissertations must be Disclaimer: Licensing laws and regulations written in English. The English proficiency vary considerably from state to state outside level required of native English speakers is California, and states also make changes to that of a high school diploma from a US their laws and regulations periodically. high school, or the equivalent. The required SDUIS makes no claim as to whether our English proficiency level for non-native MFT and PsyD program curriculum would English speakers is determined by scores on meet the educational requirements for the TOEFL examination, as described licensing in any state outside California. below. SDUIS’s PsyD program is not accredited by the American Psychological Association Test of English as a Foreign Language (APA) and has not received designation by Applicants for whom English is a second the Association of State and Provincial language will be required to demonstrate a Psychology Boards/National Register mastery of English language by taking the (ASPPB/NR), which are requirements for Test of English as a Foreign Language licensure in some states. If you are (TOEFL) examination and achieving a score considering applying for licensure in other of at least 500 (paper-form), 173 (computer- states, either after graduation or at a later based form), or 61 (Internet-based form). time, it is essential for you to determine the other state’s licensing requirements and
13
PROGRAMS OF STUDY Doctor of Philosophy in Transpersonal Psychology, Specialization: Tibetan Academically, the University aspires to train Buddhist Psychology knowledgeable practitioners, professionals Doctor of Psychology and community leaders who bring to their work a special awareness of their social, ethical, and professional responsibilities. GRADUATE CERTIFICATE San Diego University for Integrative Studies PROGRAMS (non-degree) is proud to provide education for individuals committed to human service and personal Certificate in Expressive Arts Therapy development. The following degree Certificate in Integrative Nursing Care programs reflect these commitments: Certificate in Psychobiomechanics and Postural Therapy UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Certificate in Sport Psychology Certificate in Tibetan Buddhist Psychology Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration Bachelor of Arts in Humanistic Studies CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS (non- degree)
GRADUATE PROGRAMS Certificate in Accounting Certificate in Advertising Master of Accounting Certificate in Communication Master of Arts in Expressive Arts Therapy Certificate in Executive Leadership Coaching Master of Arts in Information Technology Certificate in Family Leadership Coaching Master of Arts in Marriage and Family Certificate in Fashion Business Therapy Certificate in Fashion Design Master of Arts in Psychobiomechanics and Certificate in Graphic Design Postural Therapy Certificate in Hospitality Management Master of Arts in Sport Counseling Certificate in Information Technology Master of Arts in Transpersonal Psychology Certificate in International Business Master of Business Administration Administration Master of Business Administration, Certificate in Marketing Specialization: Hospitality Management Certificate in Mobile Applications Master of Business Administration, Development Specialization: Marketing Certificate in Sport Coaching Master of Business Administration, Certificate in Sport Communication Specialization: Sport Communication Certificate in Sport Management Master of Business Administration, Certificate in Web Design Specialization: Sport Management Doctor of Business Administration Doctor of Philosophy in Psychobiomechanics & Postural Therapy Doctor of Philosophy in Psychology, Specialization: Expressive Arts Therapy Doctor of Philosophy in Psychology, Specialization: Sport Psychology
14
Non Credit Short Term Programs components such as internship and practicum requirements. Faculty provide The Intensive English Language Program individualized academic advising as needed (IEP) is offered by the USA English and encourage ongoing student dialogue in Language Center division. Courses offered class and online. Upon completion of the include: core curriculum, students become involved in their capstone research project, the Clock Master’s Thesis. In addition, students are ESL Courses: Weeks Hours required to complete fifty (50) clock hours Beginning I 216 12 of personal counseling provided by a Beginning II 216 12 licensed psychologist or therapist approved Intermediate I 216 12 by the University. Grading criteria are Intermediate II 216 12 presented to students in the course syllabus Advanced I 216 12 provided at the beginning of class. The Advanced II 216 12 University’s grading policy is designed to TOEFL Test Preparation 216 12 meet the highest professional standards of objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. Conversation for Fluency 216 12
Business English 216 12 4) Independent study courses are an in- depth study of a topic and directed by For additional information on the courses in SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified the IEP program, please visit our website to mentor who is approved by the Chief review our application form, or meet with an Academic Officer (CAO). Students seeking IEP Admissions Representative. an independent course are directed to meet with the Registrar to sign an independent Instructional Methods: study contract and obtain CAO approval.
Residential courses 5) Student learning performance outcome 1) All residential courses, other than evaluations include essay and objective independent study, are taught in a classroom examinations, research, reports, and setting. Each instructor provides students experiential activities. with a syllabus that contains an outline of the course objectives, the course content, Distance Education student performance expectations, textbooks 1) A majority of courses offered by the San and related study materials, and evaluation Diego University for Integrative Studies are methods used for grading purposes. All also offered through distance education. instruction at the San Diego University for Direct education is delivered to students via Integrative Studies is provided in English. the Internet, using the learning management system NEO, which allows for the delivery, 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture and tacking of e-learning courses and style with group discussions, video content, discussion forums, and testing. All presented material, student presentations and instruction at the San Diego University for written assignments. Integrative Studies is provided in English.
2) Each student is provided with a syllabus 3) Instructional methods also include that contains an outline of the course research projects and experiential objectives, course content, weekly
15
assignments and student performance expectations.
3) Instructors work closely with students to monitor their progress.
Learning Management System The University utilizes NEO as its Learning Management System (LMS). Students interact with their faculty and peers in the online student portal. To receive attendance credit for the week, students participate in discussion forums, read articles, view/listen to media, review material, and upload projects and assignments for feedback by peers and faculty on NEO.
Upon enrollment, students receive a password to gain access to the LMS. Each course has a unique location on the LMS. Course curriculum, the syllabus, lectures, reference materials, and links to outside resources are included in the courses.
Computer Requirements for Distant Learning In order to receive maximum benefit from courses offered by distant learning, the student must have access to a computer and the Internet. The computer must meet the following specifications:
• Windows 7 or later, or a Mac with a currently supported operating system • Internet capability • Soundcard & Speakers • Current Internet web browser
16
UNIVERSITY RESOURCES
BOOK PURCHASE Education Resources Information Center (ERIC) For a list of required textbooks, students can International Bibliography of the go to http://www.sduis.edu. Students who do Social Sciences (IBSS) not have Internet service are welcome to use Linguistics and Language Behavior the University’s computer lab during regular Abstracts (LLBA) office hours. Students have the option to buy PAIS Index their texts from any bookstore that best suits PILOTS: Published International their needs. Literature on Traumatic Stress
Political Science Database LIBRARY RESOURCES Social Science Database SDUIS students, faculty, and staff have full- Social Services Abstracts text access to extensive online library Sociological Abstracts materials via the Library and Information Sociology Database Resources Network, Inc. (LIRN), of which Worldwide Political Science SDUIS is a member. SDUIS also hosts a Abstracts small physical library, housing use-on-site reference materials, and a series of carrels The SDUIS library webpage at with computers for access to the electronic http://bxuereb.wixsite.com/sduis also collections. Library hours are Monday includes links to the following library through Thursday from 12:00 pm to 4:00pm, services and collections: and from 5:00 pm to 8:00 pm, and Saturdays General online library resources from 10:00 am to 2:00 pm. Students may Library of Congress e-collections access library services here, including TinyCat: access to dissertations and assistance from the Librarian or Assistant theses Librarian on using the online library access, ESL resources as well as identifying and accessing library REALIA Project (information on materials. The LIRN materials and other language teaching) resources accessed via web links are Internships and Career Resources available at any time from any computer with internet access. Sports Psychology Resources Managerial Economics Resources SDUIS’s LIRN subscription includes the following ProQuest databases: Students can access the University of Psychology Database California, San Diego (UCSD) and San Diego State University (SDSU) libraries Social Science Premium Collection through the purchase of the Community or Applied Social Sciences Index and Guest card, which is valid for one year. Abstracts (ASSIA) SDUIS does reimburse for the purchase of Criminal Justice Database the library card, once the student submits the Education Database receipt as proof of purchase.
17
Students can access the University of Disabilities Act of 1960 and section 504 of California, San Diego libraries consisting of the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973. six (6) libraries throughout the UCSD campus, providing users with access to more than 7 million digital and print volumes, journals, and multimedia materials. For STUDENT ACTIVITIES borrowing privileges, students may purchase the Community Borrowing card for a fee of Student/Alumni Network $100 for 12-months. The University provides a forum of communication between former and current San Diego State University main library is students of San Diego University for also available, through purchase of the Integrative Studies. The University has an community member card at an annual cost internet based news/discussion group, of $60. The SDSU library contains over 7 SDUIS forum, which is used as the primary million items in its collection, including tool for networking and disseminating books, periodicals, microfilm, and electronic information about the SDUIS community. subscriptions. Instructional Modalities A professional librarian and information Residential classes held on campus at 3900 specialist experienced in the electronic Harney Street, San Diego, CA 92110 also retrieval of information is available in each provide routine, out-of-class online library. instructional services to students, which further reinforce course objectives and Distance Learning students can select a curricula content. In terms of 21st Century library near where they are located for the pedagogy, this process facilitates a same access and privileges. comprehensive immersion into the basic science and theoretical foundations of DISABLED STUDENT SERVICES Psychology, for example. Students working on their capstone research projects, either Students with Disabilities the Master’s Thesis or Doctoral Dissertation, The University welcomes students with participate in ongoing Thesis / Dissertation disabilities. Students who have special needs list Services for online group instructional are encouraged to contact the Dean of interaction, guided conjointly by the Dean of Academic Affairs to make arrangements for Academic Affairs and the Director of the needed services. Such students may be Research. entitled to receive approved modifications, accommodations, or auxiliary aids to enable Distance Learning classes at the San Diego them to participate in and benefit from all University for Integrative Studies are educational programs and activities on the delivered over the internet where the student campus. San Diego University for and instructor/faculty are not located in the Integrative Studies is committed to same place. Learning is fundamentally providing opportunities for higher education asynchronous, meaning that while working and for making its programs, activities, and within the quarter time frame, the student facilities fully accessible to persons with decides when and from where to access and disabilities. The University is fully complete required weekly assignments. compliant with the Americans with Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO Learning Management System
18
previously described. Students submit their Campus Tours assignments to the class weekly. Instructor All prospective students who visit San and students reviews the work and provide Diego University for Integrative Studies feedback to the student weekly. Each student receive a tour of the campus by the is provided with a syllabus that contains an Admissions Officer. This includes a outline of the course objectives, course personal introduction to the administrative content, weekly assignments and student staff as wells as available students performance expectations. Distance and faculty. Learning students find themselves in a world with no limits of resources and information. ACADEMIC COUNSELING The internet enables the student to access libraries, articles, books, journals, The Admissions Advisor provides the initial newspapers, and many other sources of academic counseling to students who are information. With no classroom attendance registering for the first time. Each student required, students’ life remains virtually receives an official Program Status Report intact. (PSR), at the time of initial enrollment, which lists the sequence of the required Workshops and Special Events courses for their degree program. Academic Each quarter, students and members of the advising for continuing students is provided community are invited to attend a variety of by the assigned core faculty advisor and the workshops, lectures, and special events Dean of Academic Affairs. sponsored by the University. Support Groups The Dean of Academic Affairs remains SDUIS support groups are established available for on-going academic counseling during any quarter by students who are throughout the year and routinely provides enrolled in various courses and who want recommendations and offers academic the interaction and support of their assistance. Students should schedule an classmates. appointment in advance for a consultation with the Dean of Academic Affairs. Student Organizations Since the majority of University students are working professionals, many have limited time for additional external activities outside school. However, student organizations evolve periodically when needed.
Study Groups University students are allowed to use available classroom space during regular office hours for study groups, peer or organizational meetings, and capstone research project planning among other activities. Students make scheduling arrangements with the Administrative Office at least one (1) week in advance of the date and time being requested.
19
ADMISSION INFORMATION
ADMISSION PROCEDURES evaluation service to determine equivalency of credits. 1. Degree Programs Admission to the University's degree 7. Declaration of finances for International programs is based largely on a process of students is required. personal interview(s) and evaluation of relevant academic and professional 8. Foreign, non-English speaking students experience. Since the programs at SDUIS must submit minimum TOEFL scores of 500 are humanistic and professional in (paper-based), 173 (computer-based) or 61 orientation, the school seeks students who (Internet-based). are committed to promoting compassion, personal responsibility and well being in English as a Second Language instruction is themselves and others. provided USA English Language Center department at SDUIS. The cost for 18 hours The University's admission policy is not of instruction a week is $350 for four (4) competitive. The criteria for admission into weeks, plus applicable fees. any of the degree programs is based on the applicant's academic preparation and his/her The San Diego University for Integrative apparent orientation to humanistic and Studies is approved by the Student integrative education. No entrance exams are Exchange and Visitor Program (SEVP) to required. issue student visas.
A potential degree student must complete After all admissions materials have been the admissions packet and submit the received and evaluated, a Final Admissions following: Interview will be scheduled. The applicant is notified within two weeks of this interview 1. Application for admission with a $75 fee. on the status of his or her candidacy. During the Final Admissions Interview, the degree 2. Educational intent statement (2-5 page plan is reviewed with the applicant and the essay or update for returning students). Student Enrollment Agreement form is completed. Students who are accepted 3. Two (2) letters of recommendation. receive a Student Handbook, ID card by request, Disabled Student Services 4. Official transcripts from schools information or financial assistance previously attended. information, if appropriate.
5. Transferability of Units form. Deadline for admission as a Full Status student is one (1) month prior to the 6. Transcripts from foreign, non-English beginning of the quarter. Applicants who speaking Universities must be accompanied have not completed the admissions process by a certified official translation of the may enroll as an Extension Student while transcript and evaluation by a degree completing and submitting the remainder of materials needed. Up to three courses and
20
fees paid for credit may be applied to a the Bureau for Private for Postsecondary degree or certificate program by extension Education by calling (888) 370-7589 toll students who later enroll (as long as courses free or by completing a complain form, taken apply to the degree or certificate which can be obtained on the bureau’s program). Applicants on a student visa are internet web site www.bppe.ca.gov. not eligible to enroll as extension students. 2. Non-Degree Programs After the student receives the registration information forwarded by the Registrar, A potential Certificate student must he/she registers for classes and is required to complete the admissions packet and submit settle all appropriate fees prior to the the following: deadline for the upcoming quarter. 1. Application for admission with a $75 fee. Admissions documents submitted to SDUIS become the property of the University and 2. Educational intent statement (2-5 page cannot be returned, forwarded, copied or essay or update for returning students). released to the student, other organizations or institutions, professional associates or 3. Two (2) letters of recommendation. family and friends. 4. Copy of HS Diploma, HS Transcripts, or As a prospective student, you are GED (translated as required). encouraged to review this catalog prior to signing an enrollment agreement. You are 7. Declaration of finances for International also encouraged to review the School students is required. Performance Fact Sheet, which must be provided to you prior to signing an 8. Foreign, non-English speaking students enrollment agreement. must submit minimum TOEFL scores of 500 (paper-based), 173 (computer-based) or 61 Any questions a student may have regarding (Internet-based). this catalog that have not been satisfactorily answered by the institution may be directed English as a Second Language instruction is to the Bureau for Private Postsecondary provided under USA English Language Education at 2535 Capitol Oaks Drive, Suite Center at SDUIS. The cost for 18 hours of 400, Sacramento, CA 95833, instruction a week is $350 for four (4) www.bppe.ca.gov, toll free telephone weeks, plus applicable fees. number (888) 370-7589 or by fax (916) 263-1897. The San Diego University for Integrative Studies is approved by the Student SDUIS catalog is updated every two years. Exchange and Visitor Program (SEVP) to issue student visas. Current catalogs are available to students and the public on the University’s website. 3. Distance Learning A printed copy may be requested by a Students follow the same admission student from the Admissions Department. procedure except that the Final Admissions Interview is conducted through a conference A student or any member of the public may telephone call. Online students’ writing file a complaint about this institution with
21
skills are routinely evaluated by the distance 2. Masters Degree Programs (MA, MBA) learning instructors. Master of Accounting Enrollment Status Master of Arts in Expressive Arts Therapy
A student can be admitted to SDUIS with Master of Arts in Information Technology Full or Extension Status: Master of Arts in Marriage and Family
Therapy * Full Status: Students with this classification have completed the application Master of Arts in Psychobiomechanics and process, paid all fees, met all requirements, Postural Therapy and signed a Student Enrollment Agreement Master of Arts in Sport Counseling form. Master of Arts in Transpersonal Psychology * Extension: Students with this Master of Business Administration classification have registered in course(s) at SDUIS but are not enrolled in, nor have Master of Business Administration with they completed admissions to a degree or Specialization in Hospitality Management certificate program. They are not required to meet the admission requirements for a Master of Business Administration with degree or certificate program but must meet Specialization in Marketing all the prerequisites for specific courses taken, or have the approval of the Instructor, Master of Business Administration with and complete and sign the Extension Student Specialization in Sport Communication Course Enrollment form. Extension students who later decide to enroll may apply up to Master of Business Administration with three courses taken to a degree or certificate Specialization in Sport Management program, as long as the courses apply to the program and were taken for credit. Students enrolling in the University’s Applicants on a student visa are not eligible Master’s degree programs must have a for admission as an Extension Student. Bachelor’s degree in addition to specific prerequisite courses, which must be Degree Program Entrance completed in the first year of study. SDUIS Requirements does not accept for admission any student who does not have either a High School 1. Bachelor of Arts Degree Programs (BA) Diploma or a GED.
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Humanistic 3. Doctoral Degree Programs (DBA, PsyD) Studies Doctor of Business Administration Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration Doctor of Psychology
Students enrolling in the Bachelor Degree Doctor of Philosophy in Psychology with programs must have a High School Diploma Specialization in Expressive Arts Therapy or GED. SDUIS does not accept for admission any student who does not have either a High School Diploma or a GED.
22
Doctor of Philosophy in Transpersonal degree program, or one to be completed Psychology with Specialization in concurrently elsewhere. If a course is Transpersonal Psychology evaluated at the University as being equivalent to a course required in the Students enrolling in the Doctor of student's program, it may be accepted as Philosophy in Psychology with a such. The amount of transfer credit specialization in either Expressive Arts permitted varies with each program. Therapy or Transpersonal Psychology must The following formula is used when have previously completed a Master’s changing semester hours to quarter hours: degree in Psychology. If the Master’s is from another university and/or in another 1 semester hour = 1.5 quarter hours discipline, the student may be assigned 2 semester hours = 3.0 quarter hours prerequisite courses necessary to complete 3 semester hours = 4.5 quarter hours the Doctoral degree in Psychology. 4 semester hours = 6.0 quarter hours 5 semester hours = 7.5 quarter hours Doctor of Philosophy in Psychobiomechanics and Postural Therapy Credits eligible for transfer must be earned at institutions approved by the BPPE Doctor of Philosophy in Psychology with (Bureau for Private Postsecondary Specialization in Sport Psychology Education), public or private schools of higher education that are regionally Students enrolling in the Doctor of accredited or foreign institutions recognized Philosophy in Psychobiomechanics & by the U.S. Department of Education. Postural Therapy or the Doctor of In determining how courses are evaluated Philosophy in Psychology with a for acceptance as transfer credits, each specialization in Sport Psychology must course will be compared with the catalog have a Master of Arts or Master of Science course description from the school degree in Psychology, Physical Education or previously attended (where transfer credits related field. If the Master’s is from another will come from) to the SDUIS catalog university the student may be assigned course description. The student will provide prerequisite courses necessary to complete a copy of the catalog with course the Doctoral degree. description(s) that was in use during the time the student had attended that school, in order Certificate Programs: for the evaluation to occur. Courses eligible Students enrolling in a Certificate Program for transfer at the graduate level must have will be admitted based upon the same been completed within the last 10 years, or 6 admissions requirements as degree years for the licensing track. At the BA programs. SDUIS does not accept for level, each case will be evaluated admission any student who does not have individually. either a High School Diploma or a GED. SDUIS does not accept credit awarded for Transfer Credit Policy prior experiential learning.
When students wish to transfer units into a Credits transferred into the Bachelor of Arts degree program at SDUIS, all units must be program are limited to 90 semester or 135 from an accredited or approved school and quarter hours. A passing grade of “C-” or have not been counted towards a completed better is required for courses to transfer into
23
the Bachelor of Arts program. Master of 4. BIO/CEX/CTR/SPO 600 – Arts programs are limited to six (6) semester Business Principles hours or nine (9) quarter units. These hours must be in subjects directly related to the Residency Requirement for International core courses for the degree. A passing grade Students of "B-" or better is required for courses to transfer into SDUIS graduate programs. No The residency requirement refers to the more than 30 semester hours, or 45 quarter minimum number of classes an international hours, can be transferred into any of the student must register for per quarter. For the Doctoral programs. These hours must be in bachelors programs, the residency subjects directly related to the core courses requirement is a minimum of three classes for the degree. per quarter for three consecutive quarters; no more than the equivalent of one class or The University does not accept three semester credits (5 quarter credits) per undergraduate credit hours, even at quarter may be counted toward the full advanced levels, as transfer credit in course of study requirement if the class is graduate programs. taken on-line through distance education. For the certificate, master’s and doctorate This institution has not entered into an programs, the residency requirement is a articulation or transfer agreement with any minimum of two classes per quarter for three other college or university. consecutive quarters; no more than the equivalent of one class or three semester Residency Requirement credits (5 quarter credits) per quarter may be counted toward the full course of study The residency requirement refers to the requirement if the class is taken on-line minimum number of units of formal through distance education. classroom instruction that must be completed with the University to meet all Residency Requirement for Online course requirements. For the bachelor’s Students degrees, the residency requirement is 45 quarter hours, in all masters programs the Distance Learning students, enrolled in a residency requirement is 76 quarter hours counseling or psychology program, are except for the Marriage and Family Therapy required to complete the following courses (MFT) program, which is 82 quarter hours; in the classroom setting. These courses must and, Sport Counseling at 66 quarter units. be completed at SDUIS and cannot be The residency requirement for all Doctoral transferred from another university. The programs is 55 quarter hours. The following University’s fifteen (15) quarter hours courses cannot be transferred into SDUIS residency requirement is offered as intensive programs and must be completed at the courses in the Winter and Summer Quarters, university: and includes the following:
1. CPS 605 – Clinical Counseling CPS 605 – Clinical Counseling Skills Training Skills Training 2. CPS 611 – Advanced Clinical CPS 611 – Advanced Clinical Skills Skills Training Training 3. CPS 702 – Group Therapy: CPS 702 - Group Therapy: Theory & Theory & Practice Practice 24
Course Load for International Students Auditors The minimum number of classes an international student must register for per Qualified individuals (admitted students or quarter are as follows: extension students) who wish to attend a class without receiving credit may register as For the bachelor’s programs, the an auditor for a reduced fee of $600. Alumni requirement is a minimum of three classes can audit classes and certain special events per quarter for three consecutive quarters; no at a 20% discount. Auditors must meet all more than the equivalent of one class or pre-requisite requirements. Some classes three credits per quarter may be counted cannot be taken as an audit. toward the full course of study requirement if the class is taken on-line through distance Classes completed as an audit do not satisfy education. University degree requirements, and will not appear on a transcript. Registered students For the certificate, master’s and doctorate can change from audit to credit status before programs, the residency requirement is a the last class meeting by completing the minimum of two classes per quarter for three appropriate forms, paying the tuition consecutive quarters; no more than the difference and completing all course equivalent of one class or three credits per requirements. quarter may be counted toward the full course of study requirement if the class is Notice Concerning Transferability of taken on-line through distance education. Credits and Credentials Earned at Our Institution Extension Student Applicants The transferability of credits you earn at the The University invites qualified people who San Diego University for Integrative Studies are not enrolled in a degree program to take is at the complete discretion of an institution courses as extension students. Students who to which you may seek to transfer. later decide to enter a degree program must Acceptance of the (degree or certificate) you satisfy all admission requirements in effect earn at the San Diego University for at the time of their formal enrollment. The Integrative Studies is also at the complete same attendance and refund policy applies discretion of the institution to which you for the extension student as for all enrolled may seek to transfer. If the (credits or SDUIS students. These courses appear on a degree, or certificate) that you earn at this transcript with the respective grades. Up to institution are not accepted at the institution three courses and fees paid for credit may be to which you seek to transfer, you may be applied to degree programs by extension required to repeat some or all of your students who later enroll (as long as courses coursework at that institution. For this taken apply to the degree program). reason you should make certain that your Applicants on a student visa are not eligible attendance at this institution will meet your to apply as an extension student. educational goals. This may include contacting an institution to which you may seek to transfer after attending the San Diego University for Integrative Studies to determine if your (credits or degree, diploma or certificate) will transfer.
25
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Tuition is due and payable at the time of registration each quarter. Students are permitted to pay tuition and any fees using Master Card, Visa, Discover or American Express in addition to cash, check, money order, or cashier’s check.
Tuition is subject to change. Students will be notified of any tuition increase(s) in the SDUIS Quarterly Schedule of Classes. The same tuition charges apply to the certificate and extension students.
The following tuition amounts and required non-refundable fees ($75 Application Fee, $175 one- time Registration Fee, $300 Petition to Graduate or Petition of certificate Completion fee, Student Tuition Recovery Fund, $ 0.00, $150 Comprehensive Exam Fee for applicable programs*) are effective for academic year 2016 - 2017.
Tuition per unit Distance Program Cost Chart Bachelor’s Master’s Doctoral Certificate (5 unit class) Learning
Tuition for Class Audit ($600) ($600) ($600) ($600) ($600)
BA $78 ($390) Total Cost of Business $3960- Same as MBA/DBA/Cert. $10,150 $13,750 $5,350 Administration $14,490 Residential $120 ($600) Total Cost Humanistic $8,200 - Same as $180 (900) N/A N/A N/A Studies BA (Range): $32,500 Residential Same as Total Cost Accounting $120 ($600) N/A $11,350 N/A $5,350 Residential Total Cost of Same as Expressive Arts $240 ($1,200) N/A $22,300 $27,185 $8,950 Residential Therapy: Total Cost of Same as Information $240 ($1,200) N/A $11,950 N/A $5,350 Residential Technology Same as Total Cost of MFT: $240 ($1,200) N/A $24,940 N/A N/A Residential Total Cost of Same as Psychobiomechanics $240 ($1,200) N/A $22,300 $23,485 $10,150 and Postural Therapy Residential Total Cost of Sport Same as Counseling / $240 ($1,200) N/A $22,300 $27,185 $10,150 Residential Psychology:
26
Total Cost of Same as Transpersonal $240 ($1,200) N/A $22,285 $27,185 $5,350 Residential Psychology: Total Cost of Doctor of Same as $240 ($1,200) N/A N/A $25,885 N/A Psychology: Residential Total Cost Advertising Same as $120 ($600) N/A N/A N/A $5,350 Residential Total Cost Same as $120 ($600) N/A N/A N/A $5,350 Communication Residential Total Cost Executive Same as $120 ($600) N/A N/A N/A $5, 350 Leadership Coaching Residential Total Cost Family Same as $120 ($600) N/A N/A N/A $5,350 Leadership Coaching Residential Total Cost Fashion Same as Design/Fashion $120 ($600) N/A N/A N/A $5,350 Residential Business Total Cost Graphic Same as $120 ($600) N/A N/A N/A $5,350 Design Residential Total Cost Hospitality Same as Management $120 ($600) N/A $10,1 50 N/A $5,350 Residential Cert/MBA Total Cost Integrative Same as $120 ($600) N/A N/A N/A $5,350 Nursing Care Residential Total Cost Marketing Same as $120 ($600) N/A $10,150 N/A $5,350 Cert/MBA Residential Total Cost Mobile Same as Applications $120 ($600) N/A N/A N/A $5,350 Residential Development Total Cost Sport Coaching/ Same as $120 ($600) N/A N/A N/A $5,350 Communication/ Residential Management Total Cost Web Design Same as $120 ($600) N/A N/A N/A $5,350 Residential $900 - Same as Books, Supplies, and ~ $2,000 ~$2,500 ~ $800 Fees $3,600 Residential CEU’s $125/day
Note1: Information on licensing fees is provided on page 31 of this catalog. Note2: Information on tuition and fees for the Intensive English Language Program (IEP) classes is provided on page 221 of this catalog.
27
SCHEDULE OF TOTAL CHARGES TOTAL CHARGES FOR CURRENT PERIOD OF ATTENDANCE: Total tuition and fee charges are based on $______the sum of base tuition and fees, specific to the degree level and the program in which a ESTIMATED TOTAL CHARGES FOR student is enrolled: THE ENTIRE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM: $______Degree Level: Program: TUITION
Total Tuition: $______Bachelors of Arts Degree Programs Non-refundable The cost of a five (5) quarter unit course in Application fee: $75 the Bachelor of Arts in Humanistic Studies Program programs is $900, or $180 per unit. Non-refundable The price of the bachelor’s programs will Registration fee: $175 vary based upon the number of units transferred in. The estimated maximum *Abroad Booking fee: $ 300 program cost would be $32,400.00; the (if applicable) estimated minimum program cost would be *Estimated Cost of Textbooks: $_____ $8,100.00.
Non-refundable STRF: $0 (currently) Students in the Bachelor of Arts in Petition to Graduate fee/ Humanistic Studies degree program must Petition of Certificate Completion fee: $300 register for three (3) courses per enrollment period in order to maintain full-time status, Comprehensive Exam fee: $150 at a tuition cost of $2700.00 per quarter. (if applicable) *Other fees include: $______The cost of a five (5) quarter unit course in the Bachelor of Arts in Business Note: licensing fees (if applicable) are Administration Program programs is $390, payable to state licensing board, not to or $78 per unit. The estimated maximum SDUIS) program cost would be $14,490.00; the
1 estimated minimum cost would be Note : This fee applies to all International students $3960.00. who are applying for admission from outside of the United States. This fee is $300. This fee is refundable when a student cancels enrollment, before entering Students in the Bachelor of Arts in Business the US. Administration degree program must register 2 Note : The approximate cost of a textbook is $100 for three (3) courses per enrollment period in per class. This cost is administered by the bookseller, not paid to SDUIS. order to maintain full-time status, at a tuition Note3: Other fees may include, for example a student cost of $900.00. ID, the cost to order a transcript, or credit card decline fee. These fees are incidental and are used to The estimated cost for books, supplies and pay for services other than tuition. fees will vary according to the requirements made by the course instructors. The TOTAL CHARGES THE STUDENT IS estimated cost for books, supplies and fees OBLIGATED TO PAY UPON ranges from $900 to $3,600. ENROLLMENT: $______28
Master’s Degree Programs estimated minimum cost would be $20,810 The cost of a five (5) quarter course in the the estimated maximum cost would be Master’s degree programs in Accounting, $22,425. Information Technology, Business Administration, MBA with specialization in The estimated cost for books, supplies and Hospitality Management, MBA with fees will vary according to the requirements specialization in Marketing, MBA with of the course instructors and the number of specialization in Sport Coaching, MBA with units transferred in. The estimated cost for specialization in Sport Communication, and books, supplies and fees would be the MBA with specialization in Sport approximately $2000. Management, either online or on-site is $600, or $120 per unit. The price of the Students enrolled in these Master’s degree master’s programs will vary based upon the programs must register for two (2) courses number of units transferred in. The per enrollment period in order to maintain estimated cost would be $10,050.00 for the full-time status, at a tuition cost of $2400.00 MBA, MBA with specialization in per quarter. Hospitality Management, MBA with specialization in Marketing, MBA with Doctoral Degree Programs specialization in Sport Coaching, MBA with The cost of a five (5) quarter unit course in specialization in Sport Communication, and the PhD Expressive Arts Therapy, PhD in the MBA with specialization in Sport Psychobiomechnics and Postural Therapy, Management. PhD in Sport Psychology, PhD in Transpersonal Psychology, and Doctor of The estimated cost for the Master of Psychology programs is $1200, or $240 per Accounting is $11,250.00. The estimated unit. The tuition cost of the doctoral cost for the Master of Arts in Information programs ranges from approximately Technology is $11,850.00. $19,785 to $25,305. Books, supplies, fees and tests will cost approximately $2,500. The estimated cost for books, supplies and fees will vary according to the requirements Students enrolled in these PhD and PsyD made by the course instructors. The degree programs must register for two (2) estimated cost for books, supplies and fees courses per enrollment period in order to for these programs ranges from $1600 to maintain full-time status, at a tuition cost of $1900. $2400.00 per quarter.
Students enrolled in these Master’s degree The cost of a five (5) quarter unit course in programs must register for two (2) courses the Doctor of Business Administration per enrollment period in order to maintain program is $600, or $120 per unit. The full-time status, at a tuition cost of $1200.00 tuition cost is estimated at $13,650.00. The per quarter. estimated cost for books, supplies and fees would be $1200.00. Master of Arts Degree Programs The cost of a five (5) quarter unit course in Students enrolled in Doctor of Business the Master of Arts programs either online or Administration degree program must register on-site is $1200, or $240 per unit. The price for two (2) courses per enrollment period in of the master’s programs will vary based order to maintain full-time status, at a tuition upon the number of units transferred in. The cost of $1200.00 per quarter. 29
Certificate Programs The cost of a five (5) quarter unit course in Students enrolled in these certificate the following Certificate programs, programs must register for two (2) courses Expressive Arts Therapy, Sport Psychology per enrollment period in order to maintain and Transpersonal Psyhology is $1200, or full-time status, at a tuition cost of $1200.00 $240 per unit. The price of the certificate per quarter. programs ranges from approximately $6435 to $10,035. Books, supplies, and fees will Extension students who are not officially cost proximately $800. enrolled in a degree program, but are taking classes for personal or professional Students enrolled in these Certificate purposes, pay tuition charges according to programs must register for two (2) courses the degree level of the courses for which per enrollment period in order to maintain they register. full-time status, at a tuition cost of $2400.00 per quarter. Auditors pay a reduced tuition charge, 50% of the full cost of the course. The cost of a five (5) quarter unit course in all other Certificate programs (Accounting, The University offers a 20% discount to all Advertising, Communication, Executive alumni interested in auditing any class and Leadership Coaching, Family Leadership some special events. Coaching, Fashion Design, Graphic Design, Hospitality Management, Information Technology Systems, Integrative Nursing Care, International Business Administration, Marketing, Mobile Applications Development, Sport Coaching, Sport Communication, Sport Management, Web Design) is $600, or $120 per unit. The tuition cost for these programs is $5250.00. The cost of books, supplies and fees is $800.00.
30
SCHEDULE OF FEES 8. Petition for an Incomplete Fee: The The following is a breakdown of various petition for an incomplete, which is a twelve fees for which students are responsible for (12) week extension for a class, may only be paying based on their particular status with used in extreme hardship cases. The petition the University. must be submitted with the fee of $50.
1. Application Fee: This is a non- 9. Returned Check Fee or Declined Credit refundable fee that must accompany the Card: This fee is charged for each check SDUIS application form to be completed that is returned by the bank or whenever a and submitted by all students applying to the credit card payment is declined. The fee is school. The fee is $75. $25.
2. Registration Fee: This one-time 10. M.A. & MFT Comprehensive registration fee is payable at the time of Examination Fee: All MFT students and initial registration. The fee is $175 and $100 students enrolled in the MA Expressive Arts of the fee is non-refundable should a student Therapy, Sport Counseling and officially withdraw from the University prior Transpersonal Psychology programs are to the start of classes. required to take this examination. The fee is payable in advance of the examination date 3. Estimated Cost of Textbooks: The and is $150. estimated average cost of a textbook is $100 per class. This cost is administered by the 12. Ph.D. & Psy.D. Comprehensive bookseller, not paid to SDUIS. Examination Fee: All doctoral students enrolled in a PhD program, or the Doctor of 4. Late Registration Fee: Students who Psychology program are required to take this register or add classes after the registration examination. The fee is payable in advance deadline are assessed the fee of $50. of the examination date and is $150.
5. Late Tuition Payment Fee: A late 13. Comprehensive Exam Retake Fee: processing fee of $50 is charged when a This fee is charged for retaking any portion monthly payment is received after the 15th of the comprehensive examination (masters of the month. and doctoral) and is payable in advance of the exam date. The fee is $90. 6. Added Course Fee: Students with a tuition contract, who elect to take courses in 14. Transcript Fee: To protect a student's addition to those included in their original privacy, transcripts are available upon degree programs, will be assessed the tuition written request and require one week (5 rate in effect at the time the additional business days) to process. There is a $25 fee courses are taken. Additional courses must per official transcript. Rush transcript be paid for at the time of registration. requests (within 2 business days) are assessed for each transcript requested and is 7. Retaking a Class: Students who wish to $35 per copy. The fee is non-refundable retake a class which they have not once the transcript has been issued. successfully completed are able to do so by registering for it and paying the appropriate 15. Unofficial Transcript Fee: Students full tuition fees. may request in writing an unofficial 31
transcript at a fee of $10. The fee is non- 22. Diploma Replacement Fee: A non- refundable once the transcript has been refundable fee of $75 is charged to replace a issued. lost or damaged diploma, or for a student requesting a new diploma due to a legal 16. Graduation Fee: This fee must name change accompany the Petition to Graduate form regardless of graduation ceremony 23. TOEFL Test Fee: The Test of English attendance. This cost includes use of a cap as a Foreign Language is a test for students and gown and is $300. whose native language is not English, and is an admission requirement for all certificate 17. Certificate Completion Fee: This fee and degree programs offered at SDUIS. The applies to Certificate program students upon University offers the Institutional TOEFL. completion of the program. This fee is $300. To take the institutional TOEFL at SDUIS, a student must register for the test and pay the 18. Abroad Booking Fee: This $50 non-refundable registration fee. administrative fee applies to all International students who are applying from outside the SDUIS will also accept scores from the United States, and covers the University’s computer-based TOEFL (CBT), Internet- additional costs in processing such based TOEFL (iBT) or paper-based TOEFL applications. This fee is $300, and is (PBT) administered by the Educational refundable upon cancellation of enrollment Testing Service. Test fees vary by country, before the student enters the United States. ranging from $160 to $225 USD; these fees are administered by the Educational Testing 19. International Courier Fee: Includes Service; they are not paid to SDUIS. shipment of documents by SDUIS to students overseas, including admission 24. Student Tuition Recovery Fund: This documents, acceptance letter, form I-20, non-refundable fee is due at the time of diploma, etc. Fee is based on DHL online enrollment. STRF requires that institutions quote and is non-refundable once SDUIS has collect from each newly enrolled student a shipped the documents. “STRF fee” currently in the amount of $.0 per thousand dollars ($1000.00) of tuition 20. Deferred Payment Plan Service Fee: paid. See provisions of the act as stated on Alternatively, tuition may be paid in three page 2 of the SDUIS Student Enrollment installments along with the Deferred Agreement. Payment Plan Processing Fee of $15 and the “ Pay as You Go" Monthly Tuition Payment 25. Materials Replacement Fee: This fee contract. Each monthly tuition payment must will be charged in the event a student fails to be accompanied by the $5 service fee. return, loses, or damages the psychological (3 installment payments X $5 = $15 assessment kit. This fee will vary, based on Deferred Payment Plan Service Fee) the actual market cost to replace the kit, ranging from $1175 to $1205, plus tax and 21. Student ID: Picture ID cards are shipping fees. available upon request at a cost of $20 for new, returning and continuing students. This 26. Marriage & Family Therapy fee is non-refundable once the ID card has Licensing Fees: Students who graduate with been made. their Master’s degree in Marriage and Family Therapy may encounter the 32
following fees, in order to become licensed 31. Change of Program Fee: A student who is in the state of California. These fees are currently enrolled and registered for courses administered by the Board of Behavioral may request a change to their academic Sciences; they are not paid to SDUIS. program. Students must submit the Request for Change in Student Program form and the $50 California Board of Behavioral Sciences non-refundable fee. Description (As of 10/01/2016) Fee IMF Registration Application (initial or $75.00 Housing and Transportation subsequent) San Diego University for Integrative Studies IMF Annual Registration Renewal $75.00 is a non-residential campus serving a wide LMFT License Examination Application $100.00 variety of students. It does not provide LMFT Law & Ethics Exam (initial & re-exam) $100.00 dormitory facilities or off-campus student LMFT Clinical Exam (initial & re-exam) $100.00 housing. The school assumes no LMFT Initial License (prorated) $130.00 responsibility in matters of student housing maximum and transportation.
27. Psychology Licensing Fees: Students The cost of housing and transportation is who graduate with their Doctoral degree in assumed by all SDUIS students and will Psychology (PhD/PsyD) may encounter the vary depending upon the individual's living following fees, in order to become licensed situation and mode of transportation to and in the state of California. These fees are from the school. There are several administered by the Board of Psychology; apartment buildings in the Old Town area they are not paid to SDUIS. and surrounding neighborhoods, with rental costs ranging from $750 for a studio to California Board of Psychology $1300 for a two bedroom apartment per Description (As of 10/01/2016) Fee month, plus applicable fees. Short-term Application Fee – Psychologist $40.00 rental properties are also available at a range Examination for Professional Practice in $600.00 Psychology (EPPP) Fee from $800 to $1000 per month California Psychology Laws & Ethics $129.00 Examination (CPLEE) Our students commute to the school to Initial License Fee – Psychologist $400.00 attend classes and all special events or seminars. Students can take a bus, train, taxi, 28. I-20 Replacement Fee: A fee of $20 is shuttle, car pool or drive their own vehicles charged to replace a lost, stolen, or damaged I- to get to the campus. Students assume the 20. This fee is non-refundable once the I-20 is cost(s) for the form of transportation used. reprinted. Equipment Costs 29. CPT Request Fee: To request CPT, a Students at SDUIS are able to use the student must submit the request form along with computers available in the computer lab at the $100 fee. Once the student’s academic no charge. Students are encouraged to record and job offer letter have been reviewed for eligibility, this fee is non-refundable. respect the planet by minimizing printing and submitting assignments via email. 30. OPT Request Fee: To request OPT, a However, printing services are available for student must submit the request form along with a nominal fee. the $100 fee. Once the student has attended the OPT workshop, the fee is non-refundable.
33
Student’s Right to Cancel: from the date the Add/Drop form is received The student has the right to cancel the in the Administration office or by the date of enrollment agreement and obtain a refund of the post-mark, if mailed. This applies to charges paid through attendance at the first students who remain in enrolled status only. class session, or the seventh day after If a student wishes to cancel enrollment enrollment, whichever is later. After the end altogether, the Enrollment Cancellation of the cancellation period, students also policy applies. have the right to stop school at any time; and the right to receive a pro rata refund if the Refund Policy student has completed 60 percent or less of The refund policy for the unused portion of the program. tuition costs follows the appropriate guidelines of the Veteran's Administration Cancellation may occur when the student and California Education Code. Drop/add provides a written notice of cancellation at forms are available in the Administrative the following address: SDUIS, 3900 Harney Office. The amount of a refund is Street, San Diego, CA 92110. This can be determined by the date that the student last done by mail, by email, or by hand delivery. attended class. The refund policy for students who have completed 60%t or less The written notice of cancellation, if sent by of the period of attendance shall be a pro mail, is effective when deposited in the mail rata refund. Refunds are mailed to the properly addressed with proper postage. If student within 45 days. If the student has the written notice of cancellation is sent by received federal student financial aid funds, email, it is effective on the day of electronic the student is entitled to a refund of moneys transmission. not paid from federal student financial aid program funds. The written notice of cancellation need not take any particular form and, however Refund Policy Example: For a five-unit expressed, it is effective if it shows that the course meeting for a total of 12 class student no longer wishes to be bound by the meetings, the formula is: (All prepaid tuition Enrollment Agreement. for the course being withdrawn from) x (class meetings left to be completed / total If the Enrollment Agreement is cancelled number of class meetings) = Refund SDUIS will refund the student any money Amount. If the student has completed more he/she paid, less a registration or than 60% of the period of attendance for administration fee not to exceed $250.00, which the student was charged, the tuition is and less any deduction for equipment not considered earned and the student will returned in good condition, within 45 days receive no refund. after the notice of cancellation is received. Hours of Class Refund
Instruction Meetings Amount Drop/Add Period 4.10 1 $600.00 The University allows a student to drop a 8.20 2 $500.00 class before the fifth (5) hour of a class with 12.30 3 $450.00 a full refund. For students who drop a class after the fifth (5) hour of instruction, refunds 16.40 4 $400.00 are pro-rated for the unused portion of the 20.50 5 $350.00 tuition costs. The refund is paid by the 25 6 $300.00 Business Office within forty-five (45) days 29.10 7 $250.00 34
33.20 8 $ 0.00 you have a separate agreement to repay the 37.30 9 $ 0.00 third party. 41.40 10 $ 0.00 45.50 11 $ 0.00 You are not eligible for protection from the 50 12 $ 0.00 STRF and you are not required to pay the STRF assessment, if either of the following For example, a student may attend 5 class applies: meetings, but then elect to drop. The refund would be prorated as follows: $600 – ($600 1. You are not a California resident, or are x 5 meetings/12 meetings) = $350 (refund not enrolled in a residency program, or due to student)
2. Your total charges are paid by a third Refund example for Distance Learning: party, such as an employer, government
program or other payer, and you have no Lessons/Weeks Refund separate agreement to repay the third party." Of Instruction Amount
1 $1200.00 (b) In addition to the statement described 2 $ 800.00 under subdivision (a) of this section, a 3 $ 600.00 qualifying institution shall include the 4 $ 400.00 following statement on its current schedule 5 $ 0.00 of student charges: 6 $ 0.00
"The State of California created the Student For example, a student may attend a class Tuition Recovery Fund (STRF) to relieve or for 3 weeks hours and need to drop. The mitigate economic losses suffered by refund would be prorated as follows: $1200 students in educational programs who are x 3 wks/6wks = $600. California residents, or are enrolled in a residency programs attending certain schools STUDENT TUITION RECOVERY regulated by the Bureau for Private FUND Postsecondary and Vocational Education. You may be eligible for STRF if you are a 76215. Student Tuition Recovery Fund California resident or are enrolled in a Disclosures. residency program, prepaid tuition, paid the You must pay the state-imposed assessment STRF assessment, and suffered an economic for the Student Tuition Recovery Fund loss as a result of any of the following: (STRF) if all of the following applies to you:
1. The school closed before the course of 1. You are a student in an educational instruction was completed. program, who is a California resident, or are 2. The school's failure to pay refunds or enrolled in a residency program, and prepay charges on behalf of a student to a third all or part of your tuition either by cash, party for license fees or any other purpose, guaranteed student loans, or personal loans, or to provide equipment or materials for and which a charge was collected within 180
days before the closure of the school. 2. Your total charges are not paid by any 3. The school's failure to pay or reimburse third-party payer such as an employer, loan proceeds under a federally guaranteed government program or other payer unless student loan program as required by law or 35
to pay or reimburse proceeds received by the contact their personnel office for their school prior to closure in excess of tuition company's policy regarding continuing and other costs. education.
4. There was a material failure to comply Residential Quarterly Deferred Tuition with the Act or this Division within 30 days Payment Schedule: This payment plan before the school closed or, if the material allows students to make quarterly tuition failure began earlier than 30 days prior to payments in three (3) equal monthly closure, the period determined by the installments during a particular quarter Bureau. instead of paying the entire tuition at registration. Students wishing to utilize this 5. An inability after diligent efforts to plan must submit the following: 1) a "Pay prosecute, prove, and collect on a judgment As You Go" Monthly Tuition Payment against the institution for a violation of the contract, obtained from the Registrar; 2) a Act." course registration form; 3) the first However, no claim can be paid to any installment payment; and 4) the $5 Deferred student without a social security number or a Payment Plan Processing Fee. This $5 taxpayer identification number. processing fee is due with each of the monthly payments. There will be no interest Note: Authority cited: Sections 94803, charged for this deferred tuition payment 94877 and 94923, Education Code. plan if payments are made on schedule. Reference: Section 94923, Education Code. Students who register late are not eligible for this three-month payment plan. Payments The current STRF amount is currently $0.00 are due by the fifteenth of each month; when per $1000 of tuition paid. received after the 15th of the month, a late tuition payment fee of $50 is assessed. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE HOLD ON RECORDS A student enrolled in an unaccredited institution is not eligible for federal financial A hold will be placed on the records of any aid programs. student who has unpaid obligations to the University or has failed to comply with other The following options are available for those requirements or regulations. If the student students seeking financial assistance: has made partial payment, the portion of grades or transcripts withheld would Independent Loans: Many financial correspond on a pro rated basis to the unpaid institutions, including Mission Federal obligation. If the course of study consists of Credit Union, offer loans to those only one course, the grades and transcript individuals with good credit. They can also will be withheld until the tuition or loan suggest ways to secure a loan. obligation is paid in full. Students with unpaid obligations will not be permitted to Employee Reimbursement: Many register for the subsequent quarter. companies offer tuition reimbursement or tuition assistance to employees completing their college degrees. Students should
36
ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDELINES
REGISTRATION Students who have missed nearly 20% of a class will receive a "Drop Warning" letter in Quarterly class schedules with a registration the mail, which states that if they miss one form are made available to all students (by (1), more class they will be administratively mail and at the SDUIS website). Students are dropped from that class. If a student misses required to complete the form and submit it one (1) more class after the receipt of the before the registration deadline accompanied Drop Warning, they will then receive a by the payment. Quarterly registration "Drop Notice" letter stating they will be deadline dates are published in the catalog administratively dropped from that class. and SDUIS website as well as on the Refunds for administrative drops are registration form. A late registration fee will prorated and based on the last date of be assessed to those students whose attendance. registration form arrives after the deadline. Registration will only be processed if SDUIS requires that students sign the "Class accompanied by appropriate payment or Attendance Sheet" provided in each class in credit card authorization. Registration forms order to receive credit for attending the class. received without payment will not be processed. Under certain circumstances, a student may have missed more class hours than permitted Full time status refers to graduate students due to reasons beyond their control. The registered in at least 10 quarter units per student can request permission to arrange a quarter and undergraduate students must be plan with the instructor to complete the registered in 15 quarter units per quarter. required course work they had missed. The instructor has the right to approve or deny Part-time status refers to those graduate the student's request. All work must be students registered in less than 10 quarter completed by the end of that quarter. units per quarter and undergraduate students registered in less than 15 quarter units per ONLINE ATTENDANCE POLICY quarter. Distance Learning students are required to A student is officially registered when she or log on a minimum of five (5) times per week he selects the appropriate course(s), and or 30 days every 6 week session. Students makes the correct tuition payment. who fail to log on the required number of times will receive a “Drop Warning” email ATTENDANCE POLICY the week following the failure to log on. The next week that the student fails to log on a The University requires a minimum of 80% “Drop Notice” will be emailed and the class attendance and individual instructors student should not log on after receiving this may require more. A student who has notice, as the refund, if due, would be missed more than 20% of a class (8 hours of prorated based upon the date of the last time a 5 quarter unit class, or 4 hours of a 2.5 the student logged on. quarter unit class) will be administratively dropped.
37
ONLINE SDUIS RESPONSE POLICY product for each course. While students work independently as they read original sources SDUIS will respond to student submissions and write the required discussion posts, their and questions within 48 hours of receipt. faculty are available for assistance and/or Final grades will be posted within 3 weeks of discussion at the student’s request. Meeting the quarter end date. requests may also initiate from faculty who recognize that a student needs additional Course Numbering support, for example, if a work product is late All courses numbered 499 and below are or does not meet minimum standards. undergraduate classes. Courses numbered 500 to 599 are graduate (MA) level classes. Other academic engagement activities Courses numbered 600 to 699 are Masters include assigned group discussions on level classes; and courses numbered 700 and specific academic topics and relevant above are post-masters and doctoral level audio/video presentations. classes, but may occasionally be used in
Masters Programs. Definition of an Academic Year
Definition of a Quarter Credit An academic year is defined as 3 quarters of instruction. A quarter credit is comprised of at least 10 hours of academic engagement and 20 hours DROP POLICY of preparation. Academic engagement may include, but is not limited to, submitting an There are two types of class drops: one academic assignment, listening to class initiated by the student, the other initiated by lectures or webinars (synchronous or the University. asynchronous), taking an exam, an interactive tutorial, or computer-assisted Student Initiated Class Drop instruction; attending a study group that is A course is dropped by submitting an assigned by the institution; contributing to an Add/Drop form to the Registrar (available in academic online discussion; initiating the administration office and on the SDUIS contact with a faculty member to ask a website). This may be done at any time in a question about the academic subject studied quarter. If the course is dropped prior to the in the course and laboratory work, 5th hour of meeting, a full refund is given. If externship, or internship. Preparation is a course is dropped after the fourth (4) hour typically homework, such as reading and of instruction, the refund will be pro-rated, study time, and completing assignments and based on the amount of the unused portion of projects. the tuition charges, from the last date of During the course of their studies at SDUIS, attendance. Refunds will be mailed to a student within 45 days from the date the students have regular contact with faculty form is received or post-marked. members in a variety of settings and venues.
The SDUIS model recognizes the Distance Learning students must submit an independence of the adult student but also Add/Drop form preferably by email, no later provides tremendous opportunity for support. than the Sunday of the first week to receive a Students have direct contact with their full refund. Each week equals one lesson. faculty as they give feedback online, mentor Students who drop after the first week will students, and evaluate the student’s work have the refund prorated based upon how
38
many lessons have been received. Lessons consultation with the Dean of Academic are considered received when a student Affairs will be available to discuss solutions participates in class activities. Students who to problems that may be remedied within 2 continue to log on will be charged for that weeks of notification. After meeting with the lesson. Dean of Academic Affairs the student may submit an appeal letter to the University’s University Initiated Class Drop Grievance Committee for reconsideration of An administrative drop occurs when a the solution. If such a letter is not received student fails to attend 80% of a class. A pro- within 2 weeks from the meeting with the rated refund will be provided to the student Dean of Academic Affairs then the student that is based on the amount of the unused will be dismissed. portion of the tuition charges, effective based upon the last date of attendance. Withdrawal A student may withdraw from the University WITHDRAWAL, DISMISSAL AND at any time. The University Withdrawal and PROBATION Notice of Cancellation Form is required of the student and must be submitted to the Dismissal Office of the Registrar. Withdrawal removes A student may be dismissed from the the student from active status, and the Notice University for any of the following reasons: of Cancellation terminates the Student * Failure to meet financial obligations Enrollment Agreement. * Failure to complete a minimum of four (4) classes each year with This may be done by mail, by hand delivery passing grades or failure to enroll or by email. The date of the postmark on the in any courses for two consecutive envelope or electronic transmission will quarters establish the date of withdrawal and be used * Failure to meet probation in determining the refund amount due to the requirements student, if any. * Failure to meet International Student requirements Upon withdrawal the student is responsible * Excessive absences from class(es) for the unpaid balance of tuition for courses * Incomplete course work completed, the non-refundable application * Unethical and/or illegal behavior or and registration fees not to exceed $250, and conduct all administration fees and penalties up to the * Inappropriate, disruptive, or time of an official withdrawal. unprofessional behavior * Lack of reasonable or consistent A refund, if applicable, will be computed academic progress based on the number of hours in attendance * Drug use and alcohol abuse the student had for each class they were * Sexual Harassment enrolled in at the time of withdrawal. Past * Academic dishonesty including due accounts remain the student's liability. plagiarism * Damage to school property Probation * Fraud It is the policy of the University that any student who fails to meet the minimum A warning letter will be mailed to the student academic requirements of their degree prior to dismissal and the opportunity for program will be placed on probation or
39
dismissed from the school. All students who LEAVE OF ABSENCE receive a grade of "No Credit" (NC) in any subject during any quarter will be placed on The Exceptions Review Committee will academic probation. No Report will become consider a request for a leave of absence ‘No Credit’ after one (1) quarter. Students from studies due to financial, medical and will receive a "Notification of Academic other emergency reasons. Students must Probation" letter from the Registrar stating submit a "Request for Leave of Absence" they have been placed on probation. form detailing the reasons for requesting the Students are required to meet with the Dean leave. Leave of absence must be approved of Academic Affairs to address the situation. each quarter and should not exceed 1 year Probation will be removed when a student per degree program. A leave of absence will completes two (2) consecutive quarters with not be granted to students who have all passing grades. completed coursework and are all but dissertation or thesis. To maintain regular status at SDUIS, students must: A leave of absence does not extend the deadline for an incomplete grade nor does it Attend classes (at least 80%) extend the time limit for completion of a Maintain minimum passing grades degree. Current outstanding financial (BA – C, MA – B, MBA – B, obligations must be paid; under normal MS – B, DBA – B, Psy.D. – B) circumstances, an unpaid balance precludes Complete all courses and not have re-entry into a program and institutes a Hold N/C (No Credit) on Records. Be current with payments. Take and pass at least 4 courses a READMISSION year. Students who have withdrawn or been Not fail to enroll in a course for 2 dismissed from the University can reapply consecutive quarters. for admission by doing the following: If coursework has been completed, 1. Submit application for admission to register every quarter for BA (Senior the registrar. Project), MA (Thesis/Project 2. Pay application fee. Writing) and DBA/Psy.D. (Dissertation/Project Writing) until If readmitted, the student is responsible for project has been completed. fulfilling all requirements, policies, MA/MS must be completed within 5 procedures and fees in effect at the time of years from the time of enrollment. re-enrollment. MBA must be completed within 8 years from the time of enrollment. TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS DBA must be completed within 8 years from the time of enrollment. To protect the confidentiality of students and Psy.D. must be completed within 8 alumni, copies of transcripts of course work years from the time of enrollment. completed at the University must be requested in writing and sent to the attention of the Registrar. The written request must include the following: 1) the student's signature needed for release; 2) requester's
40
full name; 3) social security number; 4) the ETHICAL CONDUCT address (es) where the transcript(s) should be sent; and 5) a processing fee for each San Diego University for Integrative Studies transcript mailed. Although University embraces a high standard of integrity of transcripts indicate the number of units performance for students, administrators, transferred from other institutions of higher faculty, and staff members. All members of education, individual courses are not listed. the campus community have the responsibility to foster a standard of conduct It normally takes one (1) week to process a which reflects credit on themselves and on request for transcripts. If a week is not soon the University, while preserving a climate enough, the requester may put in a rush that respects the dignity and integrity of each order, which is processed within two (2) days individual. San Diego University for upon receipt of the written request and is Integrative Studies expects and requires that charged a rush order processing fee for each all students maintain the ethical standards of transcript. Issuance of full transcripts may be the professions and careers for which they denied when the requester has unfulfilled are training. Plagiarism, or presenting the financial obligations to the University. ideas, words, or views of another, as if they were one's own, is considered unethical Students should be aware of the difference conduct by the University. Failure in between the two types of transcripts: maintaining such standards or engaging in "Official copies" are those sent directly from actions that are deleterious to San Diego the Registrar's office to the respective agency University for Integrative Studies may result or institution. This is the type normally in disciplinary action, including dismissal. required by potential employers, or schools. "Student copies" are not sealed and can be GRIEVANCES given directly to the student. Therefore, they are considered unofficial copies. If students have a complaint or protest regarding University procedures, policies, EXCEPTIONS TO ACADEMIC academic decisions, faculty, staff, or other REGULATIONS students that they wish to formally submit, they are advised to file a grievance. San If a student wishes to question a policy or Diego University for Integrative Studies is procedure of the University, he or she must committed to resolving all student grievances submit a “Request for an Exception to an in a fair and timely manner. Students are Academic Regulation" form (available in the encouraged to first seek guidance from the administrative office and SDUIS website) to Registrar, Dean of Academic Affairs, the the Exceptions Review Committee. President or designee, regarding their Notification with response is sent by mail concerns. When such concerns cannot be within 30 days of the request. Exception to initially resolved, the following grievance SDUIS policies can only be approved by the procedure is followed: Exceptions Review Committee. Individual staff members are not authorized to grant Informal Review student requests for exceptions to SDUIS A student with a grievance should first policy or procedures. schedule an appointment with the Dean of Academic Affairs. If the Dean of Academic Affairs is the subject of the grievance, then the student should contact the President. The
41
Dean of Academic Affairs, or the President, (b) SDUIS shall maintain, for each student tries to resolve the matter to the satisfaction granted a degree or certificate, permanent of all parties. If this informal review does not records of all of the following: result in resolution, the student may file a (1) The degree or certificate granted and the formal grievance with the Grievance Review date on which that degree or certificate was Committee. granted. (2) The courses and units on which the Formal Review certificate or degree was based. The grievant must complete a "Student (3) The grades earned by the student in each Request" form (available in the of those courses. administrative office) and submit it to the Registrar. Students may have witnesses and Required Institutional Records other administrative, faculty, or student SDUIS shall maintain, for a period of not support at the grievance hearing. In most less than five years, at its principal place of cases, the Grievance Review Committee business in this state, complete and accurate makes a decision within five (5) working records of all of the following information: days unless external consultation is (a) The educational programs offered by necessary. Normally, the student is notified SDUIS and the curriculum for each. by mail of the decision of the Committee (b) The names and addresses of the members within two (2) weeks. of the SDUIS’s faculty and records of the educational qualifications of each member of Final Review the faculty. If the grievant remains dissatisfied, he or she may appeal the decision with the San Diego DIRECTORY INFORMATION University for Integrative Studies Final Review Board with lawyer. All facts, issues, All new and returning students have the right recommendations, supporting to withhold the disclosure of any or all documentation, as well as a second "Student categorical information that is provided to Request" form must be submitted in writing. the University through the "Directory The Board notifies the students of its final Information and Disclosure Prevention decision within thirty (30) days of the final Request" form. Students are asked to request. carefully consider their decision to release information to individuals or organizations RECORD RETENTION POLICY outside San Diego University for Integrative Studies. The provisions of the Family In accordance with the California Education Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, Code SDUIS has adopted the Bureau for clearly state each student's right to refuse the Private Postsecondary Education record release of San Diego University for requirement standards, as follows: Integrative Studies Directory Information and San Diego University for Integrative Required Student Records Studies honors each student's request to (a) SDUIS shall maintain records of the withhold or release such information. The name, address, e-mail address, and telephone Registrar is available to answer any number of each student who is enrolled in an questions concerning this matter. educational program.
42
POLICIES REGARDING HEALTH AND maintain a study and work environment free SAFETY of inappropriate and disrespectful conduct of a sexually harassing nature. If a student, The following policies and procedures are faculty or staff member, or visitor to the San designed to establish a campus environment Diego University for Integrative Studies that is conducive to learning and to campus feels they have been witness to, or maintaining the health, safety, and comfort the victim of, an on-campus sexual assault, of all students and faculty. or subject to any form(s) of sexual harassment, they should follow the Safety Information procedures set forth by the University. These The University provides information to the procedures are posted in the administration student body, administrators, supervisors, office and other prominent campus locations. faculty, staff members, and campus visitors Anyone who violates this policy will be concerning the safety policies and procedures subject to disciplinary action that includes to be followed in the event of an on-campus dismissal of a student and termination of incident or crime. Any questions about these employment of an employee safety procedures should be directed to the Administrative Director or to the President. Reporting On-Campus Crimes If a student, faculty or staff member, or Drug and Alcohol Use visitor feels they have been witness to or the San Diego University for Integrative Studies victim of an on-campus crime involving is committed to an environment that is free violence, theft, injury, destruction of from drug and alcohol abuse. The property, or illegal drugs or alcohol use, they manufacture, distribution, dispensing, should follow the established University possession, or use of illicit drugs and alcohol procedures. These procedures are posted in is prohibited at all San Diego University for the administration office and other prominent Integrative Studies work and academic campus locations. If the crime has been meeting places. Violation of this policy will committed by a member of the San Diego result in dismissal. Permission to serve University for Integrative Studies campus alcoholic beverages on all other parts of the community, appropriate disciplinary action campus must be approved by the President, will follow. Contact the available member or designee, five (5) days prior to the event. of the administrative staff or Faculty member to report such incidents immediately. Smoking However, 911 should first be called in The use of tobacco products is prohibited in emergency situations. all campus buildings. Animals Sexual Harassment Except for guide-dogs for the blind or other The University maintains a policy that approved animals for assistance to disabled prohibits any member of the campus people, animals are prohibited from all community to sexually harass, assault, or campus buildings. injure another. It especially strives to
43
ACADEMIC GUIDELINES
will be used to accurately inform students of ACADEMIC PROGRESS their progress, areas of strengths or need for improvement(s). The grading system at Students are expected to make reasonable SDUIS was designed to accurately reflect and consistent academic progress through students' performance relative to generally their planned degree program. San Diego recognizable professional and educational University for Integrative Studies supports standards for a given degree level. It is an students in working toward completion of individual's performance, rather than effort, their respective degree programs in a timely experience, or mere attendance that are the manner. Students who fail to earn a passing substantial basis for assigning a grade. grade in a minimum of four (4) courses per Requirements and performance expectations year or fail to enroll in courses for two (2) increase with the level of degree sought, consecutive quarters are not seen as making from bachelors to masters to doctorate. reasonable progress, and the University has the right to put them on probation or dismiss Academic and personal accomplishment is them. Students working on their dissertation, recognized and expected at SDUIS. It is the master thesis, or senior project must be intention of the administration and faculty registered for the respective course every that all students attain a high level of quarter until the project has been completed. proficiency in their course work and make The dissertation, master thesis, or senior satisfactory progress in their degree project is complete when the student has program, or individual educational pursuits. successfully passed the oral examination where applicable and the final approval o LETTER GRADES forms have been signed by the project chairperson and SDUIS Director of Letter grades are awarded for courses by the Research. instructor using a university approved objective measure. The instructor also has TIME LIMITATIONS the option of using a plus or minus system to further distinguish degrees of achievement. San Diego University for Integrative Studies has established time limitations on the Student will receive a copy of this completion of its graduate degrees. The evaluation along with written comments for Master's programs must be completed within each class by mail. five (5) years from the time of official enrollment until graduation and the Ph.D. * The Thesis, Dissertation Writing and and Psy.D. programs must be completed Senior Project courses (699, 800, 801) do within eight (8) years. not receive a letter grade but receive credit upon satisfactory completion. Course in o GRADING STANDARDS progress (IP) will be assigned for Thesis, Dissertation and Senior Project courses, The University will use a combination of until completed. letter and pass/fail grades. Grades, along with written feedback from the instructor,
44
Grade descriptions are as follows: For coursework not completed by the student the following designations may appear on a student transcript: A - Excellent achievement and high scholarship. IP- Course in progress B - Above average work for W- Withdrew from class in good undergraduates. Average graduate standing. student work. WF- Withdrew from class with failing C - Average performance for grade or administrative drop from undergraduates. Below the average class due to failure to meet performance expected from attendance requirement. graduate students. Graduate Inc- Incomplete, final grade students must repeat the course if outstanding. Students who, for it is required in their degree extenuating circumstances, need to program. receive an incomplete in any of D - Minimally passing performance their courses, must submit a for undergraduates. For graduate "Petition for Incomplete" (obtained students, work does not meet from the Registrar or SDUIS graduate student standards. All website, approved and signed by students must repeat a course if it the Instructor) and pay a $50 a is required in their degree processing fee. The petition must program. be submitted no later than the last day of the quarter. If he or she F - Unsatisfactory work for all successfully resolves the students. All students must repeat incomplete, the instructor will a course if it is required in their assign the appropriate grade. A degree program. grade of PH or A cannot be NC - Student’s work did not meet assigned under these course requirements. Equivalent circumstances. Work must be to a grade of C or below for submitted to the instructor no later graduate students, and D or below than 12 weeks after the end of for undergraduates. class. P – Average student work at all levels NP – No Pass, equivalent to a failing grade. PH – Pass with Honors. Excellent achievement. Equivalent to a grade of A at all levels.
45
SDUIS uses a 4.0 scale in assigning grade points. The grades and grade point values are as follows:
Grade Grade Letter % Letter % % To Point % To Point Grade From Grade From Value Value A+ 98 100 4.0 C+ 77 79 2.3
A 94 97 4.0 C 74 76 2
A- 90 93 3.7 C- 70 73 1.7
B+ 87 89 3.3 D+ 67 69 1.3
B 84 86 3 D 64 66 1
B- 80 83 2.7 D- 60 63 0.7
F 1 59 0
1. The following sample calculation outlines how CGPA is determined:
Credit Quality Hours Credits Quality Points Course Grade Attempted Earned Points = Earned Writing Skills & Research B 5 5 3.0 = 15.0 Finance & Environmental Accounting A 5 5 4.0 = 20.0 Quantitative Methods in Business F 5 0 0 0 Not computed in GPA Academic English Skills W 0 0 Total 15 10 35
Cumulative Grade point average (CGPA) = 35 (sum of quality points earned) divided by 15 (sum of computed credit hours attempted included in CGPA = 2.33 CGPA.
46
o STUDENT EVALUATIONS the course you want to fulfill by tutorial. The course can be from SDUIS catalog Instructors will evaluate the strengths and or in an area you wish to study that is weaknesses of students in their classes at the part of your chosen degree program. end of each quarter. Confidential, written feedback will be provided to each student 2. Select a tutor knowledgeable in your with personalized, constructive criticism of area of study. Tutor must be appropriate his or her performance. Students are to your degree level. Hold a Ph.D. for a evaluated in mastery and application of Ph.D. level tutorial. Hold a Ph.D. for a course content, oral and written Masters level tutorial and at least a communication skills, and class Masters for a B.A. or a Certification participation. Three levels of feedback are program. described below. Student's with Serious Concern feedback are required to meet with 3. Complete the study plan. the Dean of Academic Affairs, and may be a. Guided by a conference with the subject to academic probation. Categories of tutor and/or course description in the overall performance feedback are: SDUIS catalog the student writes a 50-100 word paragraph on the intent No Concern - Student's are performing at or of the learning and complete all above expected level(s). required information(see study plan). The tutor then approves it. Some Concern - Student's need to improve the identified knowledge and/or skill(s). b. Student gives the tutor the following: Instructor Sheet for Tutors Serious Concern - Student's are not Instructor’s Personal Data prepared to proceed. Form Grade Report Form TUTORIALS c. The tutor approves and signs the Study Plan, and returns it to the Although the majority of students complete student with their Personal Data their course work in regular classroom Form. settings and/or online, provisions can be made, under extenuating circumstances, for 4. Submit Study Plan, completed the completion of courses as tutorials. Registration Form, and Personal Data A tutorial is an independent study course Form; to the Registrar for approval by conducted under the guidance of an the Exceptions Review Committee no approved faculty member. Tutors should be later than the end of the second week of recognized in their fields. It is not the quarter. Submission of the recommended that students use the same necessary forms is the responsibility of tutor more than once. the student.
5. When approved, the student will be The following steps must be taken to notified, and registered in the course. successfully complete a tutorial: Tutorials must be approved before coursework starts and must be completed 1. Obtain a tutorial packet from the by the end of the quarter. Registrar or SDUIS website and select 47
6. Read the entire Tutorial Packet including prior to the comprehensive exam Instructions for Tutors. Carry out Study administration date. Plan to completion with the tutor. 3. The comprehensive examination consists 7. Keep Time Log as a running record of of two (2) components: an objective format your activities. This includes time with designed to measure the students’ tutor, reading, research, writing, knowledge of the basic science and experiential work, etc. theoretical foundations of Psychology; and, a written essay component comprised of 8. Submit Copy of Final Project and Time practice based clinical vignettes designed to Log to the Instructor for grading. Keep measure the students’ applied knowledge of copies in your files until after assessment and intervention strategies, graduation. psychodiagnosis, treatment planning, and the utility of various therapeutic modalities. 9. Final Grade: The tutor is responsible to get the completed grade sheet to the *For these selected programs, Master of Registrar with a copy of Final Project Arts in Information Technology, Master of and Final Log. Accounting, Master of Business Administration, and Doctor of Business 10. All forms submitted to the Exceptions Administration the comprehensive Review Committee and the Final Project examination consists only of the objective must be typewritten. format.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION 4. The objective component of the POLICIES AND PROCEDURES comprehensive examination for the University’s Master of Arts degree programs 1. University regulations require that all in Expressive Arts Therapy, Sport students enrolled in SDUIS’s Masters and Counseling, Transpersonal Psychology, and Doctoral degree programs successfully Marriage & Family Therapy consists of complete a comprehensive graduate questions generic to the University’s examination. The exam functions to assess Graduate Core Psychology Course students’ mastery of core and specialty Requirements. These multiple-choice items curriculum content central to their respective are sampled from: CPS 601; CPS 603; CPS degree program, which is deemed necessary 604; CPS 605; CPS 610; CPS 611; CPS for graduate level scholarship. 612; CPS 613; CPS 614; and, CPS 615
2. The comprehensive examination is In addition to questions based on the content administered when a student has completed of the above courses, faculty members all of the required courses in their degree contribute to a pool of exam questions based program. A student must register for the on the content of specialty-specific course comprehensive examination by the quarterly requirements: registration deadline, with the $150 fee, or $90 re-take fee. If a student registers after Expressive Arts Therapy— CEX 600; the quarterly registration deadline, a $50 late CEX 631; CEX 632; and CEX 633 fee will apply. The Registrar’s Office will Psychobiomechanics – BIO 631; BIO 632; only accept registrations up to two-weeks BIO 634; BIO 635; BIO 636; BIO 638; BIO 640; BIO 641; and BIO 642
48
Sport Counseling— SPO 600; SPO 651; The objective component of the SPO 652; SPO 653; SPO 665; and SPO 668 comprehensive exam for the Doctor of Transpersonal Psychology—TRP670; TRP Psychology degree programs in Expressive 671; TRP 672; and TRP 673 Arts Therapy and Transpersonal Psychology Marriage and Family Therapy—CPS 616; consists of multiple-choice items sampled CPS 617A; CPS 617B; CPS 618; CPS 619; from: CPS 691; CPS 693; CPS 702; CPS CPS 620; 622A; CPS 624B; CPS 628; and 703 {Transpersonal program only}; CPS CPS 704 704; and CPS 705
The objective component of the Master of In addition to questions based on the content Accounting degree program consists of of the above courses, selected questions of multiple-choice items sampled from: ACT the University’s Doctoral level 601; ACT 610; ACT 613; ACT 614; ACT comprehensive exam will be based on the 615; BUS 610; BUS 614; BUS 616; BUS content of specialty-specific course 617; and BUS 618 requirements central to:
The objective component of the Sport Psychology — SPO 754; SPO 765; comprehensive examination for the SF0 766; and SPO 767 University’s Master of Business Expressive Arts Therapy — CEX 730; Administration degree programs consists of CEX 733; and CEX 739 questions both generic to the University’s Psychobiomechanics- BIO 730; BIO 733; Graduate Core Business Course BIO 735; BIO 736; BIO 737; BIO 746; BIO Requirements along with questions based on 747; and BIO 748 the content of the above courses, faculty Transpersonal Psychology — CTR 670; members contribute to a pool of exam CTR 671; CTR 672; CTR 673; and CTR questions based on the content of specialty- 770 specific course requirements: Clinical Psychology — CPS 712; CPS 714; CPS 724; CPS 725; CPS 727; CPS 728; and General Track— BUS 601; BUS 610; BUS CPS 729 614; BUS 616; BUS 617; and BUS 618 International Track— BUS 601; BUS 620; In all objective (multiple-choice) exams the BUS 624; BUS 626; BUS 627; and BUS items vary from one administration to the 628 next. There is no implication that each Green Track— BUS 630; BUS 531; BUS course area is represented by the same 634; BUS 635; BUS 636; BUS 638; and number of items, and there is no implication BUS 639 that a particular version of the exam must Specialization in Marketing—BUS 601; include items from every course area that is BUS 610; BUS 616; BUS 617; BUS 618; eligible to be included. Objective exams MKT 612; MKT 614; MKT 620; and MKT ordinarily consist of 150 items for the MA- 624 level and doctoral level, and 175 items for the doctorate with specialization in sport The objective component of the Doctor of psychology. However, the University Psychology degree programs consists of reserves the right to alter the number of multiple-choice items sampled from: CPS items in any particular administration, as 691; CPS 693; CPS 702; CPS 704; CPS necessary. 705; CPS 706; CPS 710; and CPS 711
49
For the written essay component of the are taken, one examinee at a time, as per University’s Master of Arts and Doctoral need. level comprehensive exam, students are presented with practice based clinical 7. Comprehensive examination test items are vignettes to test their knowledge and revised for all degree program specialty professional skills, as well as the ability to areas from one administration to the next. make judgments about appropriate techniques and methods as applicable to 8. Examination performance is documented their scope of practice. Ordinarily, the and reported in terms of a Total Correct Raw written essay exam consists of three Score. Currently, students must achieve a vignettes, of which the student is required to minimum correct raw score of 70% of the select and respond to two. However, the items correct to pass the exam. University reserves the right to alter the number of items in any particular 9. Comprehensive exam scores are administration, as necessary. determined and reported in writing to the student within 30 days from the date of the 5. Students are encouraged to prepare for the examination. comprehensive exams months in advance of their scheduled administration date. Routine 10. Students have three (3) trials to achieve a reviews of course textbooks and other passing score. If the third attempt is required reference materials, lecture notes, unsuccessful, academic probation is and copies of previously administered assigned and the student must: submit a course examinations are recommended. For request for a fourth and final attempt to the students who perceive objective tests as Exceptions Review Committee; and, prepare particularly challenging, develop a multiple- a detailed comprehensive examination study choice test taking response set through the Dean of Academic Affairs for review frequent self- administrations of objective and approval. Additional academic advising tests that cover the various core content will be required. Students do not review areas in Psychology. There are several their completed examination protocols or resources that are useful for this purpose. their incorrect items. These can typically be found in university bookstores or online resources that sell 11. Masters and Doctoral students are similar materials. Also check the required to register for the comprehensive appropriate professional licensing boards or exam during the quarter that they enroll in their websites for additional useful their capstone research project, be it a thesis information about their licensing exams, (699) or dissertation (800). which typically cover similar content areas (in California, www.psychboard.ca.gov for *Students in the Master of Business psychology licensing and www.bbse.ca.gov Administration program, are required to for marriage and family therapy licensing). register for either their capstone research project (BUS 695) or the comprehensive 6. During the comprehensive exam, the test examination during their final quarter. proctor provides the examinee with the necessary materials. The use of supportive 12. The comprehensive examination is adjuncts, such as a Dictionary, is prohibited. administered on a quarterly basis. Generally, The use of cellular phones during the course the exam is scheduled for the second month of the exam is not permitted. Brief breaks of the quarter on the second Friday of the
50
month. The University Catalog includes a when a student completes two (2) schedule of examination dates for the next consecutive quarters with all grades of A or several calendar years. Verify exam dates B. with the Registrar’s office, as schedule changes are occasionally necessary, and the ACADEMIC HONESTY University is not bound to the dates announced in the Catalog. Plagiarism occurs whenever a person presents the words, ideas, or views of someone else as if they were his or her own. ACADEMIC PROBATION AND The use of another's published or DISMISSAL unpublished ideas, words, or views on a paper, report, or oral presentation must be It is the policy of the University that students accompanied by specific citations and failing to meet the minimum academic references. The consequence of plagiarism requirements of their degree programs be and other forms of academic dishonesty may placed on probation or dismissed from the include non-acceptance of the work University. submitted by the student to the faculty member or dismissal from the University. Undergraduate (Bachelor’s level) students The Dean of Academic Affairs handles all who receive one (1) or more grades of D, F matters involving academic dishonesty. or No credit will be placed on academic probation. They must consult with the Dean of Academic Affairs to address any problems they may be experiencing, and perhaps, modify their program. Probationary students receive a "Notification of Academic Probation", and if they receive a D, F, Incomplete or a No Credit while on probation, they are administratively dismissed from the University. Probationary status is removed when a student completes two (2) quarters with all grades of A, B or C.
Graduate and Certificate (Master’s, Doctoral and all Certificates) students who receive a grade of C, D, F or No Credit in any subject during any quarter, are placed on academic probation. They receive a "Notification of Academic Probation" from the Registrar, stating they have been placed on probation. They must consult with the Dean of Academic Affairs to address the situation and possibly to modify their program. If they receive another C, D, F or No Credit while on probation, they are administratively dismissed from the University. Probationary status is removed
51
Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) is higher by the end of the 2 quarter designed to measure, incrementally, that probation period. students are progressing through their Students who successfully pass 4 program of study both academically and in a courses with a grade of B- or higher, timely manner. In order to be considered to and achieve a CGPA of 3.0 or higher be making satisfactory progress toward a at the end of the 2 quarter probation degree or certificate, a student must pass period are removed from probation and courses achieving a minimum grade within a notified by email. specified completion rate. Students who fail to successfully pass Students are expected to complete the 4 courses with a grade of B- or higher, requirements for their program in the or fail to achieve a CGPA of 3.0 or scheduled time frame, but in no case may higher at the end of the 2 quarter the credits attempted exceed 1.5 times the probation period are notified and are number of credits required to complete the withdrawn from the program. program. Bachelor Programs Satisfactory progress is evaluated at the end A student must attempt a minimum of 3 of each quarter. courses per quarter and achieve a grade of C- or better and achieve a CGPA of 2.0 or higher to be maintaining satisfactory Certificate, Master and Doctorate progress. Programs A student must attempt a minimum of 2 If a student receives a grade below a C-, or if courses per quarter and achieve a grade of the student’s CGPA falls below 2.0, the B- or better and achieve a CGPA of 3.0 or student is placed on academic probation for higher to be maintaining satisfactory the next two quarters. The student will be progress. notified by mail and email when placed on academic probation. If a student receives a grade below a B-, or if the student’s CGPA falls below 3.0, or the Academic Probation student has not successfully earned 68% of Students who are placed on academic the credits attempted, the student is placed probation are required to successfully on academic probation for the next two pass 6 courses with a grade of C- or quarters. The student will be notified by higher and achieve a CGPA of 2.0 or mail and email when placed on academic higher by the end of the 2 quarter probation. probation period.
Academic Probation Students who successfully pass 6 Students who are placed on academic courses with a grade of C- or higher, probation are required to successfully and achieve a CGPA of 2.0 or higher pass 4 courses with a grade of B- or at the end of the 2 quarter probation higher and achieve a CGPA of 3.0 or
52
period are removed from probation and assignments AU or INC are non-punitive notified by email. noncredit grades that do not impact CGPA or completion rate calculations. Students who fail to successfully pass 6 courses with a grade of C- or higher, The effect on SAP when a student seeks to or fail to achieve a CGPA of 2.0 or earn an additional credential: If a student higher at the end of the 2 quarter seeks an additional credential, the credits probation period are notified and are and grades attempted in the original withdrawn from the program. credential that apply to the new credential are transferred and the credits are included Satisfactory Academic Progress Appeals in the determination of a student’s A student may appeal the University’s completion rate, but are not included in determination of withdrawal due to failure to CGPA). re-establish satisfactory progress. The student’s appeal must be received within 5 The effect on SAP for Extended- days of receipt of withdrawal notification. Enrollment Status: The University does not The appeal must contain: offer an extended enrollment status. 1) an explanation of why the student believes the grade posted was in The effect on SAP when student changes error, and, programs or is re-admitted to the same 2) supporting documentation. program: If a student is re-admitted into the University or changes program of study, the The Academic Review Committee will credits and grades that are applicable to the review the information submitted in the student’s current program of study will be context of the information provided and in included in determining the student’s discussion with the faculty who assigned the satisfactory academic progress. If a student grade(s), render a decision within 5 business changes programs, the courses completed in days. This decision is final. the first program that apply to the new program are included in the determination of The effect on SAP for all courses with a a student’s completion rate, but are not grade assignment (including Withdrawal included in CGPA). and Incomplete Grades) The effect on SAP for Transfer Credits: Transfer credits are included as both credits The effect on SAP for repeated courses: attempted and earned for determining the The higher of the two grades earned for a completion rate. Credits accepted for transfer repeated course will be used in calculating from any other post-secondary institution other the CGPA. The credits attempted for both than SDUIS will be recorded on the student’s courses are included in the calculation of the transcript as “TR”, and are not computed in the completion rate. CGPA. The actual grade assigned for credits earned at SDUIS that apply to the current
program of study are reflected on the student’s The effect of BASICS Coursework on transcript and included for determining the Satisfactory Academic Progress: Basics or students CGPA. remedial courses are not offered. Re-entry for students dismissed due to The effect on SAP for non-punitive failure to meet SAP: Students who have grades and non-credit courses: The grade been dismissed for lack of satisfactory 53
progress may apply to be readmitted into the only to dismissals caused by lack of same curriculum, as the class schedule satisfactory progress and when the student is permits, after 6 months. Such a student will reentering the same curriculum. It does not be reenrolled on academic probation for the apply to voluntary withdrawals. next two quarters. This procedure applies
Satisfactory Academic Progress Assessment Chart: Included Included as Grade as Credits Credits Included in Assignment Description Attempted Earned CGPA A Superior achievement Yes Yes Yes B Commendable achievement Yes Yes Yes C Satisfactory achievement Yes Yes Yes D Not passing and less than Yes No Yes satisfactory achievement F or NC Unacceptable achievement Yes No Yes INC Incomplete coursework No No No W Withdrawn, without penalty Yes No No WF Withdrawn, with penalty Yes No No TR Credit granted through transfer Yes Yes No AU Course audited—no credit awarded No No No
54
UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES
Philosophy The programs consist of 180 quarter units. Our belief in the inherent value and dignity Students can transfer a maximum of 135 of individuals formally pursuing educational quarter units, or 90 semester hours, to goals is the philosophical foundation of the SDUIS. All students must complete at least Undergraduate programs. The purpose of 45 quarter units at SDUIS. Overall, a total of these programs is to educate and to prepare 60 quarter units of credit in the following the individual to serve and advance the general education areas are required, along community in health, dignity, understanding with the 120 units of additional choice, and cooperation. The undergraduate including a Senior Research Project. programs are committed to studying values, intentions, and meaning of life, as well as * Written Communication (minimum of 5 history and physical data, as elements of quarter units) conscious existence. In an innovative and * Oral Communication (minimum of 5 unique orientation that asks questions first quarter units) and then seeks disciplined academic * Mathematics (minimum of 5 quarter understanding, the University's intent is to units) inspire scholarly inquiry and practical * Humanities and Fine Arts (minimum of solutions. 15 quarter units) * Social or Behavioral Science (minimum Program Overview of 15 quarter units) * Physical or Natural Science (minimum of SDUIS offers a Bachelor of Arts (BA) 15 quarter units) degree in Humanistic Studies and in Business Administration. These programs All courses, other than independent study, are designed to provide a relevant and are traditionally taught in a classroom setting contemporary education to lower and upper or online with a seminar style of instruction division undergraduate students who wish to that includes lively discussions and in-depth complete their studies at SDUIS. reading and writing assignments. Each instructor provides students with a syllabus Students who graduate from SDUIS must containing an outline of the course have completed at least 45 quarter units or objectives, content, student performance 30 semester units of general education expectations, textbooks and related study courses. These units must include written materials, and any activities and evaluation and oral communications, mathematics, methods used for grading purposes. humanities/fine arts, political/social or Demonstrations and experiential behavioral science, and physical/natural components may also be required. Students’ science classes, which must be completed papers, examinations, and projects are prior to graduation from the University. discussed at the beginning and during the SDUIS offers the full range of the required course. lower division courses or general education courses.
55
Independent study courses are an in-depth study of a topic and directed by SDUIS faculty or equally qualified mentors who must be approved by the Exception Review Committee.
BACHELOR OF ARTS PROGRAMS
Bachelor of Arts in A high school diploma or its equivalent (G.E.D.). Humanistic Studies Curriculum: Program Description: These course titles satisfy degree The Bachelor of Arts program emphasizes a requirements. Students are given some holistic philosophical perspective in the latitude, within state guidelines, in meeting provision of general education instructional lower division course requirements. services. It is designed for mature learners who did not have an opportunity to complete Lower Division Course Offerings their undergraduate college studies but who have the experience that can be a stimulus to A minimum of 45 quarter units, or 30 exciting and relevant academic achievement. semester hours, of general education courses The rationale and design of the university’s including mathematics, writing, and oral general education program centers on communications must be completed prior to integrating the foundations of general graduation from SDUIS. Additional units education with contemporary pedagogical may be transferred and applied toward the presentations of logically sequenced B.A. The maximum transferable units are curriculum in the Humanistics and Fine 135 quarter units or 90 semester hours. Arts, Social/Behavioral Science, Physical SDUIS requires that all B.A. students Natural Science, Mathematics, Expository complete the 60 quarter units of general Writing, and Oral Communication. education in the following areas: Traditional academic subjects are addressed Humanities and Fine Arts (minimum of 15 across disciplinary lines and from cross- units), Social or Behavioral Science cultural perspectives. (minimum of 15 units), Physical or Natural Science (minimum of 15 units), Written Requirements: Communication (minimum of 5 units), Oral Communication (minimum of 5 units), and The Bachelor of Arts degree requires the Mathematics (minimum of 5 units). completion of 180 quarter units. A minimum of 45 quarter units must be completed at San Lower Division General Education Diego University for Integrative Studies. All Courses B.A. students are required to take Critical Thinking, Quantitative Perspectives, the Students may fulfill all general education Writing Skills class and the Senior Project requirements by completing this curriculum, Seminar. or through a combination of transfer and course completions at SDUIS. Prerequisites: Upper Division Courses
Students in undergraduate Humanistic Studies degree program can choose from the
57
following courses to satisfy curriculum each subsequent quarter until the project has requirements. The number of credits each been completed. The senior project is student will need to meet graduation complete when the final draft of the requirements depends upon the number of students’ Senior Research Report has been credits which the student has transferred into completed, evaluated, and formally SDUIS. Some courses have prerequisites; approved by the Senior Project Research please see course descriptions for details. Instructor. Other courses not listed below may be part of the student’s program. A sample program is as follows:
Course Units Humanities BHS 405: The Humanistic Tradition BHS 461 Introduction to Humanistic 5 BHS 410: Introduction to Philosophy & Transpersonal Psychology BHS 455: Critical Thinking BHS 452 Evolution & Consciousness 5 BHS 456 Contemporary International 5 Social and Behavioral Sciences Writers BHS 454: Individuals and their Social BHS 460 The Self & Literary 5 Behavior Psychology BHS 459: Carl Rogers and Humanistic BHS 465 History of Ordinary People 5 Phenomenology of the United States BHS 464: Inventing the Modern Mind BHS 466 Health & Healing 5 BHS 467 The Family 5 Physical and Natural Sciences BHS 468 Loss of Self 5 BHS 100: The Human Body BHS 469 Foundations of Meditation 5 BHS 101: The Oceans BHS 470 Varieties of Religious and 5 BHS 102: The Cosmos Mystical Experience BHS 484 Physical Discipline 5 Written Communication BHS 485 The Gendered World 5 BHS 401: Writing Skills and Research BHS 486 Self-In-Relationship 5 BHS 490 Leadership Development 5 Oral Communication For Women BHS 104: The Reader's Theater CPS 401 History & Systems of 5 Psychology Mathematics CPS 402 Abnormal Psychology 5 CPS 404: Quantitative Perspective CPS 403 Theories of Personality 5 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: o Required Courses BHS 401 Writing Skills and Research 5 1) All residential courses, other than BHS 455 Critical Thinking 5 independent study, are taught in a classroom CPS 404 Quantitative Perspectives 5 setting. Each instructor provides students with a syllabus that contains an outline of Senior Project (5 units) the course objectives, the course content, BHS 495 Senior Project 5 student performance expectations, textbooks and related study materials, and evaluation Students working on their senior project methods used for grading purposes. All must be registered for the respective course instruction is provided in English.
58
2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture and class weekly. All instruction is provided style with group discussions, student in English. presentations and written assignments. 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus 3) Instructional methods also include that contains an outline of the course research projects and experiential objectives, course content, weekly components such as internship and assignments and student performance practicum requirements. Faculty provide expectations. individualized academic advising as needed and encourage ongoing student dialogue in 3) Instructors work closely with students to class and online. Upon completion of the monitor their progress. core curriculum, students become involved in their capstone research project, the Master’s Thesis. In addition, students are Notice to Prospective Students required to complete fifty (50) clock hours of personal counseling provided by a This institution approved by the Bureau for licensed psychologist or therapist approved Private Postsecondary Education to offer by the University. Grading criteria are degree programs. To continue to offer presented to students in the course syllabus degree programs, this institution must meet provided at the beginning of class. The the following requirements: University’s grading policy is designed to Become institutionally accredited by an meet the highest professional standards of accrediting agency recognized by the United objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. States Department of Education, with the scope of the accreditation covering at least 4) Independent study courses are an in- one degree program. depth study of a topic and directed by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified idacy or pre- mentor who is approved by the Chief accreditation, as defined in regulations, by Academic Officer. July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, 2020. 5) Student learning performance outcome evaluations include essay and objective If this institution stops pursuing examinations, research, reports, and accreditation, it must: experiential activities. Stop all enrollment in its degree INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: programs, and -out to finish the Distance Education educational program or provide a refund.
1) The Bachelor of Arts in Humanistic An institution that fails to comply with Studies Degree program is also offered accreditation requirements by the required through distance education. Direct education dates shall have its approval to offer degree is delivered to students via the NEO system programs automatically suspended. described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares feedback to be sent to the students
59
Bachelor of Arts in student completes one hundred five (105) quarter units in basic collegiate education Business Administration and seventy-five (75) quarter units in Business Administration. This includes Program Description: twenty-one (21) lower and upper division courses logically sequenced from the This program is designed to provide the University’s approved undergraduate student with a foundation and marketable curriculum and fifteen (15) specialty courses skills in business administration, in Business Administration. Completion of organization, management, and this program also requires the student to communication guided by international and fulfill a capstone Senior Research Project multicultural applied perspectives. A relative to applied topics in Business logically sequenced curriculum presents a Administration and allied fields such as practical orientation for developing and international marketing and finance, for implementing effective entrepreneurial example. Students majoring in Business systems and administrative strategies Administration have the option of pursuing targeting the needs, issues, and trends of the additional specialty instruction in either 21st Century global marketplace. The student Communications or Information Technology completes core courses in business Systems, and each specialty curriculum administration in tandem with the consists of thirty-five (35) quarter units, fulfillment of lower and upper division which is the equivalent of seven (7) courses general education courses from the beyond the minimum graduation University’s approved undergraduate requirement of one-hundred eighty (180) completion program in Humanistic Studies. quarter units. As such, students fulfilling Students enrolled in the Bachelor of Arts either Specialization course sequence program in Business Administration may complete a total of two-hundred fifteen enrich the breadth of their undergraduate (215) quarter units in completing all major by completing an additional Specialty graduation requirements. curriculum in either Communications or Information Technology Systems, Prerequisites: respectively. The Specialization curricula consists of seven (7) courses in either High school diploma or the equivalent Communications or Information Systems (GED) are minimum requirements for Technology, and are designed as admission. Students having earned an supplemental professional skills training Associate of Arts degree, or the equivalent, logically integrated with and directly from a state approved or regionally relatable to the organized sequence of accredited institution may transfer a studies comprising the major in Business maximum of one hundred thirty-five (135) Administration. quarter or ninety (90) semester units. The B.A. program in Business Administration Requirements: requires all transfer students to complete a minimum of sixty (60) quarter units. The Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration degree program requires the completion of one hundred eighty (180) quarter units at the undergraduate level. The
60
Curriculum: Required Business Courses (75 Units) Course Units Course numbers, titles, and units meeting basic undergraduate education requirements BUS 401 Introduction to Business (lower and upper division courses): Principles & Organizations 5 BUS 402 Fundamentals of Business Course Units Administration 5 BUS 406 Business Math for BHS 100 The Human Body 5 Administrators 5 BHS 103 The Written Word 5 BUS 412 Business Information BHS 105 Mathematics: A Most Technologies 5 Powerful Tool 5 BUS 416 Business Administrative BHS 200 Connecting Up / Law 5 Getting Online 5 BUS 418 Essentials of Advertising 5 BHS 302 How to Start Your BUS 420 Business Communications Own Business 5 & the Global Economy 5 BHS 402 The Study of Great Leaders BUS 424 Organizational Statistics 5 Through Literature 5 BUS 432 Production and Service BHS 405 The Humanistic Tradition 5 Management 5 BHS 410 Introduction to Philosophy 5 BUS 434 Organizational BHS 451 Introduction to Political Entrepreneurship 5 Thought 5 BUS 442 Foundations in Accounting 5 BHS 454 Individuals and Their Social BUS 449 Foundations in Marketing 5 Behavior 5 BUS 452 Foundations in Finance 5 BHS 456 Contemporary International BUS 458 Foundations in Economics 5 Writers 5 BUS 466 Legal and Ethical Issues BHS 457 The Media as Mediator 5 in the Global Marketplace 5 BHS 464 Inventing the Modern Mind 5 BUS 475 Cross Cultural Strategic BHS 465 History of the Ordinary Management 5 People of the United States 5 BHS 471 The Third World 5 Required Total Units: 180 BHS 487 Career Counseling 5 BHS 488 Personal and Social Ethics 5 Specialty Curriculum in Communications BHS 490 Leadership Development 5 (35 Units) Course Units BSCM 170 Oral and Written Required Total Units: 90 Communication Skills 5 BSCM 210 Effective Public Speaking 5 Required Courses (15 Units) BSCM 215 Advanced Public Speaking for Business Managers 5 BHS 401 Writing Skills and Research 5 BSCM 220 Expository and BHS 455 Critical Thinking 5 Technical Writing Skills 5 BHS 495 Senior Project 5 BSCM 225 Persuasive Communication 5 BSCM 230 Cross Cultural Course numbers, titles, and units meeting Communication 5 business specialization requirements (upper BSCM 240 World Wide Journalism division courses): and Expressive Writing 5
61
Required Total Credits: 35 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture style with group discussions, student Business Administration degree program presentations and written assignments. students who complete the specialty courses in Communications accumulate a total of 3) Instructional methods also include 215 undergraduate quarter credits for research projects and experiential matriculation. components such as internship and practicum requirements. Faculty provide Specialty Curriculum in Information individualized academic advising as needed Technology Systems (35 Credits) and encourage ongoing student dialogue in Course Credits class and online. Upon completion of the core curriculum, students become involved ITS 145 Survey of Information in their capstone research project, the Systems 5 Master’s Thesis. In addition, students are ITS 150 Design and Analysis of required to complete fifty (50) clock hours Information Systems 5 of personal counseling provided by a ITS 165 Operating Systems 5 licensed psychologist or therapist approved ITS 170 Web Development and by the University. Grading criteria are Management 5 presented to students in the course syllabus ITS 175 Data Communication and provided at the beginning of class. The Computer Networking 5 University’s grading policy is designed to ITS 180 Database Management Systems 5 meet the highest professional standards of ITS 210 E-Business Concepts & objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. Technologies 5 4) Independent study courses are an in- Required Total Units: 35 depth study of a topic and directed by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified Business Administration degree students mentor who is approved by the Chief who complete the specialty courses in Academic Officer. Information Technology Systems accumulate a total of 215 undergraduate 5) Student learning performance outcome quarter units for matriculation. evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: experiential activities.
1) All residential courses, other than INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: independent study, are taught in a classroom setting. Each instructor provides students Distance Education with a syllabus that contains an outline of the course objectives, the course content, 1) The Bachelor of Arts in Business student performance expectations, textbooks Administration degree program is also and related study materials, and evaluation offered through distance education. Direct methods used for grading purposes. All education is delivered to students via the instruction is provided in English. NEO system described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares feedback to be sent to the
62
students and class weekly. All instruction is -out to finish the provided in English. educational program or provide a refund. An institution that fails to comply with 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus accreditation requirements by the required that contains an outline of the course dates shall have its approval to offer degree objectives, course content, weekly programs automatically suspended assignments and student performance expectations.
3) Instructors work closely with students to monitor their progress.
Notice to Prospective Students
This institution approved by the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education to offer degree programs. To continue to offer degree programs, this institution must meet the following requirements: Become institutionally accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education, with the scope of the accreditation covering at least one degree program.
- accreditation, as defined in regulations, by July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, 2020.
If this institution stops pursuing accreditation, it must:
Stop all enrollment in its degree programs, and
63
COLLEGE OF GRADUATE STUDIES
Philosophy o Master of Arts in Marriage and Family Therapy Since its inception, the University and the o Master of Arts in programs in psychology have explored a Psychobiomechanics and Postural broad spectrum of approaches that expanded Therapy the range of options for dealing with o Master of Arts in Sport Counseling psychological, psychosocial and psycho- o Master of Arts in Transpersonal spiritual confrontations of the human Psychology psyche. The psychology curricula not only o Master of Business Administration focus on the needs of individuals struggling o Master of Business Administration with behavioral issues, but also the with Specialization in Marketing aspirations of the healthy and curious who o Master of Business Administration are desirous of exploring greater human with Specialization in Hospitality potential. The Business curricula center on Management the needs of a society moving toward o Master of Business Administration globalization and integration. The curricula with Specialization in Sport focus is on applied knowledge that students Communication van utilize immediately in their personal and o Master of Business Administration professional lives. San Diego University for with Specialization in Sport Integrative Studies is committed to Management upholding a responsible approach to o Doctor of Business Administration scholarship and research and practice. Basic o Doctor of Philosophy in to each of these is development of personal Psychobiomechanics and Postural competence and a true sense of Therapy responsibility and growth. o Doctor of Philosophy in Psychology with specialization in Expressive The programs in psychology address Arts Therapy differing focal points and means of o Doctor of Philosophy in Psychology enhancing psychological health, creativity, with specialization in Sport and respect for the interaction of the body, Psychology mind and spiritual essence of individuals. o Doctor of Philosophy in The philosophical, integral or holistic Transpersonal Psychology with approaches to human consciousness demand specialization in Tibetan Buddhist conviction to and respect for human Psychology existence. o Doctor of Psychobiomechanics and Postural Therapy Program Overview o Doctor of Psychology o Doctor of Psychology with The College of Graduate Studies offers the Specialization in Expressive Arts following degrees: Therapy o Master of Accounting o Doctor of Psychology with o Master of Arts in Expressive Arts Specialization in Sport Psychology Therapy o Doctor of Psychology with o Master of Arts in Information Specialization in Transpersonal Technology Psychology 64
Various emphasis areas are available to proposal approved before beginning their students in each program. The scope and research. intent of each emphasis area are described separately in each degree program. The Licensing as a Marriage and Family graduate programs at SDUIS provide Therapist in California academic, scientific, and practitioner training in preparation for multifaceted The Marriage and Family Therapy program professional roles as change agents for satisfies the academic course requirements individuals, families, and organizations. of the State of California Board of Humanistic values such as diversity, Behavioral Sciences, for the Marriage and inclusiveness, personal and professional Family Therapy licensure. Students must education, centrality of relationships, and also meet the Board's post-masters responsible use of power and authority are experiential requirements before they are emphasized. The mastery of professional eligible to sit for the licensing exam. knowledge, skills, ability, and the capability Eligibility for licensure includes: for compassionate intervention and An educational degree that meets the preparation for life-long learning are California Board of Behavioral Sciences expected outcomes of the programs. requirements, Students entering masters programs must 3,000 hours of supervised work have completed a bachelors degree which experience, includes certain prerequisite courses. See the Two state exams (Written MFT Exam and description of each degree program for Written Clinical Vignette exam). specific entrance requirements. All doctoral applicants must have completed a relevant Licensing Boards can and sometimes masters degree, again with certain do change licensing requirements. prerequisite courses that are listed with the Therefore, students are encouraged to specific degree program. A maximum of 9 to remain informed of the Board's quarter units may be transferred into the licensing requirements. All licensing Master’s program, and 45 quarter units into forms and documents must be a doctoral program from a regionally obtained directly from the Board. accredited or California State Approved University. Credit is not given for work or The California Board of Behavioral Sciences life experience in any of the programs may deny a license or registration or may offerred. suspend or revoke the license or registration of a licensee or registrant if he or she has; Master’s students in programs other than the (1) Been guilty of unprofessional conduct; Marriage and Family Therapy program must (2) It appears that an applicant may be complete a written thesis. Master’s students unable to practice his or her profession enrolled in the MBA, Information safely due to mental illness or chemical Technology, and Accounting programs have dependency. the option to either write a Comprehensive Business Project or pass a Comprehensive Students in the MFT program are required to Examination at the end of their course pass a Masters Comprehensive Examination. program. All doctoral students must This exam is partially modeled after the complete a dissertation. Thesis and State exam, and consists of two parts: dissertation students are required to meet multiple choice questions on theory and with the Director of Research to have their clinical vignette essays on practice. The
65
exams are offered once each quarter and The California Board of Psychology may dates are noted in the SDUIS quarterly deny a license on the grounds that the schedules. Students have three opportunities applicant has one of the following: (1) Been to pass the exams, after which additional convicted of a crime; (2) Done any act course work is required. involving dishonesty, fraud, or deceit with the intent to substantially benefit himself or All MFT students will enroll in a 225 hour herself or another, or substantially injure practicum sequence during the last half of another; (3) Done any act that if done by a their studies. Students must have their licentiate of the business or profession in practicum sites approved by the University question, would be grounds for suspension before beginning training hours. All students or revocation of license; (4) the applicant must contact the SDUIS Registrar for knowingly made a false statement of fact information and forms. Students should that is required to be revealed in the enroll in CPS 622 for supervision during the application for the license. first 112.5 hours, and in CPS 624 during the second 112.5 hours, for direct face to face Supervised Practical Experience counseling hours and supervision. All Psy.D. students must enroll in a 500 hour practicum sequence during the second Licensing as a Psychologist in California half of their program. Students must have their practicum sites approved by the Licensing as a Psychologist in the State of University before beginning internship California is controlled by the Board of hours. Students with a Master of Arts in Psychology. The Doctor of Psychology Psychology with a non-counseling emphasis program satisfies the academic course may be able to register as Psychological requirements of the State of California Assistants with the Board of Psychology. Board of Psychology for licensing as a However, additional courses may be Psychologist in California. Students must required to meet Board requirements. also meet the Board's post-doctoral Contact the Dean of Academic Affairs for experiential requirements before they are situation-specific information. All students eligible to sit for the licensing exam. should contact the SDUIS Registrar for Eligibility for licensure as a Psychologist practicum information and forms. Students requires: should enroll in CPS 724 for supervision An educational degree that meets the during the first 250 hours, and in CPS 725 California Board of Psychology for the second 250 hours. requirements, 3,000 hours of supervised work Comprehensive Examinations experience, All students enrolled in the PsyD and PhD Two state exams (CSPE and EPPP). programs must pass a Doctoral Comprehensive Examination. This exam Licensing boards can and sometimes consists of two parts: theory-based multiple do change licensing requirements. choice and practice-based clinical vignettes. Therefore, students are encouraged to The exams are offered once each quarter and to remain informed of the Board's are noted in the SDUIS quarterly schedule. licensing requirements. All licensing Students have three opportunities to pass the forms and documents must be exam after which additional course work is obtained directly from the Board. required.
66
Master’s Thesis designs. Prior to beginning capstone Students enrolled in the Master of Arts research projects, all students must meet programs in Expressive Arts Therapy, Sport with their Research Instructor to have Counseling and Transpersonal Psychology their topic approved. Dissertations are must complete a thesis. The thesis is the supervised by a three member faculty capstone project to complete the Master’s committee that is selected by the student and degree program. The topic should emerge approved by the Exceptions Review from the field of the student’s Master’s Committee. degree studies. Investigational methodologies will be determined by the The dissertation process includes forming a nature of the student’s interest but may committee, a comprehensive literature include an experimental study, a study using review, an in-depth research project, writing surveys and questionnaires, a case study, or a scholarly text, an Oral Qualifying a literature review with summarizations and Examination, and a Final Oral Defense of novel conclusions. While of a high standard, the dissertation. The process is supervised generally the thesis requires somewhat less by the student's Dissertation Instructor, demanding originality, scope and depth than Dissertation Chair, Committee and the the dissertation, and it usually takes a shorter Director of Research. Details of this process time to complete. are available from the Registrar’s office in the syllabus manual entitled San Diego Students are expected to use the research of University for Integrative Studies others and provide their own analysis on Dissertation and Thesis Guidelines. their discoveries, in order to demonstrate their level of critical and analytical thinking, Students working on their dissertation, as well as their knowledge acquired through master thesis, or senior project must be their program. The process is supervised by registered for the respective course each the student's Thesis Instructor, Thesis subsequent quarter until the project has been Chairperson, and the Director of Research, completed. The dissertation, master thesis, and culminates in the Final Oral Defense of or senior project is complete when the the Thesis. Details of this process are student has successfully passed the oral available from the Registrar’s office in the examination where applicable and the final syllabus manual entitled San Diego approval forms have been signed by the University for Integrative Studies project chairperson, Research Instructor, Dissertation and Thesis Guidelines. SDUIS Director of Research, and Dean of Academic Affairs. Doctoral Dissertations Personal Counseling
All doctoral students complete a SDUIS faculty and staff consider growth dissertation. All dissertations are expected to through therapy an essential tool in make a novel contribution to the literature in becoming an effective therapist or counselor. their respective fields based on research The personal counseling requirement is completed by the student. Doctoral designed to provide the student with the dissertations tend to focus on research and existential experience of being counseled analysis of theoretical issues related to the and to deal with personal issues that could student's doctoral research topic. interfere with student becoming an effective Methodology may be either quantitative or a therapist. mixture of quantitative and qualitative
67
Masters students in all psychology programs with student discount prices. must complete 50 hours of personal SDUIS instructors will not be counseling within three years of enrollment approved as therapists to SDUIS at San Diego University for Integrative students. Studies. Doctoral students in all psychology The entire 50 or 60 hours do not programs must complete 60 hours of have to be done with the same personal counseling within three years of therapist. enrollment at SDUIS. All therapists must be approved in advance by the University. Procedures for meeting the requirement Forms for therapist approval and documentation of hours are available from After selecting the therapist, please the Registrar. fill out the Request for
What kind of counseling qualifies? Psychotherapist Approval form and submit the signed form to the At least 25 hours (Masters), 35 hours Registrar. This will ensure that the (Doctoral) must be one-on-one therapy done will qualify for the therapy. requirement. Up to 25 hours (maximum) can be in Keep track of the hours on the a group therapy context. Documentation of Personal Counseling Hours form. Educational training, self-help seminars, and workshops cannot be When all the hours have been used for the personal counseling completed with the therapist, have requirement. the therapist sign the form and mail directly to San Diego University for What kind of license is needed for the Integrative Studies Administrative therapist? Office.
The therapist must be licensed as an MFT, or Psychologist.
Can therapy done prior to enrollment qualify?
Up to 25 hours of individual therapy may be completed before enrollment. Previous therapy must meet the above qualifications and date from within two years prior to enrollment.
How is the therapist selected?
The student is responsible for selecting and engaging his or her own therapist. The administrative staff will maintain a list of local therapists
68
MASTER of ARTS PROGRAMS
Master of Arts in Curriculum:
Expressive Arts Therapy Course titles that satisfy degree requirements: Program Description: Prerequisite Courses (20 units) This program was designed to give the Course Units student a sound base in Expressive Arts Therapy. The Expressive Arts Therapy CPS 400 Introduction to Psychology 5 Master's Degree is designed to provide or participants with a holistic and culturally CPS 401 History & Systems 5 enriched perspective about facilitating of Psychology health, emotional growth, and human CPS 402 Abnormal Psychology 5 potential. The personal integration of a host CPS 403 Theories of Personality 5 of experiences and techniques is intended to CPS 404 Quantitative Perspectives 5 contribute to the development of greater personal health and increased therapeutic Graduate Core Psychology Course options. Requirements (55 units) Course Units Requirements: CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 The Master of Arts degree requires the CPS 601 Counseling Theories & 5 completion of 90 quarter units at the Strategies graduate level. The student will develop an CPS 603 Developmental Psychology 5 individualized program of study by CPS 604 Introduction to Psychological 5 completing the core Psychology Research requirements (55 units), and selecting 30 CPS 605 Clinical Counseling Skills 5 additional Master’s units from the Training Expressive Arts curriculum. Students are CPS 610 Psychopathology 5 required to write a Master’s Thesis/Project CPS 611 Advanced Clinical Skills 5 (5 units). In addition the students must Training complete 50 hours of personal counseling CPS 612 Legal & Ethical Issues 5 with licensed professionals. Successful in Counseling passage of the MA Comprehensive Exam is CPS 613 Human Sexuality & 5 also required. Gender Issues CPS 614 Theories, Therapies & 5 Prerequisites: Issues in Chemical Dependency CPS 615 Cross-Cultural Counseling 5 A Bachelor of Arts in addition to specific prerequisite courses which must be Graduate Expressive Arts Core completed in the first year of study. Requirements (30 units) Course Units
CEX 600 Expressive Arts 5 Business Principles
69
CEX 630 Foundations of 5 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture Expressive Therapy style with group discussions, student CEX 631 Psychodrama, Ritual and 5 presentations and written assignments. Performance CEX 632 Fundamentals of 5 3) Instructional methods also include Music Therapy research projects and experiential CEX 633 Fundamentals of 5 components such as internship and Movement Therapy practicum requirements. Faculty provide CEX 634 Art and Expressive 5 individualized academic advising as needed Therapy w/Children and and encourage ongoing student dialogue in Adolescents class and online. Upon completion of the or core curriculum, students become involved CEX 635 Art and Expressive Therapy 5 in their capstone research project, the w/Adults & Aging Population Master’s Thesis. In addition, students are required to complete fifty (50) clock hours Thesis / Project (5 units) of personal counseling provided by a licensed psychologist or therapist approved CEX 699 Thesis/Project 5 by the University. Grading criteria are presented to students in the course syllabus Required Total Units 90 provided at the beginning of class. The University’s grading policy is designed to Students working on their dissertation, meet the highest professional standards of master thesis, or senior project must be objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. registered for the respective course every quarter until the project has been completed. 4) Independent study courses are an in- The Dissertation, Master’s Thesis, or Senior depth study of a topic and directed by Project is complete when the student has SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified successfully passed the oral examination mentor who is approved by the Chief where applicable and the final approval Academic Officer. forms have been signed by the project chairperson and SDUIS Director of 5) Student learning performance outcome Research. evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: experiential activities.
1) All residential courses, other than INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: independent study, are taught in a classroom setting. Each instructor provides students Distance Education with a syllabus that contains an outline of the course objectives, the course content, 1) The Master's Degree program in student performance expectations, textbooks Expressive Arts Therapy is also offered and related study materials, and evaluation through distance education. Direct education methods used for grading purposes. All is delivered to students via the NEO system instruction is provided in English. described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares feedback to be sent to the students
70
and class weekly. All instruction is provided in English. Master of Arts in Information
2) Each student is provided with a syllabus Technology that contains an outline of the course objectives, course content, weekly Program Description: assignments and student performance expectations. Businesses, government, schools, and other organizations are continually seeking new 3) Instructors work closely with students to applications for computers and networks in monitor their progress. the workplace. As the role of technology increases, the need for professionals with a Notice to Prospective Students strong background in information technology is also increasing. This institution approved by the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education to offer The Master of Arts in Information degree programs. To continue to offer Technology at SDUIS will educate degree programs, this institution must meet participants in such areas as software the following requirements: engineering methodologies, theoretical and Become institutionally accredited by an formal areas of computer science, digital accrediting agency recognized by the United media arts, and the latest trends in IT States Department of Education, with the management. The program allows graduates scope of the accreditation covering at least to enhance their knowledge and skills of the one degree program. rapidly changing field of information technology. - accreditation, as defined in regulations, by Requirements: July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, 2020. Each student must complete 90 quarter units of Information Technology coursework. The If this institution stops pursuing student will complete the Required Core accreditation, it must: Course Requirements (5 units), Information Technology requirements (65 units), and Stop all enrollment in its degree select (20) additional units from the Elective programs, and Information Technology courses. In -out to finish the addition, students must pass a educational program or provide a refund. comprehensive examination, or the Comprehensive Business Project, course An institution that fails to comply with BUS 695. accreditation requirements by the required dates shall have its approval to offer degree Students working on their Comprehensive programs automatically suspended. Business Project must be registered for the respective course each subsequent quarter until the project has been completed. The capstone project is complete when the final draft of the students’ Comprehensive Business Project has been completed,
71
evaluated, and formally approved by the Comprehensive Business Project Instructor. ITS 635 Advanced Operating Systems 5 & Distributed Systems Prerequisites: ITS 637 Architecture of Computer 5 Hardware A Bachelor’s degree from an accredited or approved institution. Elective Information Technology Courses (20 Units) Curriculum: Course Units
Course titles that satisfy degree ITS 641 Computer Aided Design 5 ITS 642 Java Programming 5 requirements: ITS 642 JAVA Programming 5 ITS 643 C# Programming 5 Prerequisite Course: (5 Units) ITS 645 .Net Framework 5 Course Units ITS 647 Telecommunication Systems 5 ITS 648 User Interface Design 5 ITS 404 Introduction to Information 5 ITS 649 Web Standards & Search 5 Systems Engine Optimization ITS 650 C++ Programming 5 Graduate Core Course Requirements (5 ITS 651 Systems Engineering & Units) Analysis 5 Course Units ITS 652 Web Design 5
CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 Capstone Course (5 credits) Course Credits Graduate Core Information Technology Course Requirements (75 Units) BUS 695 Comprehensive Business Course Units Project 5
ITS 621 Advanced Information 5 Required Total Units: 95 Technology ITS 622 Database Design 5 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: ITS 623 Database Development & 5 Management 1) All residential courses, other than ITS 625 IT Project Management 5 independent study, are taught in a classroom Skills Training setting. Each instructor provides students ITS 626 Object Oriented Modeling 5 with a syllabus that contains an outline of ITS 627 Voice Communication 5 the course objectives, the course content, Networks student performance expectations, textbooks ITS 628 Software Design 5 and related study materials, and evaluation ITS 629 Computer Network Design 5 methods used for grading purposes. ITS 631 LAN, WAN & Wireless 5 Networks 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture ITS 632 Legal Aspects of Information 5 style with group discussions, student Technology presentations and written assignments. ITS 634 Information Technology 5 3) Instructional methods also include Security research projects and experiential
72
components such as internship and Notice to Prospective Students practicum requirements. Faculty provide individualized academic advising as needed This institution approved by the Bureau for and encourage ongoing student dialogue in Private Postsecondary Education to offer class and online. The University’s grading degree programs. To continue to offer criteria are presented to students in the degree programs, this institution must meet course syllabus provided at the beginning of the following requirements: class. The University’s grading policy is Become institutionally accredited by an designed to meet the highest professional accrediting agency recognized by the United standards of objectivity, fairness, and States Department of Education, with the accuracy. scope of the accreditation covering at least one degree program. 4) Independent study courses are an in- depth study of a topic and directed by - SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified accreditation, as defined in regulations, by mentor who is approved by the Chief July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, Academic Officer. 2020.
5) Student learning performance outcome If this institution stops pursuing evaluations include essay and objective accreditation, it must: examinations, research, reports, and experimental activities. Stop all enrollment in its degree programs, and INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: -out to finish the educational program or provide a refund. Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with 1) The Master of Arts in Information accreditation requirements by the required Technology Degree program is also offered dates shall have its approval to offer degree through distance education. Direct programs automatically suspended. education is delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor Master of Arts in Marriage and class weekly. The instructor reviews the and Family Therapy work and prepares feedback to be sent to the students and class weekly. Program Description:
2) Each student is provided with a syllabus This program is designed to provide that contains an outline of the course professional training as well as personal objectives, course content, weekly development. The Marriage and Family assignments and student performance Therapy program satisfies the educational expectations. requirements for a Marriage and Family Therapy license in California. Eligibility for 3) Instructors work closely with students to licensure includes: monitor their progress. An educational degree that meets the
California Board of Behavioral Sciences requirements, 73
3,000 hours of supervised work or experience, CPS 401 History & Systems 5 Two state exams (Written MFT Exam and of Psychology Written Clinical Vignette exam). CPS 402 Abnormal Psychology 5 CPS 403 Theories of Personality 5 Disclaimer: Licensing laws and regulations CPS 404 Quantitative Perspectives 5 vary considerably from state to state outside California, and states also make changes to Graduate Core Psychology Course their laws and regulations periodically. Requirements (96 units) SDUIS makes no claim as to whether our Course Units MFT program curriculum would meet the educational requirements for licensing in CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 any state outside California. If you are CPS 601 Counseling Theories & 5 Strategies considering applying for licensure in other CPS 603 Developmental Psychology 5 states, either after graduation or at a later CPS 604 Introduction to Psychological 5 time, it is essential for you to determine the Research other state’s licensing requirements and CPS 605 Clinical Counseling 5 whether the degree from SDUIS would meet Skills Training those requirements. SDUIS does not and CPS 610 Psychopathology 5 cannot make any claim or assurance about CPS 611 Advanced Clinical 5 this issue. Skills Training CPS 612 Legal & Ethical Issues 5 Requirements: in Counseling CPS 613 Human Sexuality and 5 The Master of Arts degree requires the Gender Issues completion of 101 units at the graduate CPS 614 Theories, Therapies & Issues 5 level, two hundred (225) supervised in Chemical Dependency internship hours must be fulfilled, in CPS 615 Cross-Cultural Counseling 5 addition to 50 hours of personal counseling CPS 616 Psychotherapy w/Children & 5 with licensed professionals. Successful Adolescents passage of the MA Comprehensive Exam is CPS 617A Assessment & Treatment 2.5 also required. of Child Abuse CPS 617B Assessment & Treatment of 2.5 Prerequisites: Partner Abuse CPS 618 Psychological Tests & 5 A Bachelor of Arts in addition to specific Measurements prerequisite courses which must be CPS 619 Theories of Family Therapy 5 completed in the first year of study. CPS 620 Theory & Practice of Family 5 Curriculum: Therapy CPS 622 Supervised Practicum A 5 Course titles that satisfy degree CPS 624 Supervised Practicum B 5 requirements: CPS 628 HIV Treatment & Counseling 1
Prerequisite Courses (20 units) Elective (5 units) Course Units Course Units
CPS 400 Introduction to Psychology 5
74
CPS 621 Selected Topics in Psychotherapeutic Techniques 5
Required Total Units: 101 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS:
1) All residential courses, other than Distance Education independent study, are taught in a classroom setting. Each instructor provides students 1) The Master's Degree program in with a syllabus that contains an outline of Marriage and Family Therapy is also offered the course objectives, the course content, through distance education. Direct education student performance expectations, textbooks is delivered to students via the NEO system and related study materials, and evaluation described previously. Students submit their methods used for grading purposes. assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture prepares feedback to be sent to the students style with group discussions, student and class weekly. presentations and written assignments. 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus 3) Instructional methods also include that contains an outline of the course research projects and experiential objectives, course content, weekly components such as internship and assignments and student performance practicum requirements. Faculty provide expectations. individualized academic advising as needed and encourage ongoing student dialogue in 3) Instructors work closely with students to class and online. Students are required to monitor their progress. complete fifty (50) clock hours of personal counseling provided by a licensed therapist Notice to Prospective Students approved by the University. The University’s grading criteria are presented to This institution approved by the Bureau for students in the course syllabus provided at Private Postsecondary Education to offer the beginning of class. The University’s degree programs. To continue to offer grading policy is designed to meet the degree programs, this institution must meet highest professional standards of objectivity, the following requirements: fairness, and accuracy. Become institutionally accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the United 4) Independent study courses are an in- States Department of Education, with the depth study of a topic and directed by scope of the accreditation covering at least SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified one degree program. mentor who is approved by the Chief Academic Officer. - accreditation, as defined in regulations, by 5) Student learning performance outcome July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, evaluations include essay and objective 2020. examinations, research, reports, and experimental activities.
75
If this institution stops pursuing Curriculum: accreditation, it must: Course titles that satisfy degree Stop all enrollment in its degree requirements: programs, and -out to finish the Prerequisite Courses (15 units) educational program or provide a refund. Course Units
An institution that fails to comply with CPS 400 Introduction to Psychology 5 accreditation requirements by the required or dates shall have its approval to offer degree CPS 401 History & Systems of 5 programs automatically suspended. Psychology CPS 402 Abnormal Psychology 5 Master of Arts in CPS 404 Quantitative Perspectives 5
Psychobiomechanics and Graduate Core Psychology Course Postural Therapy Requirements (25 units) Course Units Program Description: CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 This program is designed for personal CPS 604 Introduction to Psychological 5 trainers, massage therapists, Research psychotherapists, educators, CPS 605 Clinical Counseling Skills 5 physiotherapists, osteopathic physicians, and Training mature adults seeking to broaden their CPS 610 Psychopathology 5 working knowledge of contemporary mind CPS 612 Legal & Ethical Issues 5 and body therapy approaches in the 21st century global health. These modules offer Graduate Core PsychoBiomechanics & research-based applied techniques for future Postural Therapy Course Requirements holistic therapists. (60 units) Course Units Requirements: BIO 630 Psychological Type: 5 Theory & Application The Master of Arts degree program in BIO 631 Human Physiology 5 Psychobiomechanics and Postural Therapy BIO 632 Anatomy/Limbs and 5 requires the participant to successfully Back complete all of the courses listed below to BIO 633 Exercise Psychophysiology 5 become an effective and certified BIO 634 Exercise Psychology 1 5 Psychobiomechanical and Postural BIO 635 PsychoBiomechanics 5 Therapist. BIO 636 Posture Therapy & Functional Assessment 5 Prerequisites: BIO 638 Muscle Mechanics of 5 Posture A Bachelor of Arts is required, in addition to BIO 639 Biomechanics specific prerequisite courses which must be Instrumentation 5 completed in the first year of study. BIO 640 Scientific Principles of Physical/ Psychological 5
76
BIO 641 Cardio-Respiratory SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified Exercise Physiology mentor who is approved by the Chief Training 5 Academic Officer. BIO 642 Psycho/ Nerve/ Muscle 5 Exercise Response 5) Student learning performance outcome evaluations include essay and objective Thesis / Project (5 units) examinations, research, reports, and Course Units experimental activities.
SPO 699 Thesis/Project 5 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS:
Required Total Units: 90 Distance Education
INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: 1) The Master's Degree program in PsychoBiomechanics & Postural Therapy is 1) All residential courses, other than also offered through distance education. independent study, are taught in a classroom Direct education is delivered to students via setting. Each instructor provides students the NEO system described previously. with a syllabus that contains an outline of Students submit their assignments to the the course objectives, the course content, instructor and class weekly. The instructor student performance expectations, textbooks reviews the work and prepares feedback to and related study materials, and evaluation be sent to the students and class weekly. methods used for grading purposes. 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture that contains an outline of the course style with group discussions, student objectives, course content, weekly presentations and written assignments. assignments and student performance expectations. 3) Instructional methods also include research projects and experiential 3) Instructors work closely with students to components such as internship and monitor their progress. practicum requirements. Faculty provide individualized academic advising as needed Notice to Prospective Students and encourage ongoing student dialogue in class and online. Students are required to This institution approved by the Bureau complete fifty (50) clock hours of personal for Private Postsecondary Education to counseling provided by a licensed offer degree programs. To continue to psychologist or therapist approved by the offer degree programs, this institution University. The University’s grading criteria must meet the following requirements: are presented to students in the course Become institutionally accredited by syllabus provided at the beginning of class. an accrediting agency recognized by the The University’s grading policy is designed United States Department of Education, to meet the highest professional standards of with the scope of the accreditation objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. covering at least one degree program.
4) Independent study courses are an in- depth study of a topic and directed by pre-accreditation, as defined in
77
regulations, by July 1, 2017, and full Prerequisites: accreditation by July 1, 2020. A Bachelor of Arts degree in Psychology, If this institution stops pursuing Physical Education or related field, in accreditation, it must: addition to an Introduction to Psychology (CPS 400 or CPS 401) and an Introduction Stop all enrollment in its degree to Physical Education (SPO 505) class. programs, and -out to finish the Curriculum: educational program or provide a refund. Course titles that satisfy degree An institution that fails to comply with requirements: accreditation requirements by the required dates shall have its approval to Prerequisite Courses (15 units) offer degree programs automatically Course Units suspended. CPS 400 Introduction to Psychology 5 Master of Arts in or CPS 401 History & Systems of 5 Sport Counseling Psychology CPS 402 Abnormal Psychology 5 Program Description: CPS 403 Theories of Personality 5 CPS 404 Quantitative Perspectives 5 This program is designed to provide students SPO 505 Introduction to Physical 5 with the theoretical and practical training Education needed to help athletes be more effective in sports and their personal lives. The program Graduate Core Psychology Course is intended to prepare professionals to Requirements (55 units) consult with individual athletes, teams, and Course Units athletic organizations, and to effectively develop and teach programs tailored for this CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 unique population. CPS 601 Counseling Theories 5 & Strategies Requirements: CPS 604 Introduction to Psychological 5 Research The Master of Arts degree in Sport CPS 603 Developmental Psychology 5 Counseling requires the completion of 90 CPS 605 Clinical Counseling 5 quarter units at the graduate level. Students & Skills Training will complete the core Psychology CPS 610 Psychopathology 5 requirements (55 units) and the required CPS 611 Advanced Clinical 5 Sport Counseling requirements (30 units). Skills Training Students are required to write a Master’s CPS 612 Legal & Ethical 5 Thesis/Project (5 units), and complete 50 Issues in Counseling hours of personal counseling. Successful CPS 613 Human Sexuality and 5 passage of the MA Comprehensive Exam is Gender Issues also required. CPS 614 Theories, Therapies & Issues 5 in Chemical Dependency
78
CPS 615 Cross-Cultural Counseling 5 and related study materials, and evaluation methods used for grading purposes. Graduate Sport Counseling Course Requirements (30 units) 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture Course Units style with group discussions, student presentations and written assignments. SPO 600 Sport Psychology Business Principles 5 3) Instructional methods also include SPO 651 Introduction to Sport 5 research projects and experiential Counseling components such as internship and SPO 652 Assessment & Evaluation 5 practicum requirements. Faculty provide in Sport Counseling individualized academic advising as needed SPO 653 Adult Fitness & 5 and encourage ongoing student dialogue in Performance Enhancement class and online. Upon completion of the SPO 665 Sport Counseling 5 core curriculum, students become involved Practicum I in their capstone research project, the SPO 668 Career Transition & 5 Master’s Thesis. In addition, students are Athletic Retirement required to complete fifty (50) clock hours of personal counseling provided by a Thesis / Project (5 units) licensed therapist or psychologist approved Course Units by the University. Grading criteria are presented to students in the course syllabus SPO 699 Thesis/Project 5 provided at the beginning of class. The University’s grading policy is designed to Students working on their Dissertation, meet the highest professional standards of Master’s Thesis, or Senior Project must be objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. registered for the respective course every quarter until the project has been completed. 4) Independent study courses are an in- The Dissertation, Master’s Thesis, or Senior depth study of a topic and directed by Project is complete when the student has SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified successfully passed the oral examination mentor who is approved by the Chief where applicable and the final approval Academic Officer. forms have been signed by the project chairperson and SDUIS Director of 5) Student learning performance outcome Research. evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Required Total Units: 90 experimental activities.
INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS:
1) All residential courses, other than Distance Education independent study, are taught in a classroom setting. Each instructor provides students 1) The Master's Degree program in Sport with a syllabus that contains an outline of Counseling is also offered through distance the course objectives, the course content, education. Direct education is delivered to student performance expectations, textbooks students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their
79
assignments to the instructor and class Master of Arts in Transpersonal weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares a feedback to be sent to the Psychology students and class weekly. Program Description: 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus This program was designed to give the that contains an outline of the course student a sound base in traditional Western objectives, course content, weekly Psychology and Integrative Transpersonal assignments and student performance Psychology. The student will have the expectations. opportunity to explore a particular emphasis drawing from the University's Transpersonal 3) Instructors work closely with students to Psychology curriculum. monitor their progress. Requirements: Notice to Prospective Students The Master of Arts degree in Transpersonal This institution approved by the Bureau for Psychology requires the completion of 90 Private Postsecondary Education to offer quarter units at the graduate level. The degree programs. To continue to offer student will develop an individualized degree programs, this institution must meet program of study by completing the core the following requirements: Psychology requirements (55 units), the core Become institutionally accredited by an Transpersonal requirements (25 units) and accrediting agency recognized by the United selecting (5) additional elective graduate States Department of Education, with the units from the SDUIS combined curricula. scope of the accreditation covering at least Students are required to write a Master’s one degree program. Thesis/Project (5 units), in addition to completing 50 hours of personal counseling - with licensed professionals. Successful accreditation, as defined in regulations, by passage of the MA Comprehensive Exam is July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, also required. 2020. Prerequisites: If this institution stops pursuing accreditation, it must: A Bachelor of Arts in addition to specific prerequisite courses which must be Stop all enrollment in its degree completed in the first year of study. programs, and -out to finish the Curriculum: educational program or provide a refund. Course titles that satisfy degree An institution that fails to comply with requirements: accreditation requirements by the required dates shall have its approval to offer degree Prerequisite Courses (20 units) programs automatically suspended. Course Units
CPS 400 Introduction to Psychology 5 or
80
CPS 401 History & Systems TRP 675 Mind/Body Approaches of Psychology 5 to Health 5 CPS 402 Abnormal Psychology 5 TRP 676 Alternative Healing CPS 403 Theories of Personality 5 Therapies 5 CPS 404 Quantitative Perspectives 5 TRP 678 Selected Topics in Transpersonal Studies 5 Graduate Core Psychology Course TRP 771 Foundations of Contemplative Requirements (55 units) Depth Psychotherapy 5 Course Units TRP 774 Fundamentals of Energetic & Somatic Therapies 5 CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 TRP 776 Contemplative, Transpersonal CPS 601 Counseling Theories, 5 Therapies 5 Strategies CPS 603 Developmental Psychology 5 Thesis / Project (5 units) CPS 604 Introduction to Psychological 5 Course Units Research CPS 605 Clinical Counseling 5 CTR 699 Thesis/Project 5 Skills Training CPS 610 Psychopathology 5 Students working on their Dissertation, CPS 611 Advanced Clinical 5 Master’s Thesis, or Senior Project must be Skills Training registered for the respective course every CPS 612 Legal & Ethical Issues 5 quarter until the project has been completed. in Counseling The Dissertation, Master’s Thesis, or Senior CPS 613 Human Sexuality and 5 Project is complete when the student has Gender Issues successfully passed the oral examination CPS 614 Theories, Therapies & Issues 5 where applicable and the final approval in Chemical Dependency forms have been signed by the project CPS 615 Cross-Cultural Counseling 5 chairperson and SDUIS Director of Research. Graduate Transpersonal Core Requirements (25 units) Required Total Units: 90 Course Units INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: CTR 600 Psychology Business 5 Principles 1) All residential courses, other than CTR 670 Introduction to Tibetan 5 independent study, are taught in a classroom Buddhist Psychology setting. Each instructor provides students CTR 671 Theories of Consciousness 5 with a syllabus that contains an outline of CTR 672 East/West Psychology 5 the course objectives, the course content, CTR 673 Meditation & Mandalas 5 student performance expectations, textbooks and related study materials, and evaluation Graduate Transpersonal Electives methods used for grading purposes. Available (choose 1 course - 5 units) Course Units 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture style with group discussions, student TRP 674 Traditions of 5 presentations and written assignments. Transformational Arts
81
3) Instructional methods also include research projects and experiential 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus components such as internship and that contains an outline of the course practicum requirements. Faculty provide objectives, course content, weekly individualized academic advising as needed assignments and student performance and encourage ongoing student dialogue in expectations. class and online. Upon completion of the core curriculum, students become involved 3) Instructors work closely with students to in their capstone research project, the monitor their progress. Master’s Thesis. In addition, students are required to complete fifty (50) clock hours Notice to Prospective Students of personal counseling provided by a licensed therapist or psychologist approved This institution approved by the Bureau for by the University. Grading criteria are Private Postsecondary Education to offer presented to students in the course syllabus degree programs. To continue to offer provided at the beginning of class. The degree programs, this institution must meet University’s grading policy is designed to the following requirements: meet the highest professional standards of Become institutionally accredited by an objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education, with the 4) Independent study courses are an in- scope of the accreditation covering at least depth study of a topic and directed by one degree program. SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified mentor who is approved by the Chief - Academic Officer. accreditation, as defined in regulations, by 5) Student learning performance outcome July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, evaluations include essay and objective 2020. examinations, research, reports, and experimental activities. If this institution stops pursuing accreditation, it must: INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: Stop all enrollment in its degree Distance Education programs, and Provide a teach-out to finish the 1) The Master's Degree program in educational program or provide a refund. Transpersonal Psychology is also offered through distance education. Direct education An institution that fails to comply with is delivered to students via the NEO system accreditation requirements by the required described previously. Students submit their dates shall have its approval to offer degree assignments to the instructor and class programs automatically suspended. weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares feedback to be sent to the students and class weekly.
82
MASTERS PROGRAMS
until the project has been completed. The Master of Accounting capstone project is complete when the final draft of the students’ Comprehensive Business Project has been completed, Program Description: evaluated, and formally approved by the Comprehensive Business Project Instructor. This program is designed for finance and accounting professionals wishing to extend Prerequisites: their skills or for those just entering the accounting profession. The program is Applicants must hold a bachelor’s degree intended to provide a broader understanding from an accredited or approved institution, of accounting principles and business and all applications are reviewed and applications by offering graduate exposure approved by the Program Director. to the traditional areas of accounting (financial accounting, managerial Curriculum: accounting, income tax, and auditing). Participants will learn how accounting Course titles that satisfy degree functions within organizations and a wide requirements: variety of businesses, ranging from startups to global corporations, by building the Graduate Core Required Courses: conceptual, analytical and communications (5 Units) skills necessary to succeed in the accounting Course Units profession. CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 Requirements: Graduate Core Required Accounting The Master of Accounting program requires Courses: (40 Credits) the participant to successfully complete a Course Credits total of 85 quarter units of graduate-level coursework. The student must complete 30 ACT 614 Financial Statement 5 units from the Graduate Core Accounting Analysis Course Requirements, 5 units from the ACT 618 Cost Accounting 5 Graduate Course Requirements, select 40 ACT 630 Intermediate Accounting 5 units (8 courses) from the Graduate Core ACT 631 Fraud Examination & Business Course Requirements, and select Forensic Accounting 5 10 units (2 courses) from the Graduate ACT 633 Federal Income Tax 5 Accounting Elective Courses. In addition, ACT 635 Taxation for Business students must pass a comprehensive Decisions 5 examination, or the Comprehensive ACT 636 Advanced Auditing 5 Business Project, course BUS 695. ACT 640 Fair Value Accounting: GAAP & IFRS 5 Students working on their Comprehensive Business Project must be registered for the respective course each subsequent quarter
83
Graduate Core Required Business 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture Courses: (select 8 courses, 40 credits) style with group discussions, student Course Credits presentations and written assignments.
BUS 602 Quantitative Methods in 5 3) Instructional methods also include Business research projects and experiential BUS 610 Leading & Managing 5 components such as internship and People & Organizations practicum requirements. Faculty provide & Investing individualized academic advising as needed BUS 614 Marketing Strategies & and encourage ongoing student dialogue in Tactics 5 class and online. The University’s grading BUS 616 Business Law & Ethics 5 criteria are presented to students in the BUS 617 Financial Planning & course syllabus provided at the beginning of Investing 5 class. The University’s grading policy is BUS 618 Information Technology 5 designed to meet the highest professional Strategies for standards of objectivity, fairness, and Entrepreneurial Business accuracy. BUS 625 Bargaining & Negotiating 5 Skills: Asia, the US, 4) Independent study courses are an in- Internationally depth study of a topic and directed by BUS 650 Advanced Marketing 5 SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified Strategies: Successes & mentor who is approved by the Chief failures Academic Officer. BUS 656 Special Topics in Business 5 Management 5) Student learning performance outcome BUS 657 International Economics 5 evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Capstone Course (5 credits) experimental activities. Course Credits
BUS 695 Comprehensive Business INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: Project 5 Distance Education Required Total Credits: 90 1) The Master's in Accounting Degree program is also offered through distance INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described 1) All residential courses, other than previously. Students submit their independent study, are taught in a classroom assignments to the instructor and class setting. Each instructor provides students weekly. The instructor reviews the work and with a syllabus that contains an outline of prepares a feedback to be sent to the the course objectives, the course content, students and class weekly. student performance expectations, textbooks and related study materials, and evaluation 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus methods used for grading purposes. that contains an outline of the course objectives, course content, weekly
84
assignments and student performance career business managers, multicultural expectations. organizational leaders, educators, investors, entrepreneurs, and other mature adult 3) Instructors work closely with students to learners who are seeking to broaden and monitor their progress. deepen their knowledge and skill in launching new businesses, investing in them, Notice to Prospective Students and developing them. The program offers three tracks. The first is a general track This institution approved by the Bureau for focusing on business in a US context, the Private Postsecondary Education to offer second focuses on the global and degree programs. To continue to offer multicultural context of US and international degree programs, this institution must meet business, and includes a special emphasis on the following requirements: doing business with China, and finally our Become institutionally accredited by an third “Green” track, which focuses on accrediting agency recognized by the United ecological sustainability and social States Department of Education, with the responsibility. scope of the accreditation covering at least one degree program. Requirements:
- The MBA program requires the participant accreditation, as defined in regulations, by to successfully complete a total of 75 quarter July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, units of graduate-level coursework in 2020. business administration. The sequence of available courses for each of the three tracks If this institution stops pursuing includes both required courses (12 courses) accreditation, it must: and electives (3 courses). In addition, students must either pass a comprehensive Stop all enrollment in its degree examination or complete the Comprehensive programs, and Business Project, course BUS 695. -out to finish the educational program or provide a refund. Students working on their Comprehensive Business Project must be registered for the An institution that fails to comply with respective course each subsequent quarter accreditation requirements by the required until the project has been completed. The dates shall have its approval to offer degree Comprehensive Business Project is complete programs automatically suspended. when the final draft of the students’ Comprehensive Business Project has been completed, evaluated, and formally approved by the Comprehensive Business Master of Business Project Instructor.
Administration Prerequisites:
Program Description: A Bachelor’s degree from an accredited or approved institution. The MBA program at San Diego University for Integrative Studies is designed for mid-
85
Curriculum: Strategies for Entrepreneurial Businesses 5 Participants in the Master of Business Administration program must complete 15 Required Courses: International Business courses from the courses below. CPS 501, Track (45 Units) BUS 601 or BUS 631, and BUS 602 are Course Units required for all students. General track students must also complete courses BUS BUS 620 Managing People & 5 610 through BUS 618; international Organizations: Eastern & business track students must complete Western Perspectives courses 620 through BUS 628. Students who BUS621 Entrepreneurship in the US 5 select the Green track must complete & in China: Developing New courses BUS 630 through BUS 639. An Ventures additional 3 courses must be selected from BUS 622 Global Business Perspectives: 5 the list of elective courses (numbered BUS Focus on China. 650 through BUS 656). BUS 623 Venture Capital & Private 5 Equity Required Courses: (15 Units) BUS 624 Marketing Strategies & 5 Course Units Tactics in a Global CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 Environment BUS 601 Financial Accounting from BUS 625 Negotiating & Bargaining 5 a Managerial Perspective 5 Skills: Asia, the US, OR Internationally BUS 631 Finance & Environmental BUS 626 Business Law Around the 5 Accounting 5 World BUS 602 Quantitative Methods in BUS 627 Leadership Issues & Styles 5 Business 5 Across the Pacific: China & the US. Required Courses: General Track (45 BUS 628 Information Technology 5 Units Strategies for International Course Units Businesses
BUS 610 Leading & Managing Required Courses: Green Track (45 People and Organizations 5 Units) BUS 611 Entrepreneurship: Course Units Developing New Ventures 5 BUS 612 Managing Franchise BUS 630 Introduction to Sustainable Businesses 5 Business 5 BUS 613 Venture Capital & Private BUS 632 Eco-commerce Models 5 Equity 5 BUS 633 Foundations in Ecological BUS 614 Marketing Strategies & Economics 5 Tactics 5 BUS 634 Sustainable Products and BUS 615 Real Estate Investing 5 Services 5 BUS 616 Business Law 5 BUS 635 Application of Sustainable BUS 617 Financial planning & Business Practices 5 Investing 5 BUS 636 Air Pollution, Animal Rights, BUS 618 Information Technology Land Use, Energy Law and
86
Biodiversity Protection 5 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture BUS 637 Environmental Economics style with group discussions, student Policy & Management 5 presentations and written assignments. BUS 638 Global Environmental Issues 5 in Business Transactions 3) Instructional methods also include BUS 639 Climate Change and the Law 5 research projects and experiential components such as internship and Elective Courses (15 Units) practicum requirements. Faculty provide Course Units individualized academic advising as needed and encourage ongoing student dialogue in BUS 650 Advanced Marketing Strategies: class and online. The University’s grading Successes & Failures 5 criteria are presented to students in the BUS 651 Mergers & Acquisitions East course syllabus provided at the beginning of & West 5 class. The University’s grading policy is BUS 652 Identifying & Analyzing designed to meet the highest professional Domestic Business standards of objectivity, fairness, and Opportunities 5 accuracy. BUS 653 Identifying & Analyzing International Business 4) Independent study courses are an in- Opportunities 5 depth study of a topic and directed by BUS 654 Financial Institutions & Markets SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified in a Global Perspective 5 mentor who is approved by the Chief BUS 655 The Federal Reserve & Academic Officer. Business Forecasting 5 BUS 656 Special Projects in Business 5) Student learning performance outcome Management 5 evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Capstone Course (5 credits) experimental activities. Course Credits INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD S: BUS 695 Comprehensive Business Project 5 Distance Education
Required Total Units: 80 1) The Master's in Business Administration Degree program is also offered through INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: distance education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system 1) All residential courses, other than described previously. Students submit their independent study, are taught in a classroom assignments to the instructor and class setting. Each instructor provides students weekly. The instructor reviews the work and with a syllabus that contains an outline of prepares a feedback to be sent to the the course objectives, the course content, students and class weekly. student performance expectations, textbooks and related study materials, and evaluation 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus methods used for grading purposes. that contains an outline of the course objectives, course content, weekly
87
assignments and student performance expectations. Master of Business
3) Instructors work closely with students to Administration with monitor their progress. Specialization in Hospitality Management Notice to Prospective Students
This institution approved by the Bureau for Program Description: Private Postsecondary Education to offer degree programs. To continue to offer The Master of Business Administration degree programs, this institution must meet program with specialization in Hospitality the following requirements: Management is designed for students who Become institutionally accredited by an want to qualify for top hospitality jobs, and accrediting agency recognized by the United for working professionals who want to States Department of Education, with the further their education and career. Students scope of the accreditation covering at least will study general business disciplines one degree program. necessary to achieve success in the corporate and public sectors, as well as develop a - sound understanding of the hospitality accreditation, as defined in regulations, by industry and how to fulfill the needs of July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, consumers and organizations in the 2020. hospitality industry. This program will prepare graduates for professional roles and If this institution stops pursuing managerial positions across the hospitality accreditation, it must: spectrum.
Stop all enrollment in its degree Requirements: programs, and -out to finish the The MBA with specialization in Hospitality educational program or provide a refund. Management program requires the participant to successfully complete a total An institution that fails to comply with of 75 quarter units of graduate-level accreditation requirements by the required coursework, including 15 units of required dates shall have its approval to offer degree coursework, 25 units of Business programs automatically suspended. Administration required courses, 20 units of required Hospitality Management courses, and 15 units of elective coursework. In addition, students must either pass a comprehensive examination or complete the Comprehensive Business Project, course BUS 695.
Students working on their Comprehensive Business Project must be registered for the respective course each subsequent quarter until the project has been completed. The capstone project is complete when the final 88
draft of the students’ Comprehensive Strategies for Business Project has been completed, Entrepreneurial Business 5 evaluated, and formally approved by the Comprehensive Business Project Instructor. Required Hospitality Management Courses (35 Credits) Prerequisites: Course Credits
A Bachelor’s degree from an accredited or HMT 615 Human Resource approved institution. Management in Hospitality 5 HMT 618 Hotel Management Curriculum: Operations 5 HMT 625 Supervision Skills in Participants in the Master of Business Hospitality 5 Administration with Specialization in HMT 628 Hospitality Law 5 Hospitality Management program must HMT 631 Social Media in complete 15 courses from the courses below. Hospitality & Tourism 5 CPS 501, BUS 601 and BUS 602 are HMT 632 Hotel & Restaurant required for all students. Students are Marketing & Merchandising 5 required to take 5 Business Courses and 4 HMT 635 Conference and Banquet Hospitality Management Courses. An Management 5 additional 3 courses must be selected from the list of elective courses. Capstone Course: (5 credits)
Required Courses: (5 Credits) Course Credit Course Credits BUS 695 Comprehensive Business Project 5 CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 Required Total Credits: 80 Required Business Courses (35 Credits) Course Credits INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS:
BUS 601 Financial Accounting from a 1) All residential courses, other than Managerial Perspective 5 independent study, are taught in a classroom OR setting. Each instructor provides students HMT 642 Financial Accounting in with a syllabus that contains an outline of Hospitality Management 5 the course objectives, the course content, student performance expectations, textbooks BUS 602 Quantitative Methods in and related study materials, and evaluation Business 5 methods used for grading purposes. BUS 610 Leading & Managing People and Organizations 5 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture BUS 611 Entrepreneurship: style with group discussions, student Developing New Ventures 5 presentations and written assignments. BUS 616 Business Law 5 BUS 617 Financial planning & 3) Instructional methods also include Investing 5 research projects and experiential BUS 618 Information Technologies components such as internship and
89
practicum requirements. Faculty provide Notice to Prospective Students individualized academic advising as needed and encourage ongoing student dialogue in This institution approved by the Bureau for class and online. The University’s grading Private Postsecondary Education to offer criteria are presented to students in the degree programs. To continue to offer course syllabus provided at the beginning of degree programs, this institution must meet class. The University’s grading policy is the following requirements: designed to meet the highest professional Become institutionally accredited by an standards of objectivity, fairness, and accrediting agency recognized by the United accuracy. States Department of Education, with the scope of the accreditation covering at least 4) Independent study courses are an in- one degree program. depth study of a topic and directed by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified - mentor who is approved by the Chief accreditation, as defined in regulations, by Academic Officer. July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, 2020. 5) Student learning performance outcome evaluations include essay and objective If this institution stops pursuing examinations, research, reports, and accreditation, it must: experimental activities. Stop all enrollment in its degree INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: programs, and -out to finish the Distance Education educational program or provide a refund.
1) The Master of Business Administration An institution that fails to comply with with Specialization in Hospitality accreditation requirements by the required Management Degree program is also offered dates shall have its approval to offer degree through distance education. Direct programs automatically suspended. education is delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor Master of Business and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares a feedback to be sent to Administration with the students and class weekly. Specialization in Marketing
2) Each student is provided with a syllabus Program Description: that contains an outline of the course objectives, course content, weekly The Master of Business Administration assignments and student performance program with specialization in Marketing is expectations. designed for students who want to qualify for top marketing jobs, and for working 3) Instructors work closely with students to professionals who want to further their monitor their progress. education and career. Students will study general business disciplines necessary to achieve success in the corporate and public 90
sectors, as well as develop a sound An additional 3 courses must be selected understanding of marketing methodology from the list of elective courses. and the marketing needs of consumers and organizations. This program will prepare Required Courses: (5 Credits) graduates for professional roles and Course Credits managerial positions across the marketing CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 spectrum. Required Business Courses (35 Credits) Requirements: Course Credits BUS 601 Financial Accounting from The MBA with specialization in Marketing a Managerial Perspective 5 program requires the participant to BUS 602 Quantitative Methods in successfully complete a total of 75 quarter Business 5 units of graduate-level coursework, BUS 610 Leading & Managing including 15 units of required coursework, People and Organizations 5 25 units of Business Administration required BUS 611 Entrepreneurship: courses, 20 units of required Marketing Developing New Ventures 5 courses, and 15 units of elective coursework. BUS 616 Business Law 5 In addition, students must either pass the BUS 617 Financial planning & comprehensive examination or complete the Investing 5 Comprehensive Business Project, course BUS 618 Information Technology BUS 695. Strategies for Entrepreneurial Businesses 5 Students working on their Comprehensive Business Project must be registered for the Required Marketing Courses (35 Credits) respective course each subsequent quarter Course Credits until the project has been completed. The capstone project is complete when the final MKT 612 Integrated Marketing draft of the students’ Comprehensive Communication 5 Business Project has been completed, MKT 614 Strategic Marketing evaluated, and formally approved by the Planning 5 Comprehensive Business Project Instructor. MKT 616 Marketing Research 5 MKT 620 Marketing Promotion Prerequisites: & Advertising 5 MKT 630 Marketing for Global A Bachelor’s degree from an accredited or Competitiveness 5 approved institution. MKT 634 Retailing Strategy & Management 5 Curriculum: MKT 636 Ethics & Standards in Marketing 5 Participants in the Master of Business Administration with Specialization in Capstone Course: (5 credits) Marketing program must complete 15 Course Credit courses from the courses below. CPS 501, BUS 695 Comprehensive Business BUS 601 and BUS 602 are required for all Project 5 students. Students are required to take 5 Business Courses and 4 Marketing Courses. Required Total Credits: 80
91
INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described 1) All residential courses, other than previously. Students submit their independent study, are taught in a classroom assignments to the instructor and class setting. Each instructor provides students weekly. The instructor reviews the work and with a syllabus that contains an outline of prepares a feedback to be sent to the the course objectives, the course content, students and class weekly. student performance expectations, textbooks and related study materials, and evaluation 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus methods used for grading purposes. that contains an outline of the course objectives, course content, weekly 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture assignments and student performance style with group discussions, student expectations. presentations and written assignments. 3) Instructors work closely with students to 3) Instructional methods also include monitor their progress. research projects and experiential components such as internship and Notice to Prospective Students practicum requirements. Faculty provide individualized academic advising as needed This institution approved by the Bureau for and encourage ongoing student dialogue in Private Postsecondary Education to offer class and online. The University’s grading degree programs. To continue to offer criteria are presented to students in the degree programs, this institution must meet course syllabus provided at the beginning of the following requirements: class. The University’s grading policy is designed to meet the highest professional Become institutionally accredited by an standards of objectivity, fairness, and accrediting agency recognized by the United accuracy. States Department of Education, with the scope of the accreditation covering at least 4) Independent study courses are an in- one degree program. depth study of a topic and directed by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified - mentor who is approved by the Chief accreditation, as defined in regulations, by Academic Officer. July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, 2020. 5) Student learning performance outcome evaluations include essay and objective If this institution stops pursuing examinations, research, reports, and accreditation, it must: experimental activities. Stop all enrollment in its degree INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: programs, and -out to finish the Distance Education educational program or provide a refund.
1) The Master of Business Administration An institution that fails to comply with with Specialization in Marketing Degree accreditation requirements by the required program is also offered through distance
92
dates shall have its approval to offer degree draft of the students’ Comprehensive programs automatically suspended. Business Project has been completed, evaluated, and formally approved by the Comprehensive Business Project Instructor. Master of Business Prerequisites: Administration with Specialization in Sport A Bachelor’s degree from an accredited or Communication approved institution.
Curriculum: Program Description: Participants in the Master of Business The Master of Business Administration Administration with Specialization in Sport program with specialization in Sport Communication program must complete 15 Communication is designed for students courses from the courses below. CPS 501, who want to qualify for top sport BUS 601, and BUS 602 or MKT 616 are management jobs, and for working required for all students. Students are professionals who want to further their required to take 5 Business Courses and 4 education and career. Students will study Sport Communication Courses. An general business disciplines necessary to additional 3 courses must be selected from achieve success in the corporate and public the list of elective courses. sectors, as well as develop a sound understanding of sport communication Required Courses: (15 Units) knowledge and skills in the sport industry. Course Units This program will prepare graduates for professional roles and managerial positions CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 in the sport business industry. BUS 601 Financial Accounting from a Managerial Perspective 5 Requirements: BUS 602 Quantitative Methods in The MBA with specialization in Sport Business 5 Communication program requires the OR participant to successfully complete a total MKT 616 Marketing Research 5 of 75 quarter units of graduate-level coursework, including 15 units of required Required Business Courses (25 Units) coursework, 25 units of Business Course Units Administration required courses, 20 units of required Sport Communication courses, and BUS 610 Leading & Managing 15 units of elective coursework. In addition, People and Organizations 5 students must either pass a comprehensive BUS 611 Entrepreneurship: examination or complete the Comprehensive Developing New Ventures 5 Business Project, course BUS 695. BUS 616 Business Law 5 BUS 617 Financial planning & Students working on their Comprehensive Investing 5 Business Project must be registered for the BUS 618 Information Technology respective course each subsequent quarter Strategies for until the project has been completed. The Entrepreneurial Businesses 5 capstone project is complete when the final 93
Capstone Course: (5 credits) Required Sport Communication Courses Course Credit (20 Units) BUS 695 Comprehensive Business Course Units Project 5
SPM 622 Foundations in Sport 5 Required Total Units: 80 Management SPM 631 Sport Media & INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: Communication 5 SPM 633 Strategic Crisis Management 1) All residential courses, other than in Sport 5 independent study, are taught in a classroom SPM 653 P.R. Principles & Case setting. Each instructor provides students Studies in Sport 5 with a syllabus that contains an outline of the course objectives, the course content, Elective Courses (15 Units) student performance expectations, textbooks Course Units and related study materials, and evaluation methods used for grading purposes. BSCM 215 Advanced Public Speaking for Business Managers 5 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture BSCM 230 Cross Cultural style with group discussions, student Communication 5 presentations and written assignments. BSCM 235 Public Relations Writing 5 BSCM 240 World Wide Journalism 3) Instructional methods also include & Expressive Writing 5 research projects and experiential BSCM 245 Conflict & Negotiation 5 components such as internship and MKT 612 Integrated Marketing practicum requirements. Faculty provide Communication 5 individualized academic advising as needed SPM 624 Governance & Policy in and encourage ongoing student dialogue in in Sport Organizations 5 class and online. The University’s grading SPM 626 Sport Marketing criteria are presented to students in the Management 5 course syllabus provided at the beginning of SPM 628 Facility & Event class. The University’s grading policy is Management 5 designed to meet the highest professional SPM 635 Athlete Management 5 standards of objectivity, fairness, and SPM 650 Financial Application in accuracy. Sport 5 SPO 651 Ethical & Social Issues in 4) Independent study courses are an in- Sport 5 depth study of a topic and directed by SPM 654 Sport Law 5 SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified SPM 656 Risk Management in Sport mentor who is approved by the Chief & Physical Activity 5 Academic Officer. SPM 657 Sport Tourism Management & Marketing 5 5) Student learning performance outcome SPM 658 Sponsorship & Fundraising evaluations include essay and objective in Sport 5 examinations, research, reports, and experimental activities.
94
INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: -out to finish the educational program or provide a refund. Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with 1) The Master of Business Administration accreditation requirements by the required with Specialization in Marketing Degree dates shall have its approval to offer degree program is also offered through distance programs automatically suspended. education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their Master of Business assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and Administration with prepares a feedback to be sent to the Specialization in Sport students and class weekly. Management
2) Each student is provided with a syllabus that contains an outline of the course objectives, course content, weekly Program Description: assignments and student performance expectations. The Master of Business Administration program with specialization in Sport 3) Instructors work closely with students to Management is designed for students who monitor their progress. want to qualify for top sport management jobs, and for working professionals who Notice to Prospective Students want to further their education and career. Students will study general business This institution approved by the Bureau for disciplines necessary to achieve success in Private Postsecondary Education to offer the corporate and public sectors, as well as degree programs. To continue to offer develop a sound understanding of sport degree programs, this institution must meet management knowledge and skills in the the following requirements: sport industry. This program will prepare Become institutionally accredited by an graduates for professional roles and accrediting agency recognized by the United managerial positions in the sport business States Department of Education, with the industry. scope of the accreditation covering at least one degree program. Requirements:
- The MBA with specialization in Sport accreditation, as defined in regulations, by Management program requires the July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, participant to successfully complete a total 2020. of 75 quarter units of graduate-level coursework, including 15 units of required If this institution stops pursuing coursework, 25 units of Business accreditation, it must: Administration required courses, 20 units of required Sport Management courses, and 15 Stop all enrollment in its degree units of elective coursework. In addition, programs, and students must either pass a comprehensive
95
examination or complete the Comprehensive Developing New Ventures 5 Business Project, course BUS 695. BUS 616 Business Law 5 BUS 617 Financial planning & Students working on their Comprehensive Investing 5 Business Project must be registered for the BUS 618 Information Technology respective course each subsequent quarter Strategies for until the project has been completed. The Entrepreneurial Businesses 5 capstone project is complete when the final draft of the students’ Comprehensive Required Sport Management Courses (20 Business Project has been completed, Units) evaluated, and formally approved by the Course Units Comprehensive Business Project Instructor. SPM 622 Foundations in Sport 5 Prerequisites: Management SPM 624 Governance & Policy in A Bachelor’s degree from an accredited or in Sport Organizations 5 approved institution. SPM 626 Sport Marketing Management 5 Curriculum: SPM 628 Facility & Event Participants in the Master of Business Management 5 Administration with Specialization in Sport Management program must complete 15 Elective Courses (15 Units) courses from the courses below. CPS 501, Course Units BUS 601, and BUS 602 or MKT 616 are required for all students. Students are MKT 612 Integrated Marketing required to take 5 Business Courses and 4 Communication 5 Sport Management Courses. An additional SPM 635 Athlete Management 5 3 courses must be chosen from the list of elective courses. SPM 650 Financial Application in Required Courses: (15 Units) Sport 5 Course Units SPM 651 Ethical & Social Issues in Sport 5 CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 SPM 652 Media Relations in Sport 5 BUS 601 Financial Accounting from SPM 653 P.R. Principles & Case a Managerial Perspective 5 Studies in Sport 5 BUS 602 Quantitative Methods in SPM 654 Sport Law 5 Business 5 SP M 6 55 Risk Management in Sport OR & Physical Activity 5 MKT 616 Marketing Research 5 SPM 657 Sport Tourism Management & Marketing 5 Required Business Courses (25 Units) SPM 658 Sponsorship & Fundraising Course Units in Sport 5
BUS 610 Leading & Managing People and Organizations 5 BUS 611 Entrepreneurship:
96
Capstone Course: (5 credits) INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: Course Credit BUS 695 Comprehensive Business Distance Education Project 5 1) The Master of Business Administration with Specialization in Marketing Degree Required Total Units: 80 program is also offered through distance education. Direct education is delivered to INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their 1) All residential courses, other than assignments to the instructor and class independent study, are taught in a classroom weekly. The instructor reviews the work and setting. Each instructor provides students prepares a feedback to be sent to the with a syllabus that contains an outline of students and class weekly. the course objectives, the course content, student performance expectations, textbooks 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus and related study materials, and evaluation that contains an outline of the course methods used for grading purposes. objectives, course content, weekly assignments and student performance 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture expectations. style with group discussions, student presentations and written assignments. 3) Instructors work closely with students to monitor their progress. 3) Instructional methods also include research projects and experiential Notice to Prospective Students components such as internship and practicum requirements. Faculty provide This institution approved by the Bureau for individualized academic advising as needed Private Postsecondary Education to offer and encourage ongoing student dialogue in degree programs. To continue to offer class and online. The University’s grading degree programs, this institution must meet criteria are presented to students in the the following requirements: course syllabus provided at the beginning of Become institutionally accredited by an class. The University’s grading policy is accrediting agency recognized by the United designed to meet the highest professional States Department of Education, with the standards of objectivity, fairness, and scope of the accreditation covering at least accuracy. one degree program.
4) Independent study courses are an in- - depth study of a topic and directed by accreditation, as defined in regulations, by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, mentor who is approved by the Chief 2020. Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing 5) Student learning performance outcome accreditation, it must: evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Stop all enrollment in its degree experimental activities. programs, and
97
-out to finish the educational program or provide a refund.
An institution that fails to comply with accreditation requirements by the required dates shall have its approval to offer degree programs automatically suspended.
98
DOCTORAL DEGREE PROGRAMS
concentrate on the application of theory Doctor of Business related to professional practice and issues of Administration corporate concerns, as well as prepare graduates to lead, consult, and teach in Program Description: corporate and academic arenas.
The Doctor of Business Administration Requirements: program at San Diego University for Integrative Studies designed for The Doctor of Business Administration management consultants, mid-career degree requires the completion of 105 business managers, multicultural quarter units at the doctoral level. organizational leaders, educators, investors, Successful passage of the Doctoral entrepreneurs, and other mature adult Comprehensive Examination is required, learners. The DBA degree program will after which the student must complete a build on the skills acquired through Dissertation project. master’s-level studies to equip professionals with expertise in leadership principles and Curriculum: management ideas and practices, as well as develop a higher level of competence in Course titles that satisfy degree conducing research. The DBA program will requirements:
Prerequisites: BUS 726 Business & Labor Law I 5 BUS 727 Computer Applications 5 Students must possess a master's degree in BUS 728 Internet Environment 5 the discipline of business administration, BUS 730 Strategic Management 5 management or related areas from an Skills II approved university or equivalent, and BUS 731 Advanced Accounting 5 demonstrated ability to succeed in the BUS 732 Quantitative Methods & 5 doctoral program. Statistics II BUS 734 Integrative Marketing II 5 Graduate Course Requirements (95 units) BUS 735 Sales II 5 Course Units BUS 736 Business & Labor Law II 5 BUS 738 E-Commerce Applications 5 CPS 501 Writing Skills& Research 5 & Operations BUS 701 Accounting 5 BUS 740 Crisis Management & 5 BUS 702 Quantitative Methods & Reorganization Statistics 5 BUS 720 Strategic Management 5 Dissertation (10 units) Skills I BUS 722 Managerial Finance 5 BUS 800 Dissertation/Project Writing I 5 BUS 723 Managerial Economics 5 BUS 801 Dissertation/Project Writing II 5 BUS 724 Integrated Marketing I 5 BUS 725 Sales I 5
99
Students working on their Dissertation, 4) Independent study courses are an in- Master’s Thesis, or Senior Project must be depth study of a topic and directed by registered for the respective course every SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified quarter until the project has been completed. mentor who is approved by the Chief The Dissertation, Master’s Thesis, or Senior Academic Officer. Project is complete when the student has successfully passed the oral examination 5) Student learning performance outcome where applicable and the final approval evaluations include essay and objective forms have been signed by the project examinations, research, reports, and chairperson and SDUIS Director of experimental activities. Research. INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: Required Total Units: 105 Distance Education INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: 1) The Doctor of Business Administration 1) All residential courses, other than Degree program is also offered through independent study, are taught in a classroom distance education. Direct education is setting. Each instructor provides students delivered to students via the NEO system with a syllabus that contains an outline of described previously. Students submit their the course objectives, the course content, assignments to the instructor and class student performance expectations, textbooks weekly. The instructor reviews the work and and related study materials, and evaluation prepares a feedback to be sent to the methods used for grading purposes. students and class weekly.
2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus style with group discussions, student that contains an outline of the course presentations and written assignments. objectives, course content, weekly assignments and student performance 3) Instructional methods also include expectations. research projects and experiential components such as internship and 3) Instructors work closely with students to practicum requirements. Faculty provide monitor their progress. individualized academic advising as needed and encourage ongoing student dialogue in Notice to Prospective Students class and online. Upon completion of the core curriculum, students become involved This institution approved by the Bureau for in their capstone research project, the Private Postsecondary Education to offer Doctoral Dissertation/ Project. Grading degree programs. To continue to offer criteria are presented to students in the degree programs, this institution must meet course syllabus provided at the beginning of the following requirements: class. Become institutionally accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the United The University’s grading policy is designed States Department of Education, with the to meet the highest professional standards of scope of the accreditation covering at least objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. one degree program.
100
- course must be fulfilled, in addition to 60 accreditation, as defined in regulations, by hours of personal counseling with licensed July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, professionals during the student's course of 2020. study or within two years prior to enrollment. Successful passage of the If this institution stops pursuing Doctoral Comprehensive Examination is accreditation, it must: required, after which the student must complete the Dissertation project. Stop all enrollment in its degree programs, and Prerequisites: -out to finish the educational program or provide a refund. A Master’s degree in Biomechanics, Exercise Science, Kinesiology, Psychology An institution that fails to comply with or related field of study from an approved accreditation requirements by the required institution. dates shall have its approval to offer degree programs automatically suspended. Curriculum:
Course titles that satisfy degree Doctor of Philosophy in requirements:
Psychobiomechanics & Postural Prerequisite Courses (20 units) Therapy Course Units
Program Description: BIO 631 Human Physiology 5 BIO 632 Applied Musculoskeletal San Diego University for Integrative Anatomy 5 Studies’ Doctor of Philosophy in BIO 636 Posture Therapy & Psychobiomechanics and Postural Therapy Functional Assessment 5 Degree Program is designed for personal BIO 639 Biomechanics trainers, chiropractors, massage therapists, Instrumentation 5 psychotherapists, educators, physiotherapists, osteopathic physicians, and Graduate Core Psychobiomechanics mature adults seeking to broaden their Course Requirements (55 units) working knowledge of contemporary mind Course Units and body therapy approaches in the 21st century global health. These modules offer BIO 600 Psychobiomechanics research-based applied techniques for future Business Principles 5 holistic therapists. BIO 730 The Science of Human Movement 5 Requirements: BIO 733 Exercise PsychoPhysiology II BIO 735 Advanced The Doctor of Philosophy in Psychobiomechanics 5 Psychobiomechanics and Postural Therapy BIO 736 Assessment & Rehabilitation degree requires the completion of 95 quarter of the Hip, Spine & Pelvis 5 units at the doctoral level. 100 supervised BIO 737 Assessment & Rehabilitation internship hours while in the practicum Of the Upper & Lower 101
Extremities 5 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: BIO 746 Posture & Massotherapy 5 BIO 747 Fundamentals of Somatic 1) All residential courses, other than Studies 5 independent study, are taught in a classroom BIO 748 Psychology of Injury setting. Each instructor provides students & Illness 5 with a syllabus that contains an outline of BIO 749 Seminar in Biomechanics 5 the course objectives, the course content, or student performance expectations, textbooks BIO 750 Selected Topics in and related study materials, and evaluation Biomechanics 5 methods used for grading purposes. BIO 751 Psychobiomechanics Practicum 5 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture style with group discussions, student Graduate Core Psychology Requirements presentations and written assignments. (30 units) Course Units 3) Instructional methods also include research projects and experiential CPS 501 Writing Skills& Research 5 components such as internship and CPS 691 Behavioral Statistics 5 practicum requirements. Faculty provide CPS 704 Psychopharmacology 5 individualized academic advising as needed CPS 705 Advanced Research Methods 5 and encourage ongoing student dialogue in CPS 706 Physiological Psychology 5 class and online. Upon completion of the SPO 754 Nutrition & Lifestyle core curriculum, students become involved Management 5 in their capstone research project, the Doctoral Dissertation. Students are required Dissertation (10 units) to complete sixty (60) clock hours of Course Units personal counseling provided by a licensed therapist approved by the University. BIO 800 Dissertation/Project 5 Grading criteria are presented to students in Writing I the course syllabus provided at the BIO 801 Dissertation/Project 5 beginning of class. The University’s grading Writing II policy is designed to meet the highest professional standards of objectivity, Students working on their Dissertation, fairness, and accuracy. Master’s Thesis, or Senior Project must be registered for the respective course every 4) Independent study courses are an in- quarter until the project has been completed. depth study of a topic and directed by The Dissertation, Master’s Thesis, or Senior SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified Project is complete when the student has mentor who is approved by the Chief successfully passed the oral examination Academic Officer. where applicable and the final approval forms have been signed by the project 5) Student learning performance outcome chairperson and SDUIS Director of evaluations include essay and objective Research. examinations, research, reports, and experimental activities. Required Total Units: 95
102
INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: -out to finish the educational program or provide a refund. Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with 1) The Doctor of Philosophy in accreditation requirements by the required Psychobiomechanics and Postural Therapy dates shall have its approval to offer degree program is also offered through distance programs automatically suspended. education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their Doctor of Philosophy in assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and Psychology, prepares a feedback to be sent to the Specialization in Expressive students and class weekly. Arts Therapy
2) Each student is provided with a syllabus Program Description: that contains an outline of the course objectives, course content, weekly This program allows an opportunity for assignments and student performance students to pursue a doctorate in an expectations. individualized program, drawing from the
University's curriculum in Expressive Arts 3) Instructors work closely with students to Therapy. The Expressive Arts Doctoral monitor their progress. Degree is designed to provide participants
with a holistic and culturally enriched Notice to Prospective Students perspective about facilitating health,
emotional growth, and human potential. The This institution approved by the Bureau for personal integration of a host of experiences Private Postsecondary Education to offer and techniques is intended to contribute to degree programs. To continue to offer the development of greater personal health degree programs, this institution must meet and increased therapeutic options. In the following requirements: practice, Expressive Arts are used in adult, Become institutionally accredited by an as well as child therapy and are especially accrediting agency recognized by the United valuable with non-verbal populations or States Department of Education, with the those clients for whom talking therapy has scope of the accreditation covering at least proven difficult. one degree program.
Requirements: - accreditation, as defined in regulations, by The Doctor of Philosophy degree requires July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, the completion of 95 quarter units at the 2020. doctoral level. The student will develop an
individualized program of study by If this institution stops pursuing completing the core Psychology accreditation, it must: requirements (35 units), the core Expressive
Arts requirements (35 units) and selecting Stop all enrollment in its degree 15 additional units from the Expressive Arts programs, and curriculum and/or other University curricula. 103
Students are required to write and defend a CPS 705 Advanced Research Methods 5 Ph.D. Dissertation (10 units), including an Oral Qualifying Exam and Final Oral Graduate Expressive Arts Core defense, and complete 60 hours of personal Requirements (35 units) counseling with licensed professionals. Course Units Successful passage of the Doctoral Comprehensive Exam is also required. CEX 630 Foundations of Expressive 5 Therapy CEX 631 Psychodrama, Ritual & 5 Prerequisites: Performance CEX 632 Fundamentals of Music 5 A Master of Arts degree in Psychology or its Therapy equivalent, or a Master’s degree and 25 CEX 633 Fundamentals of Movement 5 graduate quarter units in Psychology Therapy including the following. CEX 634 Art and Expressive Therapy 5 w/Children and Adolescents Curriculum: or CEX 635 Art and Expressive Therapy 5 Course titles that satisfy degree w/Adults & Aging Populations requirements: or EXA 733 Expressive Techniques Prerequisite Courses (25 units) in Family Therapy 5 Course Unit CEX 730 Traditions of Transformational 5 Arts CEX 600 Expressive Arts Business CEX 739 Practicum in Expressive, 5 Principles 5 Creative Therapy CPS 605 Clinical Counseling Skills Training 5 Graduate Expressive Therapies Course CPS 610 Psychopharmacology 5 Electives Available (15 units) CPS 611 Advanced Clinical Skills Course Units Training 5 CPS 615 Cross-Cultural Counseling 5 EXA 732 Special topics in Expressive 5 Therapies Graduate Core Psychology Course EXA 735 Fundamentals of Requirements (35 units) Color Therapy 5 Course Unit EXA 736 Language, Poetry, Myth, & Folklore Therapy 5 CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 EXA 738 Sandtray and World Play CPS 691 Behavioral Statistics I 5 Therapy 5 CPS 693 Social Psychology 5 EXA 742 Seminar in Expressive CPS 695 Selected Topics: Brief 5 Therapy 5 Therapy & Crisis EXA 745 Independent Study in 5 Intervention – or – Expressive Arts Therapy Mediation CPS 702 Group Therapy: Theory 5 Dissertation (10 units) & Practice CPS 704 Psychopharmacology 5 CEX 800 Dissertation/Project Writing I 5
104
CEX 801 Dissertation/Project Writing II 5 policy is designed to meet the highest professional standards of objectivity, Students working on their Dissertation, fairness, and accuracy. Master’s Thesis, or Senior Project must be registered for the respective course every 4) Independent study courses are an in- quarter until the project has been completed. depth study of a topic and directed by The Dissertation, Master’s Thesis, or Senior SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified Project is complete when the student has mentor who is approved by the Chief successfully passed the oral examination Academic Officer. where applicable, and the final approval forms have been signed by the project 5) Student learning performance outcome chairperson and SDUIS Director of evaluations include essay and objective Research. examinations, research, reports, and experimental activities. Required Total Units: 95
INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD:
1) All residential courses, other than Distance Education independent study, are taught in a classroom setting. Each instructor provides students 1) The Doctor of Philosophy with with a syllabus that contains an outline of specialization in Expressive Arts Therapy the course objectives, the course content, Degree program is also offered through student performance expectations, textbooks distance education. Direct education is and related study materials, and evaluation delivered to students via the NEO system methods used for grading purposes. described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor and class 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture weekly. The instructor reviews the work and style with group discussions, student prepares a feedback to be sent to the presentations and written assignments. students and class weekly.
3) Instructional methods also include 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus research projects and experiential that contains an outline of the course components such as internship and objectives, course content, weekly practicum requirements. Faculty provide assignments and student performance individualized academic advising as needed expectations. and encourage ongoing student dialogue in class and online. Upon completion of the 3) Instructors work closely with students to core curriculum, students become involved monitor their progress. in their capstone research project, the Doctoral Dissertation. Students are required Notice to Prospective Students to complete sixty (60) clock hours of personal counseling provided by a licensed This institution approved by the Bureau for therapist approved by the University. Private Postsecondary Education to offer Grading criteria are presented to students in degree programs. To continue to offer the course syllabus provided at the degree programs, this institution must meet beginning of class. The University’s grading the following requirements:
105
Become institutionally accredited by an requirements (50 units) and the core Sport accrediting agency recognized by the United Psychology requirements (20 units) and States Department of Education, with the select 5 additional units from the Sport scope of the accreditation covering at least Psychology curriculum and/or other one degree program. University curricula. Students are required to write a Dissertation (10 units, including - an Oral Qualifying Exam and Final Oral accreditation, as defined in regulations, by defense), and complete 60 hours of personal July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, counseling. Successful passage of the 2020. Doctoral Comprehensive Exam is also required. If this institution stops pursuing accreditation, it must: Prerequisites:
Stop all enrollment in its degree A Master of Arts in Psychology, Physical programs, and Education or a related field, and 30 units of -out to finish the graduate level psychology courses and 25 educational program or provide a refund. units of Sport Counseling courses, including the following courses. An institution that fails to comply with accreditation requirements by the required Curriculum: dates shall have its approval to offer degree programs automatically suspended. Course titles that satisfy degree requirements:
Doctor of Philosophy in Graduate Prerequisite Psychology Course Requirements (30 units) Psychology Course Units Specialization in Sport Psychology CPS 601 Counseling Theories & 5 Strategies
CPS 603 Developmental Psychology 5 Program Description: CPS 604 Introduction to Psychological 5
Research This program is designed to prepare CPS 605 Clinical Counseling Skills 5 practitioners to work with athletes in their Training professional and personal lives. Students are CPS 610 Psychopathology 5 trained in a variety of Sport Psychology CPS 611 Advanced Clinical Skills 5 approaches and techniques that prepare them Training to consult with athletes and athletic CPS 615 Cross-Cultural Counseling 5 organizations.
Graduate Prerequisite Sport Psychology Requirements: Course Requirements (25 units)
Course Units The Doctor of Philosophy degree requires the completion of 85 to 105 (licensing tract) SPO 600 Sport Psychology Business 5 quarter units at the graduate level. Students Principles will complete the core Psychology 106
SPO 651 Introduction to Sport 5 Psychology Counseling SPO 652 Assessment & Evaluation 5 Dissertation (10 units) in Sport Counseling Course Units SPO 653 Adult Fitness & Performance 5 Enhancement SPO 800 Dissertation/Project 5 SPO 668 Career Transition & Athletic 5 Writing I Retirement SPO 801 Dissertation/Project 5 Writing II Graduate Core Psychology Course Requirements (50 units) Students working on their Dissertation, Course Units Master’s Thesis, or Senior Project must be registered for the respective course every CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 quarter until the project has been completed. CPS 617A Assessment & Treatment 2.5 The Dissertation, Master’s Thesis, or Senior of Child Abuse Project is complete when the student has CPS 617B Assessment & Treatment 2.5 successfully passed the oral examination of Partner Abuse where applicable. The final approval forms CPS 691 Behavioral Statistics I 5 have been signed by the project chairperson CPS 693 Social Psychology 5 and SDUIS Director of Research. CPS 702 Group Therapy: 5 Theory & Practice Required Total Units: 85 CPS 704 Psychopharmacology 5 CPS 705 Advanced Research Methods 5 Additional Psychology Licensing CPS 706 Physiological Psychology 5 Requirements (20 units) CPS 710 Assessment A: Intelligence 5 Course Unit Testing CPS 711 Assessment B: Personality/ 5 CPS 612 Legal & Ethical Issues in 5 Objective Testing Counseling
Graduate Sport Psychology Course CPS 613 Human Sexuality & Gender 5 Requirements (20 units) Issues Course Units CPS 614 Theories, Therapies & Issues 5 In Chemical Dependency SPO 754 Nutrition & Lifestyle 5 CPS 724 Supervised Practicum A 5 Management SPO 765 Sport Counseling Practicum I 5 Required Total Units: 105 SPO 766 Psychology of Coaching 5 (Licensing Tract) SPO 767 Advanced Sport Psychology 5 Intervention Techniques INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS:
Graduate Sport Psychology Course 1) All residential courses, other than Elective (5 units) independent study, are taught in a classroom Course Units setting. Each instructor provides students with a syllabus that contains an outline of SPO 751 Seminar in Sport Psychology 5 the course objectives, the course content, SPO 769 Selected Topics in Sport 5 student performance expectations, textbooks
107
and related study materials, and evaluation weekly. The instructor reviews the work and methods used for grading purposes. prepares a feedback to be sent to the students and class weekly. 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture style with group discussions, student 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus presentations and written assignments. that contains a dictated outline of the course 3) Instructional methods also include objectives, course content, weekly research projects and experiential assignment and student performance components such as internship and expectations. practicum requirements. Faculty provide individualized academic advising as needed 3) Instructors work closely with students to and encourage ongoing student dialogue in monitor their progress. class and online. Upon completion of the core curriculum, students become involved Notice to Prospective Students in their capstone research project, the Doctoral Dissertation. Students are required This institution approved by the Bureau for to complete sixty (60) clock hours of Private Postsecondary Education to offer personal counseling provided by a licensed degree programs. To continue to offer therapist approved by the University. degree programs, this institution must meet Grading criteria are presented to students in the following requirements: the course syllabus provided at the Become institutionally accredited by an beginning of class. The University’s grading accrediting agency recognized by the United policy is designed to meet the highest States Department of Education, with the professional standards of objectivity, scope of the accreditation covering at least fairness, and accuracy. one degree program.
4) Independent study courses are an in- - depth study of a topic and directed by accreditation, as defined in regulations, by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, mentor who is approved by the Chief 2020. Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing 5) Student learning performance outcome accreditation, it must: evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Stop all enrollment in its degree experimental activities. programs, and -out to finish the INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: educational program or provide a refund.
Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with accreditation requirements by the required 1) The Doctoral Degree program in Sport dates shall have its approval to offer degree Psychology is also offered through distance programs automatically suspended. education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor and class
108
Curriculum: Doctor of Philosophy in Course titles that satisfy degree Transpersonal Psychology, requirements: Specialization in Tibetan Buddhist Psychology Prerequisite Courses (25 units) Course Units
Program Description: CTR 600 Psychology Business
Principles 5 This program was designed to give the CPS 605 Clinical Counseling Skills student a sound base in traditional Western Training 5 Psychology and Integrative Transpersonal CPS 610 Psychopharmacology 5 Psychology. Students will have the CPS 611 Advanced Clinical Skills opportunity to deepen their understanding of Training 5 Transpersonal Psychology by exposure to CPS 615 Cross-Cultural Counseling 5 Tibetan Buddhist concepts from a psychological perspective. This program is Graduate Core Psychology Course offered to provide health care providers and Requirements (40 units) interested persons a basic understanding of Course Units Tibetan Buddhist concepts and how they can contribute to service for others. CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5
CPS 691 Behavioral Statistics I 5 Requirements: CPS 693 Social Psychology 5
CPS 695 Selected Topics: Brief Therapy 5 The Doctor of Philosophy degree requires & Crisis Intervention –or- the completion of 95 quarter units at the Mediation graduate level. The student will develop an CPS 702 Group Therapy: 5 individualized program of study by Theory & Practice completing the core Psychology CPS 703 Understanding the Body: 5 requirements (40 units), the core East/West Perspectives Transpersonal Psychology requirements (30 CPS 704 Psychopharmacology 5 units), and selecting 15 additional elective CPS 705 Advanced Research 5 graduate level courses. Students are Methods required to write and defend a Ph.D.
Dissertation (10 units, including an Oral Graduate Transpersonal Core Qualifying Exam and Final Oral defense), Requirements (30 units) and complete 60 hours of personal Course Units counseling with licensed professionals.
Successful passage of the Doctoral CTR 670 Introduction to Tibetan 5 Comprehensive Exam is also required. Buddhist Psychology
CTR 671 Theories of Consciousness 5 Prerequisites: CTR 672 East/West Psychology 5
CTR 673 Meditation & Mandalas 5 A Master of Arts in addition to specific CTR 770 Birth, Death, and prerequisite courses which must be Intermediate States 5 completed in the first year of study. 109
CTR 778 Engaged Buddhism: Practicum registered for the respective course every in Buddhist Psychology 5 quarter until the project has been completed. The Dissertation, Master’s Thesis, or Senior Graduate Transpersonal Psychology Project is complete when the student has Elective Courses (15 units) successfully passed the oral examination Course Units where applicable and the final approval forms have been signed by the project TRP 674 Traditions of 5 chairperson and SDUIS Director of Transformational Arts Research. TRP 675 Mind/Body Approaches 5 to Health Required Total Units: 95 TRP 676 Alternative 5 Healing Therapies INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: TRP 678 Selected Topics in 5 Transpersonal Studies 1) All residential courses, other than TRP 771 Foundations of 5 independent study, are taught in a classroom Contemplative Depth setting. Each instructor provides students Psychotherapy with a syllabus that contains an outline of TRP 774 Fundamentals of Energetic 5 the course objectives, the course content, & Somatic Therapies student performance expectations, textbooks TRP 776 Contemplative, 5 and related study materials, and evaluation Transpersonal Therapies methods used for grading purposes.
Graduate Tibetan Buddhist Psychology 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture Elective Courses style with group discussions, student Course Units presentations and written assignments.
TBP 779 Selected Topics in Tibetan 5 3) Instructional methods also include Buddhist Psychology research projects and experiential TBP 790 Introduction to Tibetan 5 components such as internship and Healing Approaches practicum requirements. Faculty provide TBP 791 East/West Medical Dialogue 5 individualized academic advising as needed TBP 794 Advanced Methods in 5 and encourage ongoing student dialogue in Tibetan Healing class and online. Upon completion of the TBP 795 Independent Study in 5 core curriculum, students become involved Tibetan Buddhist Psychology in their capstone research project, the Doctoral Dissertation. Students are required Dissertation (10 units) to complete sixty (60) clock hours of Course Units personal counseling provided by a licensed
TBP 800 Dissertation/Project 5 therapist approved by the University. Writing I Grading criteria are presented to students in TBP 801 Dissertation/Project 5 the course syllabus provided at the Writing II beginning of class. The University’s grading policy is designed to meet the highest Students working on their Dissertation, professional standards of objectivity, Master’s Thesis, or Senior Project must be fairness, and accuracy.
110
- 4) Independent study courses are an in- accreditation, as defined in regulations, by depth study of a topic and directed by July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified 2020. mentor who is approved by the Chief Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing 5) Student learning performance outcome accreditation, it must: evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Stop all enrollment in its degree experimental activities. programs, and -out to finish the INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: educational program or provide a refund.
Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with accreditation requirements by the required 1) The Doctor of Philosophy in Psychology dates shall have its approval to offer degree with Specialization in Tibetan Buddhist programs automatically suspended. Psychology program is also offered through distance education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system Doctor of Psychology described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor and class Program Description: weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares a feedback to be sent to the This program is designed to prepare students and class weekly. individuals for the practice of psychology and provides academic, scientific, and 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus practitioner training for work involving that contains an outline of the course individuals, families and organizations. objectives, course content, weekly Humanistic values such as diversity, assignments and student performance inclusiveness, education for personal as well expectations. as professional development, the centrality 3) Instructors work closely with students to of relationships and importance of monitor their progress. responsible use of power and authority are emphasized. This program meets the Notice to Prospective Students California Board of Psychology educational requirements for licensing in California. This institution approved by the Bureau for Eligibility for licensure as a Psychologist in Private Postsecondary Education to offer requires: degree programs. To continue to offer An educational degree that meets the degree programs, this institution must meet California Board of Psychology the following requirements: requirements, Become institutionally accredited by an 3,000 hours of supervised work accrediting agency recognized by the United experience, States Department of Education, with the scope of the accreditation covering at least Two state exams (CSPE and EPPP). one degree program. Disclaimer: Licensing laws and regulations vary considerably from state to state outside 111
California, and states also make changes to Counseling or its equivalent. Including the their laws and regulations periodically. following courses: SDUIS makes no claim as to whether our PsyD program curriculum would meet the Course Units educational requirements for licensing in any state outside California. SDUIS’s PsyD CPS 601 Counseling Theories & program is not accredited by the American Strategies 5 Psychological Association (APA) and has CPS 603 Developmental Psychology 5 not received designation by the Association CPS 604 Introduction to Psychological of State and Provincial Psychology Research 5 Boards/National Register (ASPPB/NR), CPS 605 Clinical Counseling Skills which are requirements for licensure in Training 5 some states. If you are considering applying CPS 610 Psychopathology 5 for licensure in other states, either after CPS 612 Legal & Ethical Issues in graduation or at a later time, it is essential Counseling 5 for you to determine the other state’s CPS 613 Human Sexuality 5 licensing requirements and whether the CPS 615 Cross Cultural Counseling 5 degree from SDUIS would meet those CPS 617A Assessment & Treatment 2.5 requirements. SDUIS does not and cannot of Child Abuse make any claim or assurance about this CPS 617B Assessment & Treatment 2.5 issue. of Partner Abuse
Requirements: Graduate Course Requirements (95 units) Course Units The Doctor of Psychology degree requires the completion of 105 quarter units at the CPS 501 Writing Skills & Research 5 doctoral level. 500 supervised internship CPS 611 Advanced Clinical Skills hours while in practicum courses must be Training 5 fulfilled, in addition to 60 hours of personal CPS 614 Theories, Therapy & Issues counseling with licensed professionals in Chemical Dependency 5 during the student's first year of study or CTR 672 East/West Psychology 5 within two years prior to enrollment. or Successful passage of the Doctoral TRP 771 Foundations of Contemplative Comprehensive Examination is required, Depth Psychology 5 after which the student must complete a CPS 691 Behavioral Statistics 5 Psy.D. Dissertation project. CPS 693 Social Psychology 5 CPS 702 Group Therapy: 5 Curriculum: Theory & Practice CPS 704 Psychopharmacology 5 Course titles that satisfy degree CPS 705 Advanced Research Design 5 requirements: CPS 706 Physiological Psychology 5 CPS 710 Assessment A: Intelligence Prerequisites: Testing 5 CPS 711 Assessment B: Personality/ A Master of Arts in Counseling, Clinical Objective Testing 5 Psychology, Marriage, Family & Child CPS 712 Assessment C: Projective Testing 5
112
CPS 714 Advanced Psychopathology 5 practicum requirements. Faculty provide CPS 724 Supervised Practicum A 5 individualized academic advising as needed CPS 725 Supervised Practicum B 5 and encourage ongoing student dialogue in CPS 727 Psychotherapy w/Difficult & class and online. Upon completion of the Special Populations 5 core curriculum, students become involved CPS 728 Humanistic Psychology 5 in their capstone research project, the CPS 729 Cognitive Therapy: Theory Doctoral Dissertation. Students are required & Practice 5 to complete sixty (60) clock hours of personal counseling provided by a licensed Dissertation (10 units) therapist approved by the University. Course Units Grading criteria are presented to students in the course syllabus provided at the CPS 800 Dissertation/Project Writing I 5 beginning of class. The University’s grading CPS 801 Dissertation/Project Writing II 5 policy is designed to meet the highest professional standards of objectivity, Students working on their Dissertation, fairness, and accuracy. Master’s Thesis, or Senior Project must be registered for the respective course every 4) Independent study courses are an in- quarter until the project has been completed. depth study of a topic and directed by The Dissertation, Master’s Thesis, or Senior SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified Project is complete when the student has mentor who is approved by the Chief successfully passed the oral examination Academic Officer. where applicable and the final approval forms have been signed by the project 5) Student learning performance outcome chairperson and SDUIS Director of evaluations include essay and objective Research. examinations, research, reports, and experimental activities. Required Total Units: 105 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: Distance Education 1) All residential courses, other than 1) The Doctor of Psychology program is independent study, are taught in a classroom also offered through distance education. setting. Each instructor provides students Direct education is delivered to students via with a syllabus that contains an outline of the NEO system described previously. the course objectives, the course content, Students submit their assignments to the student performance expectations, textbooks instructor and class weekly. The instructor and related study materials, and evaluation reviews the work and prepares a feedback to methods used for grading purposes. be sent to the students and class weekly.
2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus style with group discussions, student that contains an outline of the course presentations and written assignments. objectives, course content, weekly assignments and student performance 3) Instructional methods also include expectations. research projects and experiential components such as internship and
113
3) Instructors work closely with students to July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July 1, monitor their progress. 2020.
Notice to Prospective Students If this institution stops pursuing This institution approved by the Bureau for accreditation, it must: Private Postsecondary Education to offer degree programs. To continue to offer Stop all enrollment in its degree degree programs, this institution must meet programs, and the following requirements: -out to finish the Become institutionally accredited by an educational program or provide a refund. accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education, with the An institution that fails to comply with scope of the accreditation covering at least accreditation requirements by the required one degree program. dates shall have its approval to offer degree programs automatically suspended. - accreditation, as defined in regulations, by
114
NON – DEGREE CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
Requirements: Demonstrate an understanding of managerial accounting concepts The Academic English Skills course (AES
402) is required for all international students enrolled in any of the certificate Interpret financial data to make sound programs. business decisions
Certificate in Accounting Apply ethically informed solutions to business issues Program Objectives: Requirements: The demand for accountants continues to rise, with recent changes in accounting law Participants are required to successfully and a new focus on ethical accounting complete forty (40) quarter credits of Core practices fueling the market. The Bureau of and Accounting coursework to fulfill Labor Statistics recently reported that the Certificate completion requirements. employment of accountants and auditors is projected to grow 11 percent from 2014 to Curriculum: 2024, faster than the average for all Course titles that satisfy certificate occupations. requirements:
SDUIS non-degree Certificate Program in Required Core Course (5) Credits Accounting is designed to provide students Course Credits with a broad and thorough understanding of accounting principles and financial AES 402 Academic English Skills 5 reporting practices, to keep students abreast of innovations in the field, and to enhance Required Accounting Courses proficiency in accounting-related functions Course Credits such as financial analysis and data interpretation. ACT 170 Introduction to Accounting 5 This program is appropriate for adults ACT 210 Auditing 5 looking to learn new job skills, to refine ACT 213 Financial Reporting : Internal existing accounting knowledge, or to & External 5 improve the performance of a small ACT 215 Tax Influences on Business business by better understanding the Decision Making 5 essentials of accounting and finance. ACT 217 Computerized Accounting 5 ACT 232 Legal Elements of Fraud 5 By the end of the program graduates will be ACT 234 Accounting Ethics & able to: Professional Responsibilities 5
Apply financial accounting and Required Total Credits: 40 reporting concepts
Describe the principles of auditing 115
INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares a feedback to be sent 1) All residential courses, other than to the students and class weekly. independent study, are taught in a classroom setting. Each instructor provides students 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus with an instructional syllabus that contains a that contains an outline of the course topical outline of the course objectives, the objectives, course content, weekly course content, student performance assignments and student performance expectations, textbooks and related study expectations. materials, and evaluation methods used for grading purposes. 3) Instructors work closely with students to 2) Courses are traditionally taught in monitor their progress. lecture style with group discussions, student presentations, written assignments, and Notice to Prospective Students completed project demonstrations. This institution approved by the Bureau for 3) Faculty provide individualized academic Private Postsecondary Education to offer advising as needed and encourage ongoing degree programs. To continue to offer student dialogue in class and online. The degree programs, this institution must meet University’s grading criteria are presented the following requirements: to students in the course syllabus provided Become institutionally accredited by an at the beginning of class. The University’s accrediting agency recognized by the United grading policy is designed to meet the States Department of Education, with the highest professional standards of scope of the accreditation covering at least objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. one degree program.
4) Independent study courses are an in- - depth study of a topic and directed by accreditation, as defined in regulations, by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July mentor who is approved by the Chief 1, 2020. Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing 5) Student learning performance outcome accreditation, it must: evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Stop all enrollment in its degree experimental activities. programs, and -out to finish the INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: educational program or provide a refund.
Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with accreditation requirements by the required 1) The Certificate in Accounting program dates shall have its approval to offer degree is also offered through distance programs automatically suspended. education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor and
116
Explain why public relations is an Certificate in Advertising important form of communication for business. Program Objectives: San Diego University of Integrative Studies Create an advertising campaign for a non-degree Certificate Program in real or fictional product Advertising provides students with a breadth of information and practical know- Graduation Requirements: how in advertising communication, Participants in this non-degree certificate marketing strategy, copywriting, and design. program must complete a total of 40 credits It introduces contemporary advertising of Core and Advertising coursework theories and practices by integrating consisting of eight (8) courses. traditional media – such as print - and with new media – such as Internet. Prerequisites:
Participants will be exposed to the latest By approval of the program director. thinking in creating and writing ads and skillfully placing them for maximum Curriculum: success in influencing customers. Students will also learn how to manage the Course titles that satisfy certificate relationships between advertising agencies requirements: and their clients. Required Core Course (5) Credits Identified by the US Department of Course Commerce as one of the fastest growing Credits career fields, SDUIS non-degree Certificate in Advertising will help participants to AES 402 Academic English Skills 5 understand media and markets, learn how corporations communicate effectively, and learn how to effectively manage advertising. Required Advertising Certificate Courses (choose 7) By the end of the program graduates will be Course Credits able to: ADV 150 Essentials of Advertising 5 Describe the steps required to develop, ADV 155 Creative Advertising 5 execute and evaluate an advertising Concepts program ADV 160 Advertising Research & 5 Strategy Explain the advantages and ADV 165 Introduction to Advertising 5 Design and Graphics disadvantages of alternate advertising ADV 175 Advertising Profiles & 5 media Trends ADV 180 Client Relations 5 Compare and contrast consumer- ADV 220 Internet Advertising 5 orientated and trade-oriented sales ADV 230 Copywriting 5 promotions ADV 235 Branding Theory 5 ADV 240 Advertising Design for 5 Alternative Media 117
ADV 245 International Advertising 5 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: ADV 250 Advertising Sales 5 ADV 255 Advertising & Society 5 Distance Education
Required Total Credits 40 1) The Certificate in Advertising program is also offered through distance education. Direct education is delivered to students via INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: the NEO system described previously. Students submit their assignments to the 1) All residential courses, other than instructor and class weekly. The instructor independent study, are taught in a classroom reviews the work and prepares a feedback to setting. Each instructor provides students be sent to the students and class weekly. with a syllabus that contains an outline of the course objectives, the course content, 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus student performance expectations, that contains an outline of the course textbooks and related study materials, and objectives, course content, weekly evaluation methods used for grading assignments and student performance purposes. expectations.
2) Courses are traditionally taught in 3) Instructors work closely with students to lecture style with group discussions, student monitor their progress. presentations and written assignments. Notice to Prospective Students 3) Instructional methods may also include research projects and experiential This institution approved by the Bureau for components. Faculty provide individualized Private Postsecondary Education to offer academic advising as needed and encourage degree programs. To continue to offer ongoing student dialogue in class and degree programs, this institution must meet online. The University’s grading criteria are the following requirements: presented to students in the course syllabus Become institutionally accredited by an provided at the beginning of class. The accrediting agency recognized by the United University’s grading policy is designed to States Department of Education, with the meet the highest professional standards of scope of the accreditation covering at least objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. one degree program.
4) Independent study courses are an in- - depth study of a topic and directed by accreditation, as defined in regulations, by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July mentor who is approved by the Chief 1, 2020. Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing 5) Student learning performance outcome accreditation, it must: evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Stop all enrollment in its degree experimental activities. programs, and -out to finish the educational program or provide a refund.
118
An institution that fails to comply with Apply oral communication skills accreditation requirements by the required dates shall have its approval to offer degree Demonstrate the ability to write programs automatically suspended. persuasive resumes and other business communications Certificate in Communication Describe how nonverbal cues impacts
Program Objectives: the communication receiver San Diego University for Integrative Improve their speaking style and Studies offers a non-degree certificate presentation ability program in Communication and provides participants with strategic communication Graduation Requirements: skills necessary to navigate the rapidly Each participant in the Communication changing, information-driven work-place. Certificate program must successfully This program will include training in all complete eight (8) courses on the types and aspects of communication to components of effective communication for express oneself professionally by focusing a total of 40 credits. on major competencies of effective communication-interpersonal skills, written Curriculum: communication, and informal oral Course titles that satisfy certificate presentation. requirements:
The program is designed for the individual Required Core Course (5) Credits seeking to develop professional-level Course Credits communication skills in writing or speaking, and learn to apply such skills to AES 402 Academic English Skills 5 professional or personal tasks. Required Communication Courses The need for good communication and (choose 7) interpersonal skills is recognized across a Course Credits wide range of careers. This program is designed with the professional of all fields BSCM 170 Oral & Written 5 in mind. The opportunity to demonstrate a Communication Skills mastery of communication skills and best BSCM 210 Effective Public Speaking 5 practices can give one a competitive edge BSCM 215 Advanced Public Speaking 5 with potential employers or help others For Business Managers already employed advance in their careers. BSCM 220 Expository & Technical 5 Writing Skills By the end of the program graduates will be BSCM 225 Persuasive Communication 5 able to: BSCM 230 Cross Cultural 5 Communication BSCM 235 Public Relations Writing 5 Describe the theories of communication BSCM 240 World Wide Journalism 5 in rhetorical, group and interpersonal & Expressive Writing settings BSCM 245 Conflict & Negotiation 5
119
BSCM 250 Teambuilding & Leadership 5 BSCM 255 Administrative 5 5) Student learning performance outcome Communication evaluations include essay and objective BSCM 260 Visual Communication & 5 examinations, research, reports, and Culture experimental activities. BSCM 265 Crisis Communication 5 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: BSCM 470 Interpersonal Communication 5 Skills in the Workplace Distance Education BSCM 280 Communication Through Social Media 5 1) The Certificate in Communication program is also offered through distance Required Total Credits: 40 education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and 1) All residential courses, other than prepares a feedback to be sent to the independent study, are taught in a classroom students and class weekly. setting. Each instructor provides students with an instructional syllabus that contains a 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus topical outline of the course objectives, the that contains an outline of the course course content, student performance objectives, course content, weekly expectations, textbooks and related study assignments and student performance materials, and evaluation methods used for expectations. grading purposes. 3) Instructors work closely with students to 2) Courses are traditionally taught in monitor their progress. lecture style with group discussions, student presentations, written assignments, and Notice to Prospective Students completed project demonstrations. This institution approved by the Bureau for 3) Faculty provide individualized academic Private Postsecondary Education to offer advising as needed and encourage ongoing degree programs. To continue to offer student dialogue in class and online. The degree programs, this institution must meet University’s grading criteria are presented the following requirements: to students in the course syllabus provided Become institutionally accredited by an at the beginning of class. The University’s accrediting agency recognized by the United grading policy is designed to meet the States Department of Education, with the highest professional standards of scope of the accreditation covering at least objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. one degree program.
4) Independent study courses are an in- - depth study of a topic and directed by accreditation, as defined in regulations, by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July mentor who is approved by the Chief 1, 2020. Academic Officer.
120
If this institution stops pursuing Develop Leadership communication accreditation, it must: skills for focus and purpose with practical applicability to real-world Stop all enrollment in its degree situations. programs, and -out to finish the Clarify a personal vision for leadership educational program or provide a refund. by increasing ability to think and act
An institution that fails to comply with strategically and inspire others. accreditation requirements by the required dates shall have its approval to offer degree Acquire priority management skills for programs automatically suspended. necessary maximum performance.
Graduation Requirements: Certificate in Executive Each participant in the Executive Leadership Coaching Leadership Coaching Certificate program must successfully complete a total of 40 credits. Participants will complete a total of Program Objectives: eight (8) courses from the Core and San Diego University for Integrative Required Executive Leadership Coaching Studies’ offers a non-degree certificate courses on the components of effective program in Executive Leadership Coaching leadership, from the list below. designed for managers, organizational leaders, international students, educators, Curriculum: entrepreneurs, and mature adult learners Course titles that satisfy certificate seeking to broaden their working requirements: knowledge of contemporary leadership st Required Core Course (5) Credits approaches in the 21 century global Course Credits marketplace. This non-degree course of professional instruction offers an integrated AES 402 Academic English Skills 5 approach to leadership through twelve interrelated but distinct modules. These Required Executive Leadership Coaching modules offer research-based leadership Courses (Select 7 Courses) strategies where adaptability, innovation, Course Credits team-building and integrity are the vital cornerstones of leadership. EXL 170 The New Executive Leaders 5
EXL 180 Personal Benchmarking 5 The Executive Leadership Coaching EXL 190 Individual Responsibility 5 Certificate at SDUIS comprises a powerful EXL 200 Internal Values 5 and intensive curriculum of interactive EXL 205 Non-Situational Integrity 5 coaching that will enhance participants’ EXL 210 Desire Motivation 5 abilities to: EXL 215 Delayed Gratification 5
EXL 220 Self-Discipline 5 Make successful transitions into EXL 230 Resilient Optimism 5 leadership roles while organizing and EXL 240 Empowerment & Stewardship 5 managing executive decisions. Required Total Credits: 40
121
described previously. Students submit their INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and 1) All residential courses, other than prepares a feedback to be sent to the independent study, are taught in a classroom students and class weekly. setting. Each instructor provides students with an instructional syllabus that contains a 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus topical outline of the course objectives, the that contains an outline of the course course content, student performance objectives, course content, weekly expectations, textbooks and related study assignments and student performance materials, and evaluation methods used for expectations. grading purposes. 3) Instructors work closely with students to 2) Courses are traditionally taught in monitor their progress. lecture style with group discussions, student presentations, written assignments, and Notice to Prospective Students completed project demonstrations. This institution approved by the Bureau for 3) Faculty provide individualized academic Private Postsecondary Education to offer advising as needed and encourage ongoing degree programs. To continue to offer student dialogue in class and online. The degree programs, this institution must meet University’s grading criteria are presented the following requirements: to students in the course syllabus provided Become institutionally accredited by an at the beginning of class. The University’s accrediting agency recognized by the United grading policy is designed to meet the States Department of Education, with the highest professional standards of scope of the accreditation covering at least objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. one degree program.
4) Independent study courses are an in- - depth study of a topic and directed by accreditation, as defined in regulations, by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July mentor who is approved by the Chief 1, 2020. Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing 5) Student learning performance outcome accreditation, it must: evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Stop all enrollment in its degree experimental activities. programs, and -out to finish the INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: educational program or provide a refund.
Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with accreditation requirements by the 1) The Certificate in Executive Leadership required dates shall have its approval to Coaching program is also offered through offer degree programs automatically distance education. Direct education is suspended. delivered to students via the NEO system
122
Curriculum: Certificate in Expressive Course titles that satisfy certificate Arts Therapy requirements:
Program Description: Required Core Expressive Arts Courses (choose 3-4) The San Diego University for Integrative Course Units Studies offers a non-degree certification program in Expressive Arts Therapy for CEX 600 Expressive Arts Business 5 students, therapists, interns, educators, and Principles other professionals. This program provides CEX 630 Foundations of Expressive 5 exposure and training within an academic Arts Therapy area of Expressive Arts that utilize a variety CEX 631 Psychodrama, Ritual & 5 of media, techniques, and theories of human Performance growth. CEX 632 Fundamentals of Music 5 Therapy The Expressive Arts Therapy Certificate at CEX 633 Fundamentals of Movement 5 SDUIS is designed to provide participants Therapy with a holistic and culturally enriched CEX 730 Traditions of Transformational 5 perspective about facilitating health, Arts emotional growth, and human potential. EXA 735 Fundamentals of Color 5 The personal integration of a host of Therapy experiences and techniques is intended to EXA 737 Language, Poetry, Myth 5 contribute to the development of greater and Folklore Therapy personal health and increased therapeutic EXA 738 Sandtray and World 5 options. Play Therapy
The 35 units can also be applied toward the Required Target Populations Courses degree requirements for MA in Expressive (choose 1 –2) Arts Therapy or Ph.D. in Expressive Arts Course Units Therapy. CEX 634 Art and Expressive Therapy 5 Requirements:. w/Children & Adolescents CEX 635 Art and Expressive Therapy 5 Each student must complete 35 quarter w/Adults & Aging Populations units of Expressive Arts Therapy EXA 733 Expressive Techniques 5 coursework consisting of six classes and a in Family Therapy practicum. The student is free to choose which courses are included in the certificate work. Required Practice Course (choose 1-2) Course Units Prerequisites: CEX 739 Practicum in Expressive, 5 By approval of the program director. Creative Therapy EXA 740 Selected Expressive 5 Techniques
123
EXA 741 Special Topics in Expressive 5 Therapies INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: EXA 742 Seminar in Expressive Therapy 5 EXA 745 Independent Study in 5 Distance Education Expressive Arts Therapy 1) The Certificate in Expressive Art Therapy Required Total Units: 35 program is also offered through distance education. Direct education is delivered to INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their 1) All residential courses, other than assignments to the instructor and class independent study, are taught in a classroom weekly. The instructor reviews the work and setting. Each instructor provides students prepares a feedback to be sent to the with a syllabus that contains an outline of students and class weekly. the course objectives, the course content, student performance expectations, 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus textbooks and related study materials, and that contains an outline of the course evaluation methods used for grading objectives, course content, weekly purposes. assignments and student performance expectations. 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture style with group discussions, student 3) Instructors work closely with students to presentations and written assignments. monitor their progress.
3) Instructional methods also include Notice to Prospective Students research projects and experiential components such as internship and This institution approved by the Bureau for practicum requirements. Faculty provide Private Postsecondary Education to offer individualized academic advising as needed degree programs. To continue to offer and encourage ongoing student dialogue in degree programs, this institution must meet class and online. The University’s grading the following requirements: criteria are presented to students in the Become institutionally accredited by an course syllabus provided at the beginning of accrediting agency recognized by the United class. The University’s grading policy is States Department of Education, with the designed to meet the highest professional scope of the accreditation covering at least standards of objectivity, fairness, and one degree program. accuracy. - 4) Independent study courses are an in- accreditation, as defined in regulations, by depth study of a topic and directed by July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified 1, 2020. mentor who is approved by the Chief Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing 5) Student learning performance outcome accreditation, it must: evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Stop all enrollment in its degree experimental activities. programs, and
124
-out to finish the Describe how the process of personal educational program or provide a refund. transformation occurs
An institution that fails to comply with Define elements of the coaching accreditation requirements by the required dates shall have its approval to offer degree relationship programs automatically suspended. Apply coaching techniques with adults, children, and groups Certificate in Family Leadership Coaching Demonstrate leadership skills
Graduation Requirements: Program Objectives : Participants in this non-degree certificate The San Diego University for Integrative program are required to successfully Studies offers a non-degree certificate complete forty (40) quarter credits of Core Program in Family Leadership Coaching, and Family Leadership courses for a total of which is designed for family counselors, eight (8) courses form the list below. educators, child, youth and adult counselors, students, and mature adult Curriculum: learners seeking to advance their working Course titles that satisfy certificate knowledge of contemporary, effective requirements: approaches to family leadership issues in multi-cultural societies. This non-degree Required Core Course (5) Credits course of professional instruction provides Course Credits participants with a foundation and skills development in ten distinct, yet interrelated AES 402 Academic English Skills 5 courses, logically sequenced to provide a practical orientation to behavioral and Family Leadership Coaching Certificate social challenges encountered by parents as Courses (Select 7 courses) they function as primary role models and Course Credits coaches for their children of all ages. FAL 175 Positive Self-Awareness 5 FAL 180 Positive Self-Esteem 5 The Certificate Program in Family FAL 185 Positive Self-Discipline 5 Leadership Coaching offers basic and FAL 190 Positive Self-Determination 5 specialty instruction, including skill FAL 195 Positive Self-Honesty 5 building techniques related to leadership in FAL 200 Positive Self-Motivation 5 traditional families, single-parent families FAL 205 Positive Self-Expectancy 5 and blended families, with emphasis on FAL 210 Positive Self-Image 5 developing healthy social skills and FAL 215 Positive Self-Direction 5 methods of dealing with the impact of FAL 220 Positive Self-Dimension 5 technology, media, socio-economic factors and multicultural environments encountered Required Total Credits 40 in contemporary society. INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS:
By the end of the program graduates will be 1) All residential courses, other than able to: independent study, are taught in a classroom
125
setting. Each instructor provides students and prepares a feedback to be sent to the with a syllabus that contains an outline of students and class weekly. the course objectives, the course content, student performance expectations, 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus textbooks and related study materials, and that contains an outline of the course evaluation methods used for grading objectives, course content, weekly purposes. assignments and student performance expectations. 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture style with group discussions, student 3) Instructors work closely with students to presentations and written assignments. monitor their progress.
3) Instructional methods may also include Notice to Prospective Students research projects and experiential components. Faculty provide individualized This institution approved by the Bureau for academic advising as needed and encourage Private Postsecondary Education to offer ongoing student dialogue in class and degree programs. To continue to offer online. The University’s grading criteria are degree programs, this institution must meet presented to students in the course syllabus the following requirements: provided at the beginning of class. The Become institutionally accredited by an University’s grading policy is designed to accrediting agency recognized by the United meet the highest professional standards of States Department of Education, with the objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. scope of the accreditation covering at least one degree program. 4) Independent study courses are an in- depth study of a topic and directed by - SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified accreditation, as defined in regulations, by mentor who is approved by the Chief July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July Academic Officer. 1, 2020.
5) Student learning performance outcome If this institution stops pursuing evaluations include essay and objective accreditation, it must: examinations, research, reports, and experimental activities. Stop all enrollment in its degree programs, and INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: -out to finish the educational program or provide a refund. Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with 1) The Certificate in Family Leadership accreditation requirements by the required Coaching program is also offered through dates shall have its approval to offer degree distance education. Direct education is programs automatically suspended. delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work
126
complete eight (8) courses for a total of Certificate in Fashion Design forty (40) credits from Core and Fashion Design courses listed below.
Curriculum: Program Objectives Course titles that satisfy certificate San Diego University for Integrative requirements: Studies offers a non-degree certificate program in Fashion Design. This program Elective Core Course (5) Credits will introduce students to entry level and Course Credits advanced principles of fashion design. Participants will learn both the creative and AES 402 Academic English Skills 5 technical sides of the fashion industry, as well as gain hands-on experience. Classes Elective Fashion Design Courses are offered on a rotating schedule that Course Credits allows participants to complete the certificate in just one year, DSN 101 Art 1: Human Cognition & Interface Design 5 This course curriculum is designed to help FASH 100 Introduction to Fashion students qualify for employment as assistant Design & Fashion Careers 5 designers, fashion illustrators, assistant FASH 110 Fashion History 5 pattern-makers, and product developers. FASH 200 Principles of Fashion Design 5 Design training can lead to entrepreneurship, or careers working for FASH 205 Apparel Construction I 5 large or small companies. FASH 210 Apparel Construction II 5 By the end of the program graduates will be FASH 220 Fashion Draping 5 able to: FASH 225 Flat Pattern Design 5 FASH 230 Textile Analysis 5 Demonstrate apparel production FASH 235 Computer Assisted Fashion processes from conception to finished Design 5 product FASH 245 Contemporary Design 5 FASH 250 Design Portfolio & Creation
of a Garment Business 5 Use industry specific software Required Total Credits: 40 Demonstrate draping, fitting and patternmaking techniques INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS:
Describe trends in the fashion design 1) All residential courses, other than independent study, are taught in a classroom industry setting. Each instructor provides students Effectively use fashion design with an instructional syllabus that contains a equipment and supplies in the creation topical outline of the course objectives, the of garments. course content, student performance expectations, textbooks and related study Graduation Requirements: materials, and evaluation methods used for Each participant in the Fashion Design grading purposes. Certificate program must successfully 127
3) Instructors work closely with students to 2) Courses are traditionally taught in monitor their progress. lecture style with group discussions, student presentations, written assignments, and Notice to Prospective Students completed project demonstrations. This institution approved by the Bureau for 3) Faculty provide individualized academic Private Postsecondary Education to offer advising as needed and encourage ongoing degree programs. To continue to offer student dialogue in class and online. The degree programs, this institution must meet University’s grading criteria are presented the following requirements: to students in the course syllabus provided Become institutionally accredited by an at the beginning of class. The University’s accrediting agency recognized by the United grading policy is designed to meet the States Department of Education, with the highest professional standards of scope of the accreditation covering at least objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. one degree program.
4) Independent study courses are an in- - depth study of a topic and directed by accreditation, as defined in regulations, by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July mentor who is approved by the Chief 1, 2020. Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing 5) Student learning performance outcome accreditation, it must: evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Stop all enrollment in its degree experimental activities. programs, and -out to finish the INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: educational program or provide a refund.
Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with accreditation requirements by the required 1) The Certificate in Fashion Design dates shall have its approval to offer degree program is also offered through distance programs automatically suspended. education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares a feedback to be sent to the students and class weekly.
2) Each student is provided with a syllabus that contains an outline of the course objectives, course content, weekly assignments and student performance expectations.
128
Certificate in Graphic Design Graduation Requirements: Each participant in the Graphic Design Program Objectives Certificate program must successfully San Diego University for Integrative complete eight (8) elective courses of core Studies offers a non-degree certificate and graphic design courses for a total of program in Graphic Design. This course forty (40) credits. curriculum emphasizes packaging, typography, identity branding and print and Curriculum: computer technology. Students learn Course titles that satisfy certificate concept development, strategic planning, requirements: fundamental techniques and verbal presentation skills in a career-focused Elective Core Course (5) Credits classroom setting. Course Credits
Participants of the SDUIS Certificate in AES 402 Academic English Skills 5 Graphic Design will gain practical design and typography skills, as well as real-world Elective Graphic Design Courses knowledge in the uses of the computer as a Course Credits design tool. The primary focus of all courses is the conceptual, creative process. DSN 101 Human Cognition and The program will provide participants Interface Design 5 design, drawing and computer graphics DSN 103 Project Management 5 skills necessary to enter the graphic design GDES 100 Introduction to Graphic field. Design: Graphic Design I 5 By the end of the program graduates will be GDES 105 Graphic Design II 5 able to: GDES 110 Typography & Symbolism 5 GDES 205 Open Source Desktop Discuss the history of the graphic design Publishing 5 industry GDES 210 Package Design 5 GDES 220 Marketing & Demonstrate graphic design processes Advertising Design 5 GDES 225 Identity Branding & Basic from conception to finished product Copyright Law 5 GDES 230 Material Science and Use industry specific software Graphic Design 5 GDES 280 Graphic Design Portfolio Describe and apply the principles of Preparation 5 color, composition, and typography in a design using various media such as Required Total Credits: 40
digital, print, motion, and 3-D.
INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: Critically evaluate client specifications using design thinking and professional 1) All residential courses, other than standards and practices independent study, are taught in a classroom setting. Each instructor provides students
129
with an instructional syllabus that contains a 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus topical outline of the course objectives, the that contains an outline of the course course content, student performance objectives, course content, weekly expectations, textbooks and related study assignments and student performance materials, and evaluation methods used for expectations. grading purposes. 3) Instructors work closely with students to 2) Courses are traditionally taught in monitor their progress. lecture style with group discussions, student presentations, written assignments, and Notice to Prospective Students completed project demonstrations. This institution approved by the Bureau for 3) Faculty provide individualized academic Private Postsecondary Education to offer advising as needed and encourage ongoing degree programs. To continue to offer student dialogue in class and online. The degree programs, this institution must meet University’s grading criteria are presented the following requirements: to students in the course syllabus provided Become institutionally accredited by an at the beginning of class. The University’s accrediting agency recognized by the United grading policy is designed to meet the States Department of Education, with the highest professional standards of scope of the accreditation covering at least objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. one degree program.
4) Independent study courses are an in- - depth study of a topic and directed by accreditation, as defined in regulations, by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July mentor who is approved by the Chief 1, 2020. Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing 5) Student learning performance outcome accreditation, it must: evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Stop all enrollment in its degree experimental activities. programs, and -out to finish the INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: educational program or provide a refund.
Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with accreditation requirements by the required 1) The Certificate in Graphic Design dates shall have its approval to offer degree program is also offered through distance programs automatically suspended. education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares a feedback to be sent to the students and class weekly.
130
marketing, spa & wellness, sport & travel, Certificate in Hospitality event management or human resources.
Management By the end of the program graduates will be able to: Program Objectives: Travel and tourism is a vitally important Identify vocabulary and operating part of the world economy today. It is the largest and fastest-growing sector, with principles used in the hospitality more than 800 million people traveling industry every year, and a strong growth rate Evaluate business opportunities in the predicted. Travel and tourism is the world's hospitality industry taking into number one employer and represents more consideration financial, marketing, and than 10% of global spending. As it grows, human resource data. the industry is becoming both more diverse and more specialized, calling on many different kinds of talents. Demonstrate strategic management, leadership, and communication that is At the heart of travel and tourism is the required to hold managerial positions in hospitality industry, with its huge range of the hospitality industry hotels, resorts and restaurants. SDUIS non- degree Certificate Program in Hospitality Describe ethical considerations of in the Management is designed for professionals who want to sharpen their existing skills, hospitality industry develop new skills, and enhance their Graduation Requirements: understanding of hospitality management Each student must complete a total of 40 competencies to give them a competitive quarter credits of Core and Hospitality edge with employers and strengthen their Management coursework. opportunity for success within this fast growing industry. Curriculum:
Course titles that satisfy certificate Participants of the Certificate Program in requirements: Hospitality Management will learn to utilize the fundamental vocabulary and operating Required Core principles of the hospitality industry, Course Credits conduct themselves in accordance to AES 402 Academic English Skills 5 professional ethics and values of the hospitality industry, and to employ Required Hospitality Management principles of professionalism and best Course Credits practices relevant to the hospitality industry.
HMT 110 Introduction to Hospitality, 5 More and more companies recognize the Travel & Tourism strategic importance of the “hospitality HMT 125 Consumer Behavior in element” and are searching for individuals Hospitality & Tourism 5 with hospitality expertise. Fascinating HMT 130 Marketing in Hospitality 5 hospitality careers exist in hotels, resorts HMT 140 e-Business for Tourism & 5 and in the restaurant industries, as well as in Hospitality related fields, such as consulting, 131
HMT 230 Sanitation & Safety 5 INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: HMT 238 Restaurant Management 5 HMT 242 Front Office Operations 5 Distance Education
Required Total Credits: 40 1) The Certificate in Hospitality Management program is also offered INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: through distance education. Direct education is delivered to students via the 1) All residential courses, other than NEO system described previously. Students independent study, are taught in a classroom submit their assignments to the instructor setting. Each instructor provides students and class weekly. The instructor reviews the with a syllabus that contains an outline of work and prepares a feedback to be sent to the course objectives, the course content, the students and class weekly. student performance expectations, textbooks and related study materials, and 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus evaluation methods used for grading that contains an outline of the course purposes. objectives, course content, weekly assignments and student performance 2) Courses are traditionally taught in expectations. lecture style with group discussions, student presentations and written assignments. 3) Instructors work closely with students to monitor their progress. 3) Instructional methods also include research projects and experiential Notice to Prospective Students components such as internship and practicum requirements. Faculty provide This institution approved by the Bureau for individualized academic advising as needed Private Postsecondary Education to offer and encourage ongoing student dialogue in degree programs. To continue to offer class and online. The University’s grading degree programs, this institution must meet criteria are presented to students in the the following requirements: course syllabus provided at the beginning of Become institutionally accredited by an class. The University’s grading policy is accrediting agency recognized by the United designed to meet the highest professional States Department of Education, with the standards of objectivity, fairness, and scope of the accreditation covering at least accuracy. one degree program.
4) Independent study courses are an in- - depth study of a topic and directed by accreditation, as defined in regulations, by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July mentor who is approved by the Chief 1, 2020. Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing 5) Student learning performance outcome accreditation, it must: evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Stop all enrollment in its degree experimental activities. programs, and
132
-out to finish the Identify and analyze user needs in the educational program or provide a refund. selection, creation, evaluation and administration of computer-based An institution that fails to comply with systems accreditation requirements by the required dates shall have its approval to offer degree programs automatically suspended. Effectively integrate IT-based solutions into the user environment
Certificate in Information Graduation Requirements: Technology Systems Each student will complete AES 402 Academic English Skills (5 credits), and an Program Objectives: additional 35 credits from the Information Businesses, government, schools, and other Technology Coursework, for a total of 40 organizations are continually seeking new quarter credits. applications for computers and networks in the workplace. As the role of technology Curriculum: increases, the need for professionals with a Course titles that satisfy certificate strong background in information requirements: technology is also increasing. Required Core Course (5) Credits The Information Technology Systems Course Credits Certificate at SDUIS is designed for students, career changers, and other AES 402 Academic English Skills 5 professionals, and provides participants with essential training in computer and Elective Information Technology Courses information systems. The ITS Certificate (35 credits) enhances technological literacy by Course Credits introducing the concepts, terminology, ITS 145 Introduction to Information 5 business processes, and computer Systems applications necessary to effectively interact ITS 150 Design and Analysis of in a high tech environment. Information Systems 5 ITS 165 Operating Systems 5 By the end of the program graduates will be ITS 170 Web Development and able to: Management 5 Analyze a problem, and identify and ITS 175 Data Communication define the computing requirements & Computer Networking 5 ITS 180 Database Management Systems 5 appropriate to its solution ITS 200 Information Systems Security 5 ITS 205 IT Ethics 5 Describe the professional, ethical, legal, ITS 210 E-business Concepts & 5 security and social issues and Technologies responsibilities ITS 220 Programming Languages & 5 Concepts 5 Use industry specific IT hardware and Required Total Credits: 40 software
133
INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: distance education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system 1) All residential courses, other than described previously. Students submit their independent study, are taught in a classroom assignments to the instructor and class setting. Each instructor provides students weekly. The instructor reviews the work and with a syllabus that contains an outline of prepares a feedback to be sent to the the course objectives, the course content, students and class weekly. student performance expectations, textbooks and related study materials, and 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus evaluation methods used for grading that contains an outline of the course purposes. objectives, course content, weekly assignments and student performance 2) Courses are traditionally taught in expectations. lecture style with group discussions, student presentations and written assignments. 3) Instructors work closely with students to monitor their progress. 3) Instructional methods also include research projects and experiential Notice to Prospective Students components such as internship and practicum requirements. Faculty provide This institution approved by the Bureau for individualized academic advising as needed Private Postsecondary Education to offer and encourage ongoing student dialogue in degree programs. To continue to offer class and online. The University’s grading degree programs, this institution must meet criteria are presented to students in the the following requirements: course syllabus provided at the beginning of Become institutionally accredited by an class. The University’s grading policy is accrediting agency recognized by the United designed to meet the highest professional States Department of Education, with the standards of objectivity, fairness, and scope of the accreditation covering at least accuracy. one degree program.
4) Independent study courses are an in- - depth study of a topic and directed by accreditation, as defined in regulations, by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July mentor who is approved by the Chief 1, 2020. Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing 5) Student learning performance outcome accreditation, it must: evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Stop all enrollment in its degree experimental activities. programs, and -out to finish the INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: educational program or provide a refund.
Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with accreditation requirements by the required 1) The Certificate in Information dates shall have its approval to offer degree Technology program is also offered through programs automatically suspended.
134
Certificate in Integrative Curriculum:
Nursing Care Course titles that satisfy certificate requirements: Program Description: Required Core Integratrative Nursing The San Diego University for Integrative Courses (35 units) Studies offers a non-degree certificate Course Units Program in Integrative Nursing, which is designed for those planning on contributing NUR 601 Medical Surgical Concepts I 5 to the development of healthcare in general NUR 602 Medical Surgical Concepts II 5 practice settings. Students will learn skills NUR 603 Maternal-Newborn Nursing in the professional practice, clinical care, Review 5 management of healthcare systems and NUR 604 Pediatrics and Adolescents 5 collaborative practice. This non-degree NUR 605 Psychological Processes 5 course of professional instruction provides NUR 606 Medications, Nursing participants with a foundation and skills Management & Nutrition 5 development in seven distinct, yet NUR 607 Success in Healthcare Settings 5 interrelated courses, logically sequenced to provide a practical orientation to engage in Required Total Units: 35 a range of collaborative relationships with individuals and groups, the general practice INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: team, and primary health and service providers to create positive outcomes for 1) All residential courses, other than patients. independent study, are taught in a classroom setting. Each instructor provides students Graduates of the Certificate in Integrative with a syllabus that contains an outline of Nursing program will exhibit an the course objectives, the course content, understanding of professional, legal, and student performance expectations, textbooks ethical standards as they apply to nursing. and related study materials, and evaluation Students will develop the skills to provide methods used for grading purposes. comprehensive, episodic interventions and population based health care to include 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture health monitoring and maintenance. style with group discussions, student presentations and written assignments. Requirements 3) Instructional methods also include Participants in this non-degree certificate research projects and experiential program are required to successfully components such as internship and complete the seven modular units of practicum requirements. Faculty provide coursework in Integrative Nursing. individualized academic advising as needed and encourage ongoing student dialogue in Prerequisites: class and online. The University’s grading criteria are presented to students in the By approval of the program director. course syllabus provided at the beginning of
135
class. The University’s grading policy is Become institutionally accredited by an designed to meet the highest professional accrediting agency recognized by the United standards of objectivity, fairness, and States Department of Education, with the accuracy. scope of the accreditation covering at least one degree program. 4) Independent study courses are an in- depth study of a topic and directed by - SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified accreditation, as defined in regulations, by mentor who is approved by the Chief July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July Academic Officer. 1, 2020.
5) Student learning performance outcome If this institution stops pursuing evaluations include essay and objective accreditation, it must: examinations, research, reports, and experimental activities. Stop all enrollment in its degree programs, and INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: -out to finish the educational program or provide a refund. Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with 1) The Certificate in Integrative Nursing accreditation requirements by the required Care program is also offered through dates shall have its approval to offer degree distance education. Direct education is programs automatically suspended. delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their Certificate in International assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work Business Administration and prepares a feedback to be sent to the students and class weekly. Program Objectives: This program is designed for international 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus business managers, multi-cultural that contains an outline of the course organizational leaders, international objectives, course content, weekly students, educators, entrepreneurs, and assignments and student performance mature adult learners seeking to broaden expectations. their knowledge of contemporary international business administrative 3) Instructors work closely with students to approaches in the global marketplace. monitor their progress. This non-degree course of professional Notice to Prospective Students instruction provides participants with a foundation in international business This institution approved by the Bureau for administration, organization, management, Private Postsecondary Education to offer and communication according to degree programs. To continue to offer multicultural applied perspectives. The degree programs, this institution must meet Certificate in International Business the following requirements: Administration offers basic and specialty instruction, including skill building
136
emphasis on worldwide commerce and Required Core Course (5) Credits electronic business systems and principles, Course Credits to provide the participant with the AES 402 Academic English Skills 5 knowledge and resources central to successful business managerial approaches Required International Business needed in the contemporary international Administration Seminar (10 credits) workplace. Course Credits IBUS 400A International Trade and 5 By the end of the program graduates will be Economics able to: IBUS 400B International Business 5 Law Describe the role of the body, mind, and spirit in health and healing Elective International Business Administration (25 credits) Course Credits Describe current research on nutrition BUS 401 Introduction to Business 5 and nutraceuticals in health Principles and Organizations BUS 402 Fundamentals of Business 5 Demonstrate the ability to work as part Administration of a collaborative, multi-disciplinary BUS 406 Business Math for 5 health care team Administrators BUS 412 Business Information 5
Technologies Discuss lifestyle change and BUS 416 Business Administrative 5 complementary modalities in the Law treatment and prevention of disease BUS 420 Business Communications 5 and the Global Economy Demonstrate providing care for the BUS 424 Organizational Statistics 5 whole person in a variety of setting BUS 432 Production and Service 5 Management BUS 434 Organizational 5 Graduation Requirements: Entrepreneurship Participants are required to successfully BUS 442 Foundations in Accounting 5 complete Forty (40) quarter credits of BUS 449 Foundations in Marketing 5 coursework in International Business BUS 452 Foundations in Finance 5 Administration. In addition to the (1) BUS 458 Foundations in Economics 5 required core and two (2) required seminar BUS 466 Legal and Ethical Issues in 5 courses, participants select five (5) Business the Global Marketplace Administration courses to fulfill Certificate BUS 475 Cross Cultural Strategic 5 completion requirements. Management BUS 480 Selected Topics 5 Curriculum: BUS 485 Special Topics in Business Course titles that satisfy certificate Administration 5 requirements: BUS 490 Seminar in Business Administration 5
Required Total Credits: 40 137
INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD:
1) All residential courses, other than Distance Education independent study, are taught in a classroom setting. Each instructor provides students 1) The Certificate in International Business with a syllabus that contains an outline of Administration program is also offered the course objectives, the course content, through distance education. Direct student performance expectations, education is delivered to students via the textbooks and related study materials, and NEO system described previously. Students evaluation methods used for grading submit their assignments to the instructor purposes. and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares a feedback to be sent to 2) Courses are traditionally taught in the students and class weekly. lecture style with group discussions, student presentations and written assignments. 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus that contains an outline of the course 3) Instructional methods also include objectives, course content, weekly research projects and experiential assignments and student performance components such as internship and expectations. practicum requirements. Faculty provide individualized academic advising as needed 3) Instructors work closely with students to and encourage ongoing student dialogue in monitor their progress. class and online. The University’s grading criteria are presented to students in the Notice to Prospective Students course syllabus provided at the beginning of class. The University’s grading policy is This institution approved by the Bureau for designed to meet the highest professional Private Postsecondary Education to offer standards of objectivity, fairness, and degree programs. To continue to offer accuracy. degree programs, this institution must meet the following requirements: 4) Independent study courses are an in- Become institutionally accredited by an depth study of a topic and directed by accrediting agency recognized by the United SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified States Department of Education, with the mentor who is approved by the Chief scope of the accreditation covering at least Academic Officer. one degree program.
5) Student learning performance outcome - evaluations include essay and objective accreditation, as defined in regulations, by examinations, research, reports, and July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July experimental activities. 1, 2020.
If this institution stops pursuing accreditation, it must:
Stop all enrollment in its degree programs, and
138
-out to finish the educational program or provide a refund. Demonstrate strategic management, leadership, and communication skills An institution that fails to comply with needed for managerial positions accreditation requirements by the required dates shall have its approval to offer degree programs automatically suspended. Develop a marketing plan for a real or fictional company
Certificate in Marketing Apply marketing strategies
Program Objectives: San Diego University for Integrative Graduation Requirements: Studies non-degree certificate program in Each student must complete 40 quarter Marketing prepares students to enter the credits of required core and marketing exciting fields of marketing. For current coursework. workers in the field, a Marketing Certificate offers a chance to learn all of the latest Curriculum: industry techniques. Course titles that satisfy certificate requirements: Marketing is a competitive field and the techniques used to capture consumer Required Core Course (5) Credits attention are always changing. A Certificate Course Credits in Marketing will give participants the AES 402 Academic English Skills 5 knowledge and skills necessary to obtain a marketing job or improve their current Required Marketing Courses position. The Marketing Certificate is an Course Credits excellent way to round out one's business acumen. MKT 124 Consumer Motivation & Behavior The Certificate in Marketing is designed to MKT 128 Digital Marketing 5 provide students with a breadth of MKT 132 Customer Relationship marketing skills, including knowledge of Management 5 marketing and advertising terms, how to MKT 222 Public Relations 5 create a marketing plan, create a marketing MKT 226 Business-to-Business strategy for a small business, write Marketing 5 marketing materials, effective sales MKT 234 Retailing Strategy & techniques, how to market on the internet Management 5 and much more. By the end of the program MKT 240 Marketing through Social graduates will be able to: Media: Tools of the Trade 5
Define common marketing and Required Total Units: 40 advertising terms
Compare and contrast US and International marketing methods
139
INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. 1) All residential courses, other than Students submit their assignments to the independent study, are taught in a classroom instructor and class weekly. The instructor setting. Each instructor provides students reviews the work and prepares a feedback to with a syllabus that contains an outline of be sent to the students and class weekly. the course objectives, the course content, student performance expectations, 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus textbooks and related study materials, and that contains an outline of the course evaluation methods used for grading objectives, course content, weekly purposes. assignments and student performance expectations. 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture style with group discussions, student 3) Instructors work closely with students to presentations and written assignments. monitor their progress.
3) Instructional methods also include Notice to Prospective Students research projects and experiential components such as internship and This institution approved by the Bureau for practicum requirements. Faculty provide Private Postsecondary Education to offer individualized academic advising as needed degree programs. To continue to offer and encourage ongoing student dialogue in degree programs, this institution must meet class and online. The University’s grading the following requirements: criteria are presented to students in the Become institutionally accredited by an course syllabus provided at the beginning of accrediting agency recognized by the United class. The University’s grading policy is States Department of Education, with the designed to meet the highest professional scope of the accreditation covering at least standards of objectivity, fairness, and one degree program. accuracy. - 4) Independent study courses are an in- accreditation, as defined in regulations, by depth study of a topic and directed by July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified 1, 2020. mentor who is approved by the Chief Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing accreditation, it must: 5) Student learning performance outcome evaluations include essay and objective Stop all enrollment in its degree examinations, research, reports, and programs, and experimental activities. -out to finish the educational program or provide a refund. INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: An institution that fails to comply with Distance Education accreditation requirements by the required dates shall have its approval to offer degree 1) The Certificate in Marketing program is programs automatically suspended. also offered through distance education.
140
Certificate in Mobile Curriculum: Applications Development Course titles that satisfy certificate Program Description: requirements:
Applications for mobile devices, more Required Mobile Applications commonly called "apps," have become Development Courses (30 units) essential to the every-day consumer, for Course Units businesses, and even the government. The U.S. Department of Labor recognizes MAD 601 Introduction to Mobile geospatial technology – making geographic Applications 5 5 information available for commercial use – MAD 605 Optimized Mobile Design 5 5 as a high-growth industry. San Diego MAD 610 Mobile Development for University for Integrative Studies’ non- Apple iPhone & iPad 5 degree Certificate Program in Mobile MAD 612 Application Development Applications Development is designed to for Android Devices 5 provide students with comprehensive MAD 614 Mobile Applications & training in programming, interface design, Social Networking 5 as well as interaction design, in order to MAD 616 Mobile Applications & expand their design and programming skills Device Security 5 into the world of mobile applications development. Elective Courses (5 units – Choose 1 from the following) Mobile apps were originally used for Course Units general purposes, to organize one’s email, contacts, calendar, and even report the DSN 103 Project Management 5 weather. This state-of-the-art technology ITS 650 C++ Programming 5 has since infiltrated all areas of our lives, at MAD 620 Objective C Mobile both the personal and professional level, Development 5 with over 3 billion mobile phone users. MAD 625 Tablet Development 5 Apps provide a wide range of services from recreational to informational, enabling us to Required Total Units: 35 more easily navigate the world around us. INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: Requirements 1) All residential courses, other than Each student must complete 35 quarter independent study, are taught in a classroom units of Mobile Applications Development setting. Each instructor provides students coursework. with a syllabus that contains an outline of the course objectives, the course content, Prerequisites: student performance expectations, textbooks Course Units and related study materials, and evaluation methods used for grading purposes. DSN 101 Human Cognition & Interface Design 5 5 ITS 642 JAVA Programming 5
141
2) Courses are traditionally taught in assignments and student performance lecture style with group discussions, student expectations. presentations and written assignments. 3) Instructors work closely with students to 3) Instructional methods also include monitor their progress. research projects and experiential components such as internship and Notice to Prospective Students practicum requirements. Faculty provide individualized academic advising as needed This institution approved by the Bureau for and encourage ongoing student dialogue in Private Postsecondary Education to offer class and online. The University’s grading degree programs. To continue to offer criteria are presented to students in the degree programs, this institution must meet course syllabus provided at the beginning of the following requirements: class. The University’s grading policy is Become institutionally accredited by an designed to meet the highest professional accrediting agency recognized by the United standards of objectivity, fairness, and States Department of Education, with the accuracy. scope of the accreditation covering at least one degree program. 4) Independent study courses are an in- depth study of a topic and directed by - SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified accreditation, as defined in regulations, by mentor who is approved by the Chief July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July Academic Officer. 1, 2020.
5) Student learning performance outcome If this institution stops pursuing evaluations include essay and objective accreditation, it must: examinations, research, reports, and experimental activities. Stop all enrollment in its degree programs, and INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: -out to finish the educational program or provide a refund. Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with 1) The Certificate in Mobile Applications accreditation requirements by the required Development program is also offered dates shall have its approval to offer degree through distance education. Direct programs automatically suspended. education is delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares a feedback to be sent to the students and class weekly.
2) Each student is provided with a syllabus that contains an outline of the course objectives, course content, weekly
142
Certificate in effective and certified Psychobiomecanical and Postural Therapist. Psychobiomechanics and Postural Therapy Prerequisites:
Program Description: By approval of the program director.
This program is designed for personal Curriculum: trainers, massage therapists, psychotherapists, educators, Course titles that satisfy certificate physiotherapists, osteopathic physicians, requirements: and mature adults seeking to broaden their working knowledge of contemporary mind Required Exercise Science Core Courses and body therapy approaches in the 21st (25 units) century global health. These modules offer Course Units research-based applied techniques for future holistic therapists. BIO 731 Human Physiology 5 BIO 732 Anatomy / Limbs and Back 5 The Psychobiomechanics & Postural BIO 733 Exercise PsychoPhysiology 5 Therapy Certificate Program comprises a BIO 735 Psychobiomechanics 5 powerful and intensive curriculum of BIO 738 Muscle Mechanics of Posture interactive learning that will enhance participants’ abilities to: Assessment Elective Courses (5 units – choose 1 from the following): 1) Make accurate Biomechanical Course Units evaluation and prescribe therapeutic exercise. BIO 736 Advanced 5 2) Develop therapist and patient Psychobiomechanics communication skills for focus and BIO 739 Biomechanics Instrumentation 5 purpose with practical applicability BIO 741 Cardio-Respiratory Exercise 5 to real-world situations. Physiology 3) Make the link between posture and personality and pain. Kinesiology Eelctive Courses (5 units – 4) Acquire priority therapeutic skills choose 1 from the following) for helping patient improve their Course Units health. BIO 734 Exercise PsychoPhysiology 1 5 Requirements BIO 737 Exercise PsychoPhysiology 2 5 BIO 740 Scientific Principle of 5 Each participant must complete thirty-five Physical/Psychological (35) quarter units of coursework in Training Psychobiomechanics and Postural Therapy. BIO 742 Psycho/Nerve/Muscle 5 In addition to the five (5) required Exercise Exercise Response Science core courses, participants select one (1) course from the Assessment elective Required Total Units: 35 courses and one (1) course from the Kinesiology elective courses to become an
143
INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: offered through distance education. Direct education is delivered to students via the 1) All residential courses, other than NEO system described previously. Students independent study, are taught in a classroom submit their assignments to the instructor setting. Each instructor provides students and class weekly. The instructor reviews the with a syllabus that contains an outline of work and prepares a feedback to be sent to the course objectives, the course content, the students and class weekly. student performance expectations, textbooks and related study materials, and 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus evaluation methods used for grading that contains an outline of the course purposes. objectives, course content, weekly assignments and student performance 2) Courses are traditionally taught in expectations. lecture style with group discussions, student presentations and written assignments. 3) Instructors work closely with students to monitor their progress. 3) Instructional methods also include research projects and experiential Notice to Prospective Students components such as internship and practicum requirements. Faculty provide This institution approved by the Bureau for individualized academic advising as needed Private Postsecondary Education to offer and encourage ongoing student dialogue in degree programs. To continue to offer class and online. The University’s grading degree programs, this institution must meet criteria are presented to students in the the following requirements: course syllabus provided at the beginning of Become institutionally accredited by an class. The University’s grading policy is accrediting agency recognized by the United designed to meet the highest professional States Department of Education, with the standards of objectivity, fairness, and scope of the accreditation covering at least accuracy. one degree program.
4) Independent study courses are an in- - depth study of a topic and directed by accreditation, as defined in regulations, by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July mentor who is approved by the Chief 1, 2020. Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing 5) Student learning performance outcome accreditation, it must: evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Stop all enrollment in its degree experimental activities. programs, and -out to finish the INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: educational program or provide a refund.
Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with accreditation requirements by the required 1) The Certificate in Psychobiomechanics dates shall have its approval to offer degree and Postural Therapy program is also programs automatically suspended.
144
CCH 608 Sport Science Applied to 5 Certificate in Sport Coaching Coaching CCH 610 Sport Nutrition 5 Program Description: Elective Courses (Select 10 units) Course Units San Diego University for Integrative Studies offers a non-degree certification BIO 630 Psychological Type: Theory program in Sport Coaching for students & Application 5 and other professionals who are interested BIO 748 Psychology of Injury & Illness 5 in pursuing careers in coaching, as well as CCH 600 Athletic coaching Business those individuals who plan to coach Principles 5 athletics on a part-time basis. Students are SPO 766 Psychology of Coaching 5 introduced to the core knowledge and experiential components of athletic Required Total Units: 40 coaching that will enable them to gain the knowledge and confidence in their ability to INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: handle the many different aspects of coaching in a competent and professional 1) All residential courses, other than manner. Participants will also be independent study, are taught in a classroom introduced to the varied coaching theories, setting. Each instructor provides students and from them develop their own model with a syllabus that contains an outline of that outlines a coaching process they can the course objectives, the course content, use with individuals, teams, or an entire student performance expectations, textbooks organization. and related study materials, and evaluation methods used for grading purposes. Requirements 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture Each student must complete 40 quarter style with group discussions, student units of Sport Coaching coursework. presentations and written assignments.
Prerequisites: 3) Instructional methods also include research projects and experiential By approval of the program director. components such as internship and practicum requirements. Faculty provide Curriculum: individualized academic advising as needed and encourage ongoing student dialogue in Course titles that satisfy certificate class and online. The University’s grading requirements: criteria are presented to students in the course syllabus provided at the beginning of Required Core Sport Coaching Courses class. The University’s grading policy is (30 units) designed to meet the highest professional Course Units standards of objectivity, fairness, and accuracy. CCH 601 Theories of Coaching 5 CCH 603 Coaching Methods 5 4) Independent study courses Communicationare an in- CCH 605 Personal Health & Wellness 5 depth study of a topic and directed by CCH 607 First Aid & CPR 5 145
SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July mentor who is approved by the Chief 1, 2020. Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing 5) Student learning performance outcome accreditation, it must: evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Stop all enrollment in its degree experimental activities. programs, and h-out to finish the INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: educational program or provide a refund.
Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with accreditation requirements by the required 1) The Certificate in Sport Coaching dates shall have its approval to offer degree program is also offered through distance programs automatically suspended. education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their Certificate in Sport assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work Communication and prepares a feedback to be sent to the students and class weekly. Program Description:
2) Each student is provided with a syllabus San Diego University for Integrative Studies that contains an outline of the course offers a non-degree certification program in objectives, course content, weekly Sport Communication for students and other assignments and student performance professionals interested in working in the expectations. athletic arena. This program is designed to provide students with the theoretical and 3) Instructors work closely with students to practical training necessary to qualify for monitor their progress. key positions in the communication industry. Notice to Prospective Students Students will study the practical elements of This institution approved by the Bureau for communication, as well as theory in order to Private Postsecondary Education to offer develop a sound understanding of its degree programs. To continue to offer application in sport. Upon completion of degree programs, this institution must meet this program students will possess the the following requirements: knowledge-base and skills necessary to Become institutionally accredited by an achieve success in the corporate and public accrediting agency recognized by the United sectors, and prepare for professional roles in States Department of Education, with the the sport communication industry. scope of the accreditation covering at least one degree program. Requirements
reditation candidacy or pre- Each student must complete 40 quarter units accreditation, as defined in regulations, by of Sport Communication coursework.
146
with a syllabus that contains an outline of Prerequisites: the course objectives, the course content, student performance expectations, textbooks By approval of the program director. and related study materials, and evaluation methods used for grading purposes. Curriculum: 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture Course titles that satisfy certificate style with group discussions, student requirements: presentations and written assignments.
Sport Communication Courses (Choose 3) Instructional methods also include 8) research projects and experiential Course Units components such as internship and practicum requirements. Faculty provide BSCM 408 Advanced Public Speaking individualized academic advising as needed for Business Managers 5 and encourage ongoing student dialogue in BSCM 438 Cross Cultural class and online. The University’s grading Communication 5 criteria are presented toCommunication students in the BSCM 452 Public Relations Writing 5 course syllabus provided at the beginning of BSCM 460 World Wide Journalism class. The University’s grading policy is & Expressive Writing 5 designed to meet the highest professional BSCM 464 Conflict & Negotiation 5 standards of objectivity, fairness, and MKT 612 Integrated Marketing accuracy. Communication 5 SPM 626 Sport Marketing 4) Independent study courses are an in- Management 5 depth study of a topic and directed by SPM 631 Sport Media & SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified Communication 5 mentor who is approved by the Chief SPM 633 Strategic Crisis Management Academic Officer. in Sport 5 SPM 651 Ethical & Social Issues in 5) Student learning performance outcome Sport 5 evaluations include essay and objective SPM 652 Media Relations in Sport 5 examinations, research, reports, and SPM 653 P.R. Principles & Case experimental activities. Studies in Sport 5 SPM 654 Sport Law 5 INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: SPM 655 Sports Broadcasting 5 SPM 656 Risk Management in Sport Distance Education & Physical Activity 5 1) The Certificate in Sport Communication Required Total Units: 40 program is also offered through distance education. Direct education is delivered to INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their 1) All residential courses, other than assignments to the instructor and class independent study, are taught in a classroom weekly. The instructor reviews the work and setting. Each instructor provides students
147
prepares a feedback to be sent to the students and class weekly. Certificate in Sport
2) Each student is provided with a syllabus Management that contains an outline of the course objectives, course content, weekly Program Description: assignments and student performance expectations. San Diego University for Integrative Studies offers a non-degree certification program in 3) Instructors work closely with students to Sport Management for students and other monitor their progress. professionals interested in working in the athletic arena. This program is designed to Notice to Prospective Students provide students with the theoretical and practical training necessary to qualify for This institution approved by the Bureau for key positions in the industry. Students will Private Postsecondary Education to offer study general business disciplines necessary degree programs. To continue to offer to achieve success in the corporate and degree programs, this institution must meet public sectors, as well as develop a sound the following requirements: understanding of sport management Become institutionally accredited by an knowledge and skills in the sport industry. accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education, with the This program will prepare graduates for scope of the accreditation covering at least professional roles and managerial positions one degree program. in the sport business industry.
- Requirements accreditation, as defined in regulations, by July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July Each student must complete 40 quarter units 1, 2020. of Marketing coursework.
If this institution stops pursuing Prerequisites: accreditation, it must: By approval of the program director. Stop all enrollment in its degree programs, and Curriculum: -out to finish the educational program or provide a refund. Course titles that satisfy certificate requirements: An institution that fails to comply with accreditation requirements by the required dates shall have its approval to offer degree Sport Management Courses (Choose 8) programs automatically suspended. Course Units
BUS 611 Entrepreneurship: Developing New Ventures 5 BUS 612 Managing Franchise Businesses 5
148
SPM 622 Foundations in Sport standards of objectivity, fairness, and Management 5 accuracy. SPM 624 Governance & Policy in Sport Organizations 5 4) Independent study courses are an in- SPM 626 Governance & Policy in Sport depth study of a topic and directed by Organizations 5 SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified SPM 633 Strategic Crisis Management mentor who is approved by the Chief in Sport 5 Academic Officer. SPM 650 Financial Application in Sport 5 SPM 651 Ethical & Social Issues in 5) Student learning performance outcome Sport 5 evaluations include essay and objective SPM 654 Sport Law 5 examinations, research, reports, and SPM 655 Athlete Management 5 experimental activities. SPM 657 Sport Tourism Management & Marketing 5 INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: SPM 658 Sponsorship & Fundraising in Sport 5 Distance Education
Required Total Units: 40 1) The Certificate in Sport Management program is also offered through distance INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described 1) All residential courses, other than previously. Students submit their independent study, are taught in a classroom assignments to the instructor and class setting. Each instructor provides students weekly. The instructor reviews the work and with a syllabus that contains an outline of prepares a feedback to be sent to the the course objectives, the course content, students and class weekly. student performance expectations, textbooks and related study materials, and 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus evaluation methods used for grading that contains an outline of the course purposes. objectives, course content, weekly assignments and student performance 2) Courses are traditionally taught in expectations. lecture style with group discussions, student presentations and written assignments. 3) Instructors work closely with students to monitor their progress. 3) Instructional methods also include research projects and experiential Notice to Prospective Students components such as internship and practicum requirements. Faculty provide This institution approved by the Bureau for individualized academic advising as needed Private Postsecondary Education to offer and encourage ongoing student dialogue in degree programs. To continue to offer class and online. The University’s grading degree programs, this institution must meet criteria are presented to students in the the following requirements: course syllabus provided at the beginning of Become institutionally accredited by an class. The University’s grading policy is accrediting agency recognized by the United designed to meet the highest professional States Department of Education, with the
149
scope of the accreditation covering at least and human potential. The personal one degree program. integration of a host of experiences and techniques is intended to contribute to the - development of greater personal health and accreditation, as defined in regulations, by increased therapeutic options. July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July The 40 units can also be applied toward the 1, 2020. degree requirements for MA in Sport Counseling or Ph.D. in Sport Psychology. If this institution stops pursuing accreditation, it must: Requirements:.
Stop all enrollment in its degree Each student must complete 40 quarter units programs, and of Sport Psychology coursework consisting -out to finish the of seven classes and a practicum. The educational program or provide a refund. student is free to choose which courses are included in the certificate work. An institution that fails to comply with accreditation requirements by the required Prerequisites: dates shall have its approval to offer degree programs automatically suspended. By approval of the program director.
Certificate in Curriculum:
Sport Psychology Course titles that satisfy certificate requirements: Program Description: Sport Psychology Certificate Courses The San Diego University for Integrative (40 required units) Studies offers a non-degree certification Course Units program in Sport Psychology for students, and other professionals interested in SPO 600 Sport Psychology Business 5 working with athletes and athletic Principles organizations. This program is designed to SPO 651 Introduction to Sport 5 provide students with the theoretical and Counseling practical training needed to help athletes be SPO 652 Assessment & Evaluation 5 more effective in sports and their personal in Sport Counseling lives. The program is intended to prepare SPO 653 Adult Fitness & Performance 5 professionals to consult with individual Enhancement athletes, teams, and athletic organizations, SPO 668 Career Transition & 5 and to effectively develop and teach Athletic Retirement programs tailored for this unique SPO 751 Seminar in Sport Psychology 5 population. SPO 754 Nutrition & Lifestyle 5 Management The Sport Psychology Certificate at SDUIS SPO 766 Psychology of Coaching 5 is designed to provide participants with a holistic and culturally enriched perspective SPO 767 Advanced Sport Psychology 5 about facilitating health, emotional growth, Intervention Techniques
150
SPO 769 Selected Topics in Sport 5 Psychology 5) Student learning performance outcome evaluations include essay and objective examinations, research, reports, and Required Sport Counseling Practicum experimental activities. Course (5 units) INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: SPO 665 Sport Counseling Practicum I 5 Distance Education Required Total Units: 40 1) The Certificate program in Sport Psychology is also offered through distance INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described 1) All residential courses, other than previously. Students submit their independent study, are taught in a classroom assignments to the instructor and class setting. Each instructor provides students weekly. The instructor reviews the work and with a syllabus that contains an outline of prepares a feedback to be sent to the the course objectives, the course content, students and class weekly. student performance expectations, textbooks and related study materials, and 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus evaluation methods used for grading that contains an outline of the course purposes. objectives, course content, weekly assignments and student performance 2) Courses are traditionally taught in expectations. lecture style with group discussions, student presentations and written assignments. 3) Instructors work closely with students to monitor their progress. 3) Instructional methods also include research projects and experiential Notice to Prospective Students components such as internship and practicum requirements. Faculty provide This institution approved by the Bureau for individualized academic advising as needed Private Postsecondary Education to offer and encourage ongoing student dialogue in degree programs. To continue to offer class and online. The University’s grading degree programs, this institution must meet criteria are presented to students in the the following requirements: course syllabus provided at the beginning of Become institutionally accredited by an class. The University’s grading policy is accrediting agency recognized by the United designed to meet the highest professional States Department of Education, with the standards of objectivity, fairness, and scope of the accreditation covering at least accuracy. one degree program.
4) Independent study courses are an in- - depth study of a topic and directed by accreditation, as defined in regulations, by SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July mentor who is approved by the Chief 1, 2020. Academic Officer.
151
If this institution stops pursuing Tibetan Buddhist Psychology Certificate accreditation, it must: Requirements (30 units) Course Units Stop all enrollment in its degree programs, and CTR 600 Psychology Business 5 -out to finish the Principles educational program or provide a refund. CTR 670 Intro. to Tibetan Buddhist 5 An institution that fails to comply with Psychology accreditation requirements by the required CTR 671 Theories of Consciousness 5 dates shall have its approval to offer degree CTR 672 East/West Psychology 5 programs automatically suspended. CTR 673 Meditation and Mandalas 5 CTR 770 Birth, Death, & Intermediate 5 Certificate in Tibetan Buddhist States TBP 779 Selected Topics in Tibetan 5 Psychology Buddhist Psychology TBP 790 Introduction to Tibetan 5 Program Description: Healing Approaches TBP 791 East/West Medical Dialogue 5 The Tibetan Buddhist Psychology TBP 794 Advanced Methods in 5 Certificate Program is a unique blending of Tibetan Healing traditional Tibetan Buddhist Theory and TBP 795 Independent Study in 5 Practice with Contemporary Western Tibetan Buddhist Psychology Psychological perspectives. This program is offered to provide health care providers Required Tibetan Buddhist Psychology and interested persons a basic Practicum Course (5 units) understanding of Tibetan Buddhist Course Units Concepts and how they can contribute to service for others. CTR 778 Engaged Buddhism: Practicum 5 in Buddhist Psychology Requirements Required Total Units: 35 Each student must complete the 35 quarter units of study from the coursework listed INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: below. The student is free to choose six courses and must complete the practicum 1) All residential courses, other than course. independent study, are taught in a classroom Prerequisites: setting. Each instructor provides students with a syllabus that contains an outline of By approval of the program director. the course objectives, the course content, student performance expectations, textbooks Curriculum: and related study materials, and evaluation methods used for grading purposes. Course titles that satisfy certificate requirements: 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture style with group discussions, student presentations and written assignments.
152
3) Instructors work closely with students to 3) Instructional methods also include monitor their progress. research projects and experiential components such as internship and Notice to Prospective Students practicum requirements. Faculty provide individualized academic advising as needed This institution approved by the Bureau for and encourage ongoing student dialogue in Private Postsecondary Education to offer class and online. The University’s grading degree programs. To continue to offer criteria are presented to students in the degree programs, this institution must meet course syllabus provided at the beginning of the following requirements: class. The University’s grading policy is Become institutionally accredited by an designed to meet the highest professional accrediting agency recognized by the United standards of objectivity, fairness, and States Department of Education, with the accuracy. scope of the accreditation covering at least one degree program. 4) Independent study courses are an in- depth study of a topic and directed by - SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified accreditation, as defined in regulations, by mentor who is approved by the Chief July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July Academic Officer. 1, 2020.
5) Student learning performance outcome If this institution stops pursuing evaluations include essay and objective accreditation, it must: examinations, research, reports, and experimental activities. Stop all enrollment in its degree programs, and INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: -out to finish the educational program or provide a refund. Distance Education An institution that fails to comply with 1) The Certificate in Tibetan Buddhist accreditation requirements by the required Psychology program is also offered through dates shall have its approval to offer degree distance education. Direct education is programs automatically suspended. delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor and class Certificate in Web Design weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares a feedback to be sent to the Program Objectives: students and class weekly. The San Diego University for Integrative
Studies offers a non-degree certificate 2) Each student is provided with a syllabus program in Web Design. This course that contains an outline of the course curriculum is an introduction to the design, objectives, course content, weekly creation, and maintenance of web pages and assignments and student performance websites. With it, a student will learn how expectations. to critically evaluate website quality, learn
how to create and maintain quality web pages, learn about web design standards and 153
why they're important, and learn to create Graduation Requirements: and manipulate images. Each student must complete the 40 quarter credits of study from the coursework listed Students enrolled in the Certificate in Web below. Design will gain the skills and project-based experience needed for entry into web design Curriculum: and development careers. The student will Course titles that satisfy certificate be able to use a variety of strategies and requirements: tools to create website, develop awareness and appreciation of the many ways that people access the web, and will be able to Required Core Course (5) Credits create standards-based websites that can be Course Credits accessed by the full spectrum of web access technologies. AES 402 Academic English Skills 5
By the end of the program graduates will be Required Core Web Design Courses able to: (Choose 7 courses) Course Credits Define terms, identify file types, download files, use hardware and DSN 101 Human Cognition & Interface Design 5 compression techniques related to web DSN 103 Project Management 5 design WEB 100 Introduction to HTML and Web Creation 5 Identify concepts on Section 508 of the WEB 103 Principles of Web Site American Disabilities Act and Architecture & Design 5 incorporate methods of accessibility into WEB 104 Introduction to Apache, web design projects MySQL, and PHP 5 WEB 205 Open Source Tools for Web Create, edit, capture and import Site Creation 5 graphics, video, sound, and animations WEB 105 Web Design Marketing 5 both for multimedia presentations and WEB 220 CSS Workshop and CSS 2.1 5 the web WEB 225 Search Engine Optimization 5 Integrate a variety of scripting languages WEB 230 Introduction to Open Source to enhance interactivity within Content Management Systems 5 multimedia and web design projects Required Total Credits: 40
Implement CSS, database integration, INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS: web page usability rules, Search Engine Optimization (SEO) and social 1) All residential courses, other than marketing techniques within their web independent study, are taught in a classroom projects setting. Each instructor provides students with a syllabus that contains an outline of the course objectives, the course content, student performance expectations, textbooks
154
and related study materials, and evaluation assignments and student performance methods used for grading purposes. expectations. 2) Courses are traditionally taught in lecture style with group discussions, student 3) Instructors work closely with students to presentations and written assignments. monitor their progress.
3) Instructional methods also include Notice to Prospective Students research projects and experiential components such as internship and This institution approved by the Bureau for practicum requirements. Faculty provide Private Postsecondary Education to offer individualized academic advising as needed degree programs. To continue to offer and encourage ongoing student dialogue in degree programs, this institution must meet class and online. The University’s grading the following requirements: criteria are presented to students in the Become institutionally accredited by an course syllabus provided at the beginning of accrediting agency recognized by the United class. The University’s grading policy is States Department of Education, with the designed to meet the highest professional scope of the accreditation covering at least standards of objectivity, fairness, and one degree program. accuracy. - 4) Independent study courses are an in- accreditation, as defined in regulations, by depth study of a topic and directed by July 1, 2017, and full accreditation by July SDUIS faculty or an equally qualified 1, 2020. mentor who is approved by the Chief Academic Officer. If this institution stops pursuing accreditation, it must: 5) Student learning performance outcome evaluations include essay and objective Stop all enrollment in its degree examinations, research, reports, and programs, and experimental activities. -out to finish the educational program or provide a refund. INSTRUCTIONAL METHOD: An institution that fails to comply with Distance Education accreditation requirements by the required dates shall have its approval to offer degree 1) The Certificate in Web Design program programs automatically suspended. is also offered through distance education. Direct education is delivered to students via the NEO system described previously. Students submit their assignments to the instructor and class weekly. The instructor reviews the work and prepares a feedback to be sent to the students and class weekly.
2) Each student is provided with a syllabus that contains an outline of the course objectives, course content, weekly
155
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Courses are listed by prefixes related to their general emphasis: Accounting (ACT), Advertising (ADV), Bachelor of Arts-Humanistic Studies (BHS), Bachelor of Arts - Business Administration and Master of Business Administration (BUS), Communications (BSCM), Executive Leadership Coaching (EXL), Expressive Arts Requirements (CEX), Expressive Arts Therapy (EXA), Family Leadership Counseling (FAL), Fashion Design (FASH), Graphic Design (GDES), Hospitality Management (HMT), Information Technology (ITS), Integrative Nursing Care (NUR), Marketing (MKT), Mobile Applications Development (MAD), Psychology (CPS), Sport Coaching (CCH), Sport Management (SPM), Sport Psychology (SPO), Core Transpersonal Psychology Requirements (CTR), Tibetan Buddhist Psychology (TBP), Transpersonal Psychology (TRP), and Web Design (WEB).
All courses numbered 499 and below are undergraduate classes. Courses numbered 500 to 599 are graduate (MA) level classes. Courses numbered 600 to 699 are Masters level classes; and courses numbered 700 and above are post-masters and doctoral level classes, but may occasionally be used in Masters programs.
ACCOUNTING (ACT)
ACT 170 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING ACT 215 TAX INFLUENCES ON BUSINESS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None DECISION MAKING (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: This course serves as an introduction to the language None of business and takes into consideration the The focus of this course is federal income tax law as importance of accounting information when making applied to individuals, corporations, and business decisions. Students will examine the needs partnerships, tax research and responsibilities in a tax of stakeholders outside of the organization. practice.
ACT 210 AUDITING (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: ACT 217 COMPUTERIZED ACCOUNTING (5 None quarter credits) Prerequisite: None This course focuses on the application of auditing In this course students will study the documentation, principles while examining financial statements and design, operation and control of computerized principles and practice of auditing especially as it accounting information systems. Focus will be placed relates to the examination of financial statements by on the accounting cycle and financial statement certified public accountants. preparation in a computerized system, as well as other applications for financial and managerial ACT 213 FINANCIAL REPORTING: accounting. Emphasis is given to hands-on use of the INTERNAL & EXTERNAL (5 quarter credits) Internet and PC-based spreadsheet and accounting Prerequisite: None software. This course will provide students with the skills to become a sophisticated reader and user of financial ACT 232 LEGAL ELEMENTS OF FRAUD (5 statements. An emphasis will be placed on quarter credits) Prerequisite: None understanding and analyzing statements and This course focuses on federal legislation as it relates supporting notes. to fraud examination. Students will examine the laws that preserve the rights of individual suspected of committing fraud and laws that govern civil prosecutions, acceptance of evidence, etc.
156
ACT 234 ACCOUNTING ETHICS AND potential suspects, writing investigative reports, PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES (5 quarter testifying to findings, and forensic document credits) Prerequisite: None examination. This course examines the ethical and professional responsibilities of accounting professionals. ACT 633 FEDERAL INCOME TAX (5 quarter Students will explore the evolution of ethics within credits) Prerequisite: None the accounting profession. Case studies regarding This course introduces students to the Internal ethical situations will be analyzed. Revenue Code Provisions as they affect individuals and organizations. Students will examine how these ACT 614 FINANCIAL STATEMENT provisions are achieved through Federal Income Tax ANALYSIS Regulations. (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None This course teaches the skills, analytical process, and ACT 635 TAXATION FOR BUSINESS decision-making techniques for analyzing financial DECISIONS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None statements to make sound credit decisions. This This course examines federal income taxes. The course will cover: financial statement analysis, development of taxable income and deductions for financial statements, ratio analysis, borrowing causes individuals, partnerships, and corporations will be and repayment sources, and cash flow statements and covered. projections.
ACT 618 COST ACCOUNTING (5 quarter credits) ACT 636 ADVANCED AUDITING (5 quarter Prerequisite: None credits) Prerequisite: None In this course students will examine current trends in Students will explore current and prospective effective cost management and information auditing concepts in auditing. Attention will be gathering. Other topics that will be discussed include given to case studies to emphasize the applications of traditional costing theories and procedures, such as: auditing standards, statistical sampling, ethics, and job-order and process costing, budgeting, legal liability. responsibility accounting, absorption and direct costing, standard costing, relevant costs, and capital ACT 640 Fair Value Accounting: GAAP & IFRS budgeting. This course will combine textbook theory (5 quarter credits) with the practical tools necessary for collecting and Fair value accounting and fluctuations in fair value analyzing key accounting data have become increasingly important in business in recent years, impacting financial reporting and risk management practices. This course will provide an ACT 630 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING (5 overview of fair value accounting, including such quarter credits) Prerequisite: ACT – 601 Introduction topics as, fair value measurements and disclosures; to Accounting. various valuation models; avoiding unnecessary This course examines the principles used to prepare risks; the nature of markets, and; impact on the basic financial statements. Students will analyze global economy. Furthermore, this course will elements of the balance sheet, liabilities, property, address the primary differences between GAAP plant and equipment, intangible assets, depreciation, (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) and amortization, depletions, impairments, statement of IFRS (International Reporting Financial Standards), income and retained earnings. and how those differences impact financial statement reporting. ACT 631 FRAUD EXAMINATION & FORENSIC ACCOUNTING (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None This course focuses on the methodology of occupational fraud examination including obtaining documentary evidence, interviewing witnesses and
157
ADVERTISING (ADV)
ADV 150 ESSENTIALS OF ADVERTISING (5 ADV 180 CLIENT RELATIONS (5 quarter credits) quarter credits) Prerequisite: None Prerequisite: None This course will emphasize the role of advertising in As an extension of marketing, advertising must be a free economy, and its place in the media of mass understood in context with all aspects of marketing. communications. A study of advertising appeals, This course will introduce students to the four Ps: product and market research, selection of media, product, price, place and promotion, and then testing of advertising effectiveness and organization transition into a deeper investigation of these of the advertising profession. principles. This course will emphasize the rudiments of advertising and marketing in a way that is sensible ADV 155 CREATIVE ADVERTISING and logical, and will explain how the message, the CONCEPTS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None target market and subsequent positioning impacts the In this fundamental course, students learn and overall advertising effort. practice a set of conception skills and techniques. Readings, lectures and in-class exercises emphasize ADV 220 INTERNET ADVERTISING (5 quarter creative thinking and specific methods for generating credits) Prerequisite: None advertising ideas. Students develop proficiency at Focusing on production of Web-specific advertising conceiving numerous, varied and original advertising materials, this course will focus on applied and ideas. theoretical knowledge of interactive advertising development. Through an exploration of the history ADV 160 ADVERTISING RESEARCH & and future of the infrastructure of the Web as medium STRATEGY (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None for interactivity, as well as real-time interaction with The acquisition, evaluation and analysis of professionals, students learn how to create effective information for advertising decisions. Emphasis will advertising solutions and communication specific to be placed on understanding the scientific method, the various online media. developing explicit and measurable research objectives, selecting appropriate methodologies and ADV 230 COPYWRITING (5 quarter credits) analyzing data for developing and evaluating Prerequisite: None advertising and promotional strategy. This course surveys the written expression and economy of words and thought associated with ADV 165 INTRODUCTION TO ADVERTISING advertising and creative thinking. Emphasis will be DESIGN AND GRAPHICS (5 quarter credits) placed on the rudimentary techniques of writing Prerequisite: None persuasive advertising, in order to enhance the This course provides an introduction of the student’s ability to influence human thinking and advertising design industry, including visual buying behaviors through the power of the written communication theory and methodology, principles word. of design and production processes. Topics include symbols, visual perception, conceptualization and ADV 235 BRANDING THEORY (5 quarter credits) layout stages, design principles, typography, Prerequisite: None illustration and imaging, color and color In this course students will explore the sophisticated reproduction, print production, printing processes, thinking, planning, and the use design and visual computer graphics and video production and communication that go into establishing a successful graphics. brand position. Through reading, research, lectures, and case studies, students will learn the principles of ADV 175 ADVERTISING PROFILES & modern branding, target group, differentiating, TRENDS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None position, communication objectives, brand hierarchy, This course surveys the evolution and achievements extension and marketing communications. Students of advertising through the investigation of advertising then apply those principles as they develop a brand trends, past and present. Lectures, visual strategy, brand position and brand personality for a presentations, discussions and research promote specific product or service just as they would in the students’ exploration of the leaders, agencies, events professional world of advertising. and campaigns that have influenced advertising, contributed to advertising innovations, and suggested directions in which advertising may be headed.
ADV 240 ADVERTISING DESIGN FOR ALTERNATIVE MEDIA (5 quarter credits) ADV 250 ADVERTISING SALES (5 quarter Prerequisite: None credits) Prerequisite: None This course explores advertising design opportunity Principles of selling media time and space to beyond traditional media. Students conduct a advertisers. An overview of sales opportunities and thorough analysis of the application of alternative challenges in the various advertising media. How to media opportunity resulting from changes in prepare and deliver effective sales presentations. demographic and cultural tendencies, environmental development and technological advances ADV 255 ADVERTISING & SOCIETY (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None ADV 245 INTERNATIONAL ADVERTISING (5 Advertising is one of the most pervasive forms of quarter credits) Prerequisite: None communication in our society. This course will This course concentrates on creating an awareness examine the impact of advertising on economic, and understanding of advertising in the world’s political, and cultural attitudes and norms. markets. With the help of case studies, discussions, Participants will critically survey the history of readings and assignments, students will review the advertising from the 19th through 21st centuries, and various advertising methods and techniques in copy examine its influence on and how it is influenced by and layout used in a foreign market. Topics covered such constructs as self, gender, class, ethnicity, and include creative localization, economy structures, and nationality cultural conditioning that affect communication across geographic and cultural boundaries.
BACHELORS IN HUMANISTIC STUDIES (BHS)
BHS 100 THE HUMAN BODY (5) This course will examine the human body from BHS 104 LEARNING SPEECH THROUGH THE several different historical, cultural, and theoretical "READER'S THEATER" (5) perspectives. Beginning with an overview of This course will deal with formal and informal evolution and an introduction to gross structure and communication as presented in the dramatic literature functioning, more and more subtle orientations of the with attention to representations of class, race, human form, including emotional, the energetic and gender, ethnicity, nationality. Through oral reading the metaphorical, will be considered. Emphasis will performances and final videotaping, the be placed on the role the body plays in determining students will learn about the differences in oral our earthly destinies. communication.
BHS 105 MATHEMATICS: A MOST BHS 101 THE OCEANS (5) POWERFUL TOOL (5) This will be an introduction to the science of This class will increase numerical literacy in students, oceanography. We will explore the interactions with whatever their level of understanding in math. the ocean and land in an experiential format, using Emphasis will not be put on computation, but on field trips as the laboratory component of the class. appreciation of mathematics as a practical tool for daily life. This class is designed to be fun and BHS 102 THE COSMOS (5) interesting. This course will deal with the scientific description of the unfolding of the cosmos and the biosphere. BHS 116 HUMAN SYMBOLS AND RITUALS Students will study basic principles of chemistry and (5) classical and modern physics in an experiential This course is a survey course covering the human learning environment. qualities that lead to the making of symbols and rituals in a variety of cultures and times. The impact BHS 103 THE WRITTEN WORD (5) of these practices on human behavior and psychology Different strategies of expository writing will be will also be covered. explored, such as, defining, narrating, classifying, comparing, cueing readers and arguing. Basic styles of writing will be used to practice written communication in different situations. 159
BHS 200 CONNECTING UP / GETTING BHS 451 INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL ONLINE (5) THOUGHT (5) Nothing in history has more quickly brought the Basic concepts of the State, who has the right to rule, world to the average person’s doorstep than the why groups obey and the purpose of government are advent of the Internet. “Connecting up” opens the explored though classical readings from Plato, doors to an infinite number of new frontiers. In this Rousseau, Marx and Thoreau as well as modern course students will learn to rapidly and effectively political thinkers and actors. become computer literate and begin to quickly and confidently achieve personal goals on-line. BHS 452 EVOLUTION OF CONSCIOUSNESS (5) BHS 302 HOW TO START YOUR OWN What was Darwin's perceptual feat and what were its BUSINESS (5) antecedents? Are we the culmination of the Often a topic overlooked by other universities, the evolutionary process? The dilemmas confronting the knowledge regarding how to start and run a business Darwin explanation in contemporary thought will be is essential to anyone planning on going into private discussed as well as the concepts of the evolution of practice or consulting. Knowledge about accounting, human consciousness. record keeping, and scheduling will bring you just so far. All good businesses start with a business plan that BHS 454 INDIVIDUALS AND THEIR SOCIAL is well thought out and organized in such a fashion BEHAVIOR (5) that it becomes the recipe for your success. This class A comprehensive analysis of human nature in terms will accelerate your professional standing and your of the physiological, psychological, and sociological integration into the community. determination of the interrelationships between individuals. Truth, deception, and the justification of BHS 401 WRITING SKILLS & RESEARCH (5) dishonesty will be examined as a uniquely human - SEE CPS 501 experience.
BHS 402 THE STUDY OF GREAT LEADERS BHS 455 CRITICAL THINKING (5) THOUGH LITERATURE (5) This course will attempt to distinguish between The study of great leaders is made through biography critical opinion and critical thought, between and autobiography. The class will study the qualities judgment and judgementalism. It will look at a and values of those who led humanity in new and process anchored in openness of mind and honesty positive directions. Starting with the autobiography that defers judgment, seeks connections and looks at of Gandhi, My Experiments with Truth and Dag evidence no matter how reluctantly. The meanings of Hammarskjöld's Markings, additional texts from logic and reason will be discussed while a variety of current leaders will be identified each time the course media expressions in television, journalism and the is taught. arts will be critically deciphered.
BHS 405 THE HUMANISTIC TRADITION (5) BHS 456 CONTEMPORARY This course will examine the founding of the INTERNATIONAL WRITERS (5) humanistic tradition in civilization through the What stories are being told today in Africa, Asia, comparison of the myths, history, art and literature of South America and Europe? In this course, selected the following peoples: The Sumerians, the Egyptians, readings by contemporary novelists from abroad will Asians, the Greek and Roman civilizations. The class be read and discussed in search of cultural and social will read their myths, examine their plays, poetry and perspectives. The course may focus on contemporary art, and learn how their histories are reflected in the plays, theater, or poetry, as well. modern world. BHS 457 THE MEDIA AS BHS 410 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY MEDIATOR (5) (5) How do we know what is happening in the world An introduction to the basic issues in philosophy, around us? What do we know? Who owns the media especially metaphysics and epistemology. The course and how does this ownership control information? includes the development of ideas and the modern How does voluntary censorship work? Does the contributions of feminism, deconstruction, and advent of desk top production of visual and printed multiculturalism. information challenge the censor? This course will examine how our sources of information determine our beliefs, attitudes, values and judgments.
160
BHS 459 CARL ROGERS AND HUMANISTIC PHENOMONOLOGY (5) BHS 466 HEALTH AND HEALING (5) Each individual has a natural ability to evaluate his or Is health one's fate and illness a throw of the dice? Is her own experience and behavior. In Rogerian health a product one buys, if one can afford it? The theory, the phenomenal field is the sum of all a sources of health and ill health, such as stress, person's experiences. When conflicts occur between exercise, diet and attitude will be examined. Also, one's natural evaluation of experience and that of alternative approaches to health and healing, another's, the person changes his/her behavior to including homeopathic, ayurvedic and shamanistic conform to the wishes of the outsiders and as a result practices will be discussed. The mind-body creates anxiety, defensiveness and psychological relationship will be examined. maladjustment.
BHS 460 THE SELF & LITERARY BHS 467 THE FAMILY (5) PSYCHOLOGY (5) Has the family become an anachronism? Who needs The self is a concept we each have. Where did it a family? This course will provide a historical, come from? What is the difference between ego and socioeconomic and comparative study of the family. self, between self and Self? Self consciousness, self- Family formation will be examined. The prevalent esteem, self-defense, self-denial, are among the attitudes of women, men and children will be noted correlates of self concept which will be explored as and the present and future status of the family these issues are dealt with in literature. discussed.
BHS 461 INTRODUCTION TO HUMANISTIC BHS 468 LOSS OF SELF (5) AND TRANSPERSONAL PSYCHOLOGY (5) How are the dehumanizing aspects of work, poverty, Covers the major themes of Humanistic Psychology family, sex and the media internalized, diminishing and its development into Transpersonal Psychology: one's sense of self? How will one live one's life? the phenomenological approach, self-determination, Often as an escape from a perceived reality which the ideal of authenticity, the actualizing tendency, lacks correspondence with one's expectations, women person-centeredness and purpose, holism as the and men loose themselves in work or idleness or experience of consciousness, and self-transcendence substance abuse or death. In contrast, transcendence into Transpersonal Psychology. Will explore of the self through meditation and devotion is the historical roots of movement and survey the major ageless proposal for self-realization and western figures from James, Jung and Maslow to the deathlessness. present. BHS 469 FOUNDATIONS OF MEDITATION BHS 464 INVENTING THE MODERN MIND (5) (5) What are the commonalties in different meditative This course is a comprehensive exploration of the practices? A comparative study of the various psychological birth of the modern era. You will learn practices of Eastern and Western meditation is central to describe trends and features in the psychology of to this course. Students will experience a practice of art, science, literature and political movements basic meditation. through the lives of historical figures in those fields. Howard Gardner's model of domains of creativity will BHS 470 VARIETIES OF RELIGIOUS AND be used to explore how the lives of Freud, Einstein, MYSTICAL EXPERIENCE (5) Picasso, Stravinsky, T.S. Elliot, Martha Graham and Religious, psychic, and mystical experience are Gandhi represent the emerging modern mind. explored and compared from pre-history to the present. The primary focus will be on identifying the BHS 465 HISTORY OF THE ORDINARY human essence of spirituality in the transpersonal PEOPLE OF THE UNITED STATES (5) experience of ourselves and in reading and analyzing Most history tells the story of the powerful, a handful reports of such experiences in other cultures. of men who are said to have shaped history, but what is the history of the mass of people who have lived in BHS 471 THE THIRD WORLD (5) this country? What were their daily lives like? This From the point of view of the whole world, how much course, using texts, novels and other source materials of it is Third World? What defines the Third World? will examine the lives of ordinary women and men - This course will focus on the relationships between the farmer's wife, the factory worker, the slave, and economically developed centers and non-developed the Army private. Reform movements and alternative centers of the world, and how those relationships are social experiments will be discussed. perpetuated and intensified. New grassroots,
161
solidarity and co-operative movements will be studied chairing meetings, communicating, committee in light of the new capitalism. functioning, delegating, evaluating, prioritizing, resolving conflicts, and mediating. This class will BHS 484 PHYSICAL DISCIPLINE (5) encourage active participation of the group with This is a practice of a physical discipline such as T'ai enrichment from outstanding leaders. Chi, Aikido, and Yoga which requires concentration, focus, and practice. Since antiquity these disciplines BHS 495 SENIOR PROJECT (5) have produced physical and mental well-being and The senior project is an independent study with the longevity. Director of Undergraduate Program leading to the completion of the Senior Project, a 40 page research paper. Prerequisite: Project proposal approved by the BHS 485 THE GENDERED WORLD (5) Director of Undergraduate Program. This course is an inquiry into the future of femininity and masculinity through an examination of social and BHS 498 SELECTED TOPICS (5) psychological development of men and women. It Special courses on selected topics in Humanistic examines the contemporary, human condition from Studies. Occasionally, special lecturers are available the paradigm of patriarchy and its alternative cultural to present classes on current issues of interest. partnership.
BHS 486 SELF-IN-RELATIONSHIP (5) BHS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (5) Psychology is shifting from a science of processes Individualized studies in special topics in Humanistic associated with becoming an autonomous individual Studies. Each student's work is directed by a faculty to a view of the human being as a being-in- member or recognized leader in the subject area. relationship. The philosophical foundation for this shift can be found in the philosophy of dialogue. This course is designed to familiarize the student with the philosophy of dialogue and the self-in-relationship model of human development. This explores the philosophy of dialogue and its implication for psychology and psychotherapy.
BHS 487 CAREER COUNSELING (5) This course is offering support and practical work for creative career design, involving personal assessment, exploration of alternatives, and decision making. Personal assessments focus on personality, interests, values, and skills. Formal and informal methods are used to explore alternatives and decision making is presented as a process to promote a resulting decision. This course includes guidelines and preparation for effective job search.
BHS 488 PERSONAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS (5) This class will explore several bases for moral behavior, including religion, tradition, law, personal intuition, and reason. Several ethical systems will be examined, as well as whether moral values are enduring and universal or relative to the time or occasion.
BHS 490 LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT (5) This is an overview course for those interested in learning how to become effective leaders in all levels of life. Topics to be explored are leadership styles, group dynamics, decision making techniques, motivation, and practical skills, such as organizing,
162
BACHELORS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BUS) MASTERS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BUS) DOCTOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BUS) SPECIALITY CURRICULUM IN COMMUNICATIONS (BSCM) SPECIALTY CURRICULUM IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS (ITS) SPECIALITY CURRICULUM IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (IBUS)
IBUS 400A International Trade and Economics BUS 406 BUSINESS MATH FOR (5) ADMINISTRATORS (5) This course examines factors affecting the global An overview of basic business math skills providing economy and international economic institutions. the foundation of arithmetic, mathematics and Students will be introduced to the tools used by measurements used in common business and industry economists to analyze international economic practices. interactions. This course will also cover the role of international trade and finance in the world economy BUS 412 BUSINESS INFORMATION by analyzing the way in which participation in the TECHNOLOGIES (5) international economy affects consumers, businesses, In this course students will investigate the economic policy, and the economy in general. appropriate, innovative, and effective design and use of information technology to serve business needs. IBUS 400B International Business Law (5) This course focuses on the international rules created BUS 416 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATIVE LAW to engage in global business activities. (5) Students examine rules in light of political, economic This course examines the laws governing business and social factors. This course will provide an and commerce, such as the regulation of contracts, overview of how to conduct business in a dynamic their formation, performance, breach, and legal and environment, by comparing the international legal equitable remedies, hiring practices, and the system in the context of legal history, language, and manufacture and sale of consumer goods. The culture. Students will study the differences between primary focus will be on legal rules applicable to international and American law, in such areas as business. contract, corporate, labor law, and tax law. BUS 418 ESSENTIALS FOR ADVERTISING (5) BUS 401 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS This course will emphasize the role of advertising in a PRINCIPLES AND ORGANIZATIONS (5) free economy, and its place in the media of mass Survey of organizations, principles, and practices of communications. A study of advertising appeals, the business world; provides a general view of the product and market research, selection of media, field as a whole , emphasizing the overall "system" of testing of advertising effectiveness and organization business, its common traits, dimensions, personalities, of the advertising profession. and life cycles, and serves as a foundation for more specialized courses. BUS 420 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS AND THE GLOBAL ECONOMY (5) BUS 402 FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS This course will teach students the theories and ADMINISTRATION (5) practice of business communications with an An introduction into the world of business and emphasis on how the Global Economy of Today business administration providing a general overview changes the traditional approaches used in past of the various elements of the field; basic principles, decades. With the technologies of the new companies, history of business and business millennium and the built up ICT infrastructures of administration, organization, management, human developing countries, students will learn the new relations, business law and ethics, business policy, language of business in today’s global village. and operations.
163
BUS 424 ORGANIZATIONAL STATISTICS (5) BUS 458 FOUNDATIONS IN ECONOMICS (5) This course will teach students teaching principles This course will cover the basic institutions of market and practices of organizational assessment, covering economy and the role they play in defining and concepts such as validity, reliability, hypothesis pursuing economic goals in the U.S. economy. testing, correlation/multiple regression, and quality Emphasis is placed upon the economic behavior of control models. Focus will be on application of existing institutions; current economic policy statistics in organizational problem solving alternatives as they affect both the individual and the society. BUS 432 PRODUCTION AND SERVICE MANAGEMENT (5) BUS 466 LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES IN Examines problems encountered in planning, THE GLOBAL MARKETPLACE (5) operating, and controlling production of goods and Business law relates to those laws involving the services. Topics include: waiting-line management, business and commercial components of society and quality assurance, production systems, project allows businesses to function. This course is designed management, and inventory management. to provide a brief, broad overview of the legal business Emphasis will be placed on the ethical and BUS 434 ORGANIZATIONAL moral principles as they apply to the legal and ENTREPRENEURSHIP (5) business community Provides an opportunity to develop concepts, attitudes, and philosophies about business and BUS 475 CROSS CULTURAL STRATEGIC entrepreneurship at the organizational level. MANAGEMENT (5) Students will analyze some of the major cultural BUS 442 FOUNDATIONS IN ACCOUNTING (5) profiles, communication patterns, negotiation This course will evaluate the role of accounting in strategies and management styles in several countries organizations by identifying and discussing principles and companies in various regions of the world, in and concepts. Topics include recording process, order to develop a better understanding of the main financial reporting and the application of accounting cultural issues that must be taken into account when information in managerial decision processes. doing business in a multicultural setting. Special attention will also be given to ethical considerations. BUS 449 FOUNDATIONS IN MARKETING (5) A good company must understand its market and BUS 480 SELECTED TOPICS (5) customers. This course will provide a concise Special courses on selected topics in Business introduction to the fundamental principles of Administration. Occasionally, special lecturers are marketing, including market and customer research, available to present classes on current issues of pricing strategies, and promotional tactics to enhance interest. sales. BUS 485 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (5) BUS 452 FOUNDATIONS IN FINANCE (5) An individualized, faculty supervised opportunity to This course provides a broad overview of financial address a business problem or issue in greater depth. management and an introduction to the practical application of financial tools and techniques to BUS 490 SEMINAR IN BUSINESS business decisions. It will include an overview of the ADMINISTRATION (5) three principal financial statements--balance sheet, Addresses various topics or issues of relevance in income statement, and cash flow statement--and the business administration. Each student’s work is use of financial ratios to assess a firm's financial directed by a faculty member or recognized leader in health. Additional topics include financial planning the subject area being investigated. and forecasting; the choice of debt or equity to finance business operations; and the evaluation of BUS 601 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING FROM A investment opportunities using tools such as MANAGERIAL PERSPECTIVE (5) discounted cash flow, net present value, and risk An examination of standard accounting principles and analysis. The course also examines financial practices, from the perspective of a business manager instruments, including stocks and bonds, and rather than the perspective of an accountant. techniques of business valuation. BUS 602 Quantitative Methods In Business (5) An introduction to quantitative tools used to plan and manage businesses, including descriptive statistics,
164
linear and non-linear projection methodologies, and financial planning and investing for the entrepreneur basic hypothesis-testing methods used in the business and business investor. context. BUS 618 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY BUS 610 LEADING AND MANAGING PEOPLE STRATEGIES FOR ENTREPRENEURIAL AND ORGANIZATIONS (5) BUSINESSES (5) A survey of both classic and contemporary theories Information and communication technologies are and approaches to business leadership, and to the essential bases for doing business. This course selection, motivation, and management of employees surveys major technologies and related issues in the in the US context. US, with special emphasis on the needs of smaller and entrepreneurial businesses or business units. BUS 611 ENTREPRENEURSHIP: DEVELOPING NEW VENTURES (5) BUS 620 MANAGING PEOPLE AND Considerations in establishing new business ventures, ORGANIZATIONS: EASTERN AND WESTERN including an introduction to the legal and regulatory PERSPECTIVES (5) climate, banking practices, and obtaining and A survey of both classic and contemporary theories managing start-up funding. and approaches to the selection, motivation, and management of employees, taking into account BUS 612 MANAGING FRANCHISE cultural differences between the US and Asia. BUSINESSES (5) In this course students will survey of the franchise BUS 621 ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN THE US market in the US, including the diversity of franchise AND IN CHINA: DEVELOPING NEW opportunities, and unique regulatory, contractual, VENTURES (5) legal, logistical, and managerial issues involved in Considerations in establishing new business ventures operating franchise businesses. in the two countries, including an introduction to the legal and regulatory climates, banking practices, and BUS 613 VENTURE CAPITAL AND PRIVATE obtaining and managing start-up funding. EQUITY (5) An in-depth introduction to the various means of BUS 622 GLOBAL BUSINESS PERSPECTIVES: financing new business ventures through venture FOCUS ON CHINA (5) capital and through private investment. A survey of economic analyses and forecasts regarding doing business in China: major sectors and BUS 614 MARKETING STRATEGIES AND niche opportunities. TACTICS (5) An examination of the major approaches to BUS 623 VENTURE CAPITAL AND PRIVATE developing and implementing marketing strategies, EQUITY (5) along with “how-to” tactics, across a wide variety of An in-depth introduction to the various means of business types. financing new business ventures through venture capital and through private investment, in both the US BUS 615 REAL ESTATE INVESTING (5) and the Chinese context. A survey of financial, regulatory, and managerial issues related to real estate, both as an investment BUS 624 MARKETING STRATEGIES AND category in itself, and as an aspect of the overall TACTICS IN A GLOBAL ENVIRONMENT (5) management of a business enterprise. This course will examine the similarities and differences in marketing strategies and tactics as they BUS 616 SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY: are influenced by local culture and economic climate. BUSINESS LAW AND ETHICS (5) An introduction to the notion of the social BUS 625 NEGOTIATING AND BARGAINING responsibility of businesses, taking into account SKILLS: ASIA, THE US, INTERNATIONALLY variations in theory and practice, as well as recent (5) legal developments such as Sarbanes-Oxley. This course will discuss how “business is done” and how agreements, when negotiated, vary significantly BUS 617 FINANCIAL PLANNING AND by region and culture. This course will survey INVESTING (5) primary themes for success in negotiating in Asia, the Business leaders must address personal financial US, and elsewhere. issues as well as those for their businesses. This course introduces the fundamentals of personal
165
BUS 626 SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY: BUS 633 FOUNDATIONS IN ECOLOGICAL BUSINESS LAW AND ETHICS AROUND THE ECONOMICS (5) WORLD (5) This course examines the economics behind natural An introduction to the notion of the social resource use and environmental issues. Students responsibility of businesses, taking into account consider problems such as deforestation, over fishing, variations in theory and practice from around the oil consumption and minerals pollution, global globe. warming, acid rain, and land conservation. Students will examine the link between economic, BUS 627 LEADERSHIP ISSUES AND STYLES environmental, and social systems. ACROSS THE PACIFIC: CHINA AND THE US (5) BUS 634 SUSTAINABLE PRODUCTS & Leadership is a universal requirement in business; this SERVICES (5) course surveys the differences in how the function of This course explores the creation and development of leadership is viewed and practiced between China and sustainable products and services. Students explore the US, as well as variations within each country. the link between products and services while examining historic, current, and future examples of BUS 628 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY sustainable products and services. STRATEGIES FOR INTERNATIONAL BUSINESSES (5) BUS 635 APPLICATION OF SUSTAINABLE Information and communication technologies are BUSINESS PRACTICES (5) essential bases for doing business internationally. This course focuses on transforming businesses, both This course surveys major technologies and related internally and externally, by focusing on numbers, issues in the US and in Asia markets, people and sustainability.
BUS 630 INTRODUCTION TO SUSTAINABLE BUS 636 AIR POLLUTION, ANIMAL RIGHTS, BUSINESS (5) LAND USE, ENERGY LAW, & BIODIVERSITY This course will examine the different environmental, PROTECTION (5) social and economic issues in sustainable business. This course focuses on interpreting and applying The course will focus on how to integrate issues of national regulations as it applies to air pollutants and corporate social responsibility (CSR) in business air quality standards. The ethics of animal rights will corporations operating in a global economy. Students be explored and current animal legal protections will examine such topics as the development of discussed. Students will explore the concept of markets for eco-innovations, CSR in supply chains, biodiversity and its growing threats. Land use and environmental management systems, and green development practices will be addressed to increase management accounting. the conservation of biodiversity.
BUS 631 FINANCE & ENVIRONMENTAL BUS 637 ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS ACCOUNTING (5) POLICY & MANAGEMENT (5) The concern in environmental accounting problems This course analyzes various areas of environmental has grown quickly in recent years, and the issues economics such as the economics of pollution effect various specializations within the accounting control, the application of cost benefit analysis to the field. This course introduces the profession's environment, the economics of sustainable responsibility toward environmental problems and the development, environmental policy, and international broader issues of sustainability. For instance, environmental issues. financial reporting, analysis and disclosure, cost management and managerial decision making, capital BUS 638 GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES investment analysis, auditing, and taxation. IN BUSINESS TRANSACTIONS (5) Students study the developments that have BUS 632 ECO-COMMERCE MODELS (5) contributed to the dynamic growth of the European This course provides an overview of the intersection Union, Asia, Latin America and over the past half of business development and environmental and century. This course provides an overview of the social responsibility. Students will explore the environmental challenges China faces. Class will methodologies used to establish enterprises that survey the regulatory schemes managing air quality, incorporate environmental and social considerations water resources and quality, natural resources, throughout the levels of organization. environmental impact assessments, waste management and energy conservation.
166
BUS 639 CLIMATE CHANGE & THE LAW (5) such as development of a business plan for a real or This course integrates the science and law of climate hypothetical venture. change in respect to the generational implications of the problem. Students will consider how existing BUS 657 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (5) federal laws may be used to address climate change This course provides an overview of international and how more comprehensive laws may be created. financial markets. Students will analyze what determines the patterns of merchandise and service BUS 650 ADVANCED MARKETING trade between countries. Special topics to be STRATEGIES: SUCCESSES AND FAILURES covered: alternative international monetary (5) arrangements and institutions; foreign exchange An in-depth examination, using case studies, of markets and hedging instruments; international trade notable successes and failures in marketing strategies, policy, including the effects of tariffs, quotas, addressing the interplay of marketing strategies, subsidies, exchange control, and other trade culture, the legal and regulatory climate, and restrictions upon a nation's economy. generational differences. BUS 695 CAPSTONE RESEARCH PROJECT (5) BUS 651 MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS The capstone research project is an independent study EAST AND WEST (5) with the Director of Graduate Program leading to the Detailed study of similarities and differences in the completion of the Capstone Project. Prerequisite: legal, regulatory, and cultural aspects of (1) initiating Project proposal approved by the Director of corporate mergers and acquisitions and (2) making a Graduate Program. success of the merged organization. BUS 701 ACCOUNTING (5) BUS 652 IDENTIFYING AND ANALYZING This course focuses on generally accepted accounting DOMESTIC BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES (5) principles as they apply to partnerships, business An advanced examination of sources of data and combinations, branches, and international operations. information on business opportunities in the US, and This course will also focus on the examination of methods of determining the feasibility of pursuing contemporary issues in financial and managerial these opportunities in particular state and regional accounting within the context of pronouncements of contexts the financial accounting standards board.
BUS 653 IDENTIFYING AND ANALYZING BUS 702 QUANTITATIVE METHODS AND INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS STATISTICS (5) OPPORTUNITIES (5) This course in business research covers concepts of An advanced examination of sources of data and probability theory, regression analysis, assumptions information on international business opportunities, of multivariate analysis, use of computer software, and methods of determining the feasibility of and the ethics of research in business settings. pursuing these opportunities in particular contexts Emphasis is on application and understanding of the around the world. statistical tools, mathematical concepts, and processes. BUS 654 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND MARKETS IN A GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE (5) BUS 720 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS Advanced focus on banking, finance, and investment I (5) opportunities and markets, and their similarities and This course focuses on creating, implementing, and differences in various portions of the globe. evaluating cross-functional decisions for a business to BUS 655 THE FEDERAL RESERVE AND succeed. Students will learn core management skills BUSINESS FORECASTING (5) and techniques to deliver results An introduction to the impacts of the Federal Reserve on US capital markets, and examples of how to use BUS 722 MANAGERIAL FINANCE (5) federal financial data for purposes of forecasting the The course examines financial management for financial climate for businesses. corporate value creation. Students study the underwriting process and alternate sources of capital, BUS 656 SPECIAL PROJECTS IN BUSINESS use of financial planning methods for short-term MANAGEMENT (5) financing; merger motivation, acquisitions and An individualized, faculty-supervised opportunity to bankruptcy reorganization. address a business problem or issue in greater depth,
167
BUS 723 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS (5) BUS 731 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING (5) This course focuses on microeconomics analysis and This course provides students with advanced its application decision making within the context of managerial accounting skills. Emphasis on strategic business. Includes demand and consumer behavior, decision making and management control systems. production and costs analysis, forecasting, risk analysis, and public policy toward business. BUS 732 QUANTITATIVE METHODS AND STATISTICS II (5) BUS 724 INTEGRATED MARKETING I (5) This course teaches statistical models, techniques, This course focuses on the components of advertising and tools for management decisions. Attention will be within the total marketing function. This course given to probability distributions, random sampling examines the value of marketing, the different phases and standard errors, hypothesis testing, multiple of marketing, marketing a good versus a service, regression, ANOVA, chi-square tests. wholesaling, retailing, pricing strategies, analysis of markets, distribution; creating advertising campaigns, BUS 734 INTEGRATED MARKETING II (5) planning, production, media, management, and Marketing and selling products in a global budgeting. environment presents many demanding decisions that need to be updated on a consistent timeframe with BUS 725 SALES I (5) hard-to-retrieve knowledge, information and data. This course focuses on the most prevalent This course focuses on the analysis a contemporary promotional and persuasive models used in written, marketing case, evaluation of alternative marketing oral, and electronic communication. Students strategies and the preparation of a comprehensive examine the psychological aspects of persuasion and marketing plan for a client. influence. The application of effective strategies for sales, product introduction, and advocacy for a BUS 735 SALES II (5) position are emphasized. This course focuses on personal selling and sales management including organizing, directing, and BUS 726 BUSINESS AND LABOR LAW I (5) compensating and evaluating the sales force. The course focuses on governmental and quasi- governmental regulations as they relate to corporate BUS 736 BUSINESS/ LABOR LAW II (5) social responsibility business impacts. Students will This course will build upon knowledge of legal learn the process of developing corporate social theory, legal and deductive reasoning, constitutional responsibility standards and policies, how to interpret law, administrative law, the court system, civil and them, and how to determine relative weight; and how criminal procedures, alternative dispute resolution, to assess, handle and prevent corporate social criminal law and the concepts of tort and strict responsibility risks. liability. Attention will be given to the Uniform Commercial Code, the application of the property, BUS 727 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS (5) bail, agency, employment law, business structures, This course emphasizes solving business problems by intellectual property, e-commerce, and international integrating data from all of the software applications. law. Basic Business Law will be emphasized. Examines applications used to communicate information. BUS 738 E-COMMERCE APPLICATIONS AND OPERATIONS (5) BUS 728 INTERNET ENVIRONMENT (5) This course focuses on the synergy between This course focuses on the impact of the Internet on technology and business management. Covers business dealings. Focus on digitization, technical topics such as the Internet, intranets, globalization, mobility, work groups, communication, extranets, and portals. Students learn the importance and computing power. of Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), outsourcing, e-procurement, and electronic payment systems; how BUS 730 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT to conduct business on-line and how to manage the SKILLS II (5) technological issues associated with constructing an This course will integrate the management principles electronic-commerce Web site. Students will of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling investigate strategies and products for building e- employees. commerce sites, examine how such sites are managed, and explore how they can augment an existing business infrastructure.
168
BUS 740 CRISIS MANAGEMENT AND empathically; resolve conflict; influence others REORGANIZATION (5) through professional speaking. Self-assessments and This course addresses planned change in skill building exercises will be utilized to learn how organizations, including organizational design and to effectively manage relationships within structure, principles of organizations, human organizations. resources training, intra- and inter-departmental communications, coordination activities, and BUS 757 INTEGRATED ECONOMIC leadership development. Focused attention on CONSULTING (5) utilizing leadership and collaboration practices in This course integrates human resource management solutions oriented decision-making. issues, marketing, finance, and operations management. Students apply skills to complex BUS 750 LEADERSHIP AND organizational problems and strategic issues as a ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT (5) result of advancing technology, competitive market This course examines leadership issues in global, conditions, social and cultural changes, and international, and multicultural organizations. Focus regulatory actions in both the domestic and global on culturally sensitive leadership skills, styles, arenas. practices, models, trends, and concepts. Attention is given to international and conflict management BUS 800 DOCTORAL PROJECT I (5) practices, and team collaboration skills. Students must enroll in this course when coursework is complete or they begin to work on their BUS 752 HUMAN RESOURCES dissertation, whichever comes first. The student MANAGEMENT (5) engages in independent study and attends the seminar This course covers the nature of human resource as needed, leading to the completion of the first three development and utilization in business. Students will chapters of the dissertation. Work is supervised by investigate and discuss of various topics in recruiting, the Director of Research and the student's dissertation utilization, conservation, and development of human committee chair. These three chapters, the resources within the context of the individual firm. introduction, the literature review, and the methods section, constitute the formal proposal. Students must BUS 754 ADVANCED MARKETING III (5) enroll in this course consecutively until the proposal This course explores the intricate relationships has been defended and approved. Upon completion between objectives, strategies, positioning, tactics, of a proposal acceptable to the student's committee, budgets, competitive analysis, and target markets. the student defends her or his proposal in an oral Learn how to increase profitability by monitoring the presentation to the committee. This oral presentation environment, conducting market research, and serves as a Qualifying Exam. Prerequisite: Doctoral choosing customers and suppliers. Discover the Comprehensive Exam affect of an information-based economy on marketing and selling. BUS 801 DOCTORAL PROJECT II (5) Students must enroll in this class when they have BUS 755 REAL ESTATE (5) passed the Oral Qualifying Exam and are ready to This course reviews real estate concepts, practices, begin to conduct their research. The student engages and institutions. Specific attention is given to legal in independent study leading to the execution of their aspects of real estate ownership, appraisal, market dissertation research. The findings are reported and analysis, mortgage financing, analysis of complex real discussed in chapters four and five of the dissertation. estate projects and financing. Upon completion of this work, the student has the Final Oral Defense of the dissertation. Students must BUS 756 MEANING CENTERED APPROACH enroll in this course consecutively until the TO ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION dissertation has been defended and approved. (5) Prerequisite : BUS 800 – Doctoral Project I. Course focuses on managerial communications within organizational management and organizational behavior at the individual, interpersonal, team, and organizational levels. Students learn how to listen
169
COMMUNICATION (BSCM)
BSCM 170 ORAL AND WRITTEN BSCM 225 PERSUASIVE COMMUNICATION COMMUNICATION SKILLS (5 quarter credits) (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None Prerequisite: None The course will begin by examining the similarities This course will provide students with a conceptual and differences between objective (predictive) and framework and specific tools for communicating in persuasive writing. Students will be instructed in complex environments and accomplishing strategic methods of constructing a coherent argument, as well academic and professional business goals. This core as the conventions of providing authority to support course provides writing, oral, and collaborative skills an argument. Students will receive instruction and necessary for future business courses, internships, and gain practice in crafting the four basic building professional positions. blocks of a persuasive document: the issue, the statement of facts, the argument, and the conclusion. BSCM 210 EFFECTIVE PUBLIC SPEAKING (5 This course will also introduce students to some quarter credits) Prerequisite: None advanced writing techniques such as the use of This course will cover strategies and practical tips for metaphors and literary references. approaching public speaking. Students will learn both the cognitive side of presentations—organizing BSCM 230 CROSS CULTURAL thoughts and information—and the physical COMMUNICATION (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: dimension - enlisting voice and other physical tools - None to engage the audience on an emotional as well as This course will cover relationships among culture, intellectual level. communication and perception, and how these relationships are manifested in businesses and BSCM 215 ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING organizations among people who are racially, FOR BUSINESS MANAGERS (5 quarter credits) ethnically, and sexually different. Students will learn Prerequisite: None communication practices necessary to create As a representative of your business, how you understanding in multicultural business contexts. conduct yourself at meetings, social gatherings, news briefings, and other speaking engagements is critical. BSCM 235 PUBLIC RELATIONS WRITING (5 Learn various strategies to make you a successful quarter credits) Prerequisite: None presenter in whatever situation is required. Topics to This course will examine journalistic style of writing, include effective vocal and visual delivery; selling media ethics, targeting the desired audience, writing yourself and your ideas; choosing the right words; fundamentals, as well as media relations techniques. staying focused, directed, and organized in different Students will practice writing press releases, situations; communication styles for various newsletters, brochures, and other public relations situations, including crisis, company or community; tools, as well as create portfolio writing samples, e.g. and crisis communication fundamentals. industry standard news releases, pitch letters and features, Q & A documents, crisis statements and BSCM 220 EXPOSITORY AND TECHNICAL position papers. WRITING SKILLS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None BSCM 240 WORLD WIDE JOURNALISM AND In this course students will learn both expository and EXPRESSIVE WRITING (5 quarter credits) technical writing, with emphasis on grammar, Prerequisite: None punctuation and concise writing skills. Students will In this course students will examine numerous issues learn organization of thought, structure, the use of surrounding the role technology plays in business and logic, and attention to detail in their writing. This technical communication, including the shifting course will teach students to use graphic organizers nature of literacy and representation in the digital age such as bullets, numbers, bold, italics, and color, and and the persistent tug of older analog technologies. to use them consistently. Students will also learn to The course studies how new technologies help shape use tools other than words (charts, graphs, tables, the decisions of technical communicators in an ratios, schematics) to present information best increasingly electronic workplace. demonstrated visually. Correct citation of resources using a standard format will also be covered.
170
BSCM 245 CONFLICT & NEGOTIATION (5 effectively. This course will be an introduction to quarter credits) Prerequisite: None crisis communication methods, and the application of This course will emphasize the role of crisis management principles, strategies and tactics. communication in the development and management This course provides students with a fundamental of conflict and negotiation. Topics include types of understanding of crisis management, risk conflict, resolution strategies, power relationships, communication, media relations, and public-opinion intercultural/international conflict, and conflict in research techniques in multiple contexts. Students organizations. will study various crisis communication situations including definitions, planning, reputation BSCM 250 TEAMBUILDING & LEADERSHIP management and annual report communication, and (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None learn to predict, manage, and control real-world An effective team can produce first-rate results. High- controversies. Emphasis will be placed on developing performing teams exhibit accountability, purpose, comprehensive crisis communication plan. cohesiveness, and collaboration. This course will cover theories of effective group communication; BSCM 270 INTERPERSONAL group development, cohesion, conflict management COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN THE and diversity; strategies for building and maintaining WORKPLACE (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None teams, enacting leadership, constraints and This course is designed to help students develop and opportunities for teams and leaders, organizational enhance communication skills, including active outcomes, and effective project management. listening, conversation, dealing with different personality types, and nonverbal communication BSCM 255 ADMINISTRATIVE strategies. This course explains basic communication COMMUNICATION (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: theory as it applies to the workplace, and offers "real- None life" scenarios that demonstrate the use of effective This course teaches students to apply the principles of interpersonal communication. Participants will learn successful professional communication processes in to identify personal barriers to effective complex organizations. Emphasis will be placed on communication and develop strategies to overcome developing listening, writing and speaking skills to them, the application of constructive criticism, and promote better relations among individuals and the use of and interpretation of non-verbal organization. communication cues, including body pose, gestures, and eye movements. BSCM 260 VISUAL COMMUNICATION AND CULTURES (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None BSCM 280 COMMUNICATION THROUGH This course provides a theoretical and SOCIAL MEDIA (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None methodological introduction to the study of images as Understand how business communication is changing communicative and cultural phenomena. Students will as technology evolves is essential. The rise of social develop an understanding of the significance of visual media has led to new methods companies can use to means of communication in relation to historical, communicate with their workforce, get their message social, political, environmental, technological, and out, and build their brand. The main objective of this economic issues. Topics will include theories of the session is to help you understand the best ways to use image; implications for visual communication and social media in business communications. By the time culture; analysis and production of images in a variety it's over, you will understand how your use of social of media and contexts (including signs, typography, media both at and outside work can reflect on your drawing, graphic design, illustration, color and employer; recognize effective use of social media in electronic resources); and the idea that a visual corporate communications; see that actions taken in message accompanying text has a greater power to the workplace, even with personal electronic inform, educate, or persuade a person or audience. equipment, are covered by workplace rules, understand that even personal social networking sites BSCM 265 CRISIS COMMUNICATION (5 quarter can affect the company and your employment; know credits) Prerequisite: None your rights with respect to personal electronic Crises are a fact of organizational life. From the equipment and social networking accounts; and see small, not-for-profit organization to the global, multi- and understand how your company is using social national corporation, crises can suddenly disrupt an media to further business goals. organization’s ability function efficiently and
171
EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP COACHING (EXL)
EXL 170 THE NEW EXECUTIVE LEADERS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None EXL 210 DESIRE MOTIVATION (5 quarter credits) Leaders as adaptable, multicultural change agents. Prerequisite: None Why companies and individuals must develop a new Matching desires, talents and competencies. This set of strategies to deal with the volatile world focuses on Positive Self-Motivation, which marketplace, which is driven by technology, concentrates on desired outcomes rather than the innovation and consumer choices. How the command penalties of failure. Dealing with fear and rejection and control model of leadership has changed to and how to create a nurturing, inspiring work facilitating creative employee involvement. environment, rather than one based on intimidation from and unrealistic expectations of supervisors. EXL 180 PERSONAL BENCHMARKING (5) Measuring natural talents, comparative skills and EXL 215 DELAYED GRATIFICATION (5 quarter behavioral patterns. This focuses on Positive Self- credits) Prerequisite: None Awareness and self-evaluation, helping participants Strategic goal orientation. This focuses on Positive understand self-imposed barriers and prejudices to Self-Direction, emphasizing the importance of help them realize their full potential. Benchmarking specificity of purpose, priorities and an incremental, also involves learning from the best practices of stair-step approach to goal-setting. The SMART goal organizations and individuals with proven track acronym model is utilized which recommends that records. goals should be Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic and Time-based to be most effective. EXL 190 INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITY (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None EXL 220 SELF DISCIPLINE (5 quarter credits) Methods of increasing personal accountability for Prerequisite: None business outcomes. This focuses on Positive Self- Developing the habits of excellence. This focuses on Determination and understanding the logical rewards the need for a consistent, continuing training program and consequences of daily choices, actions and within every organization which is Positive Self- inactions. Emphasis is placed on taking more control Discipline to develop leadership skills throughout of priority and time management in order to increase every division, department and job description. efficiency and effectiveness. Methodology includes simulation, guided imagery, and practice in a relaxed environment. EXL 200 INTERNAL VALUES (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None EXL230 RESILIENT OPTIMISM (5 quarter credits) Intrinsic versus Extrinsic career motivation. This Prerequisite: None focuses on the development of healthy, Positive Self- Dealing effectively with set-backs, mistakes, failures Esteem to gain a sense of pride in one’s work, based and misfortune. This focuses on Positive Self- on core passion, a desire for quality and excellence. Expectancy and the psychosomatic relationship How achievement flourishes and endures when inner between mind and body. It discusses the realization values and organizational mission statements are and acceptance of problems as inevitable offshoots of more closely aligned. change and progress, as well as viewing reverses as opportunities for innovation and improvement. EXL 205 NON-SITUATIONAL INTEGRITY (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None EXL 240 EMPOWERMENT AND STEWARDSHIP (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None Ethical versus expedient decision making. This Inspirational communication and team-building. This focuses on Positive Self-Honesty, which is being focuses on Positive Self-Dimension, which enables trustworthy 24/7, regardless of the situation. leaders to gain buy-in of the corporate mission Participants learn that authentic leadership requires a throughout the organization as well as foster a higher set of standards that does not give in to dynamic, dialogue encouraging all team members to expediency to avoid embarrassment or seek selfish make contributions and suggestions to benefit internal gain. and external customers, and the general public.
EXPRESSIVE ARTS THERAPY (EXA)
CEX 600 EXPRESSIVE ARTS BUSINESS Foundations of Expressive Therapy or consent of PRINCIPLES (5) instructor. Students will learn how to set up their counseling practice, start a business, and network for success. CEX 633 FUNDAMENTALS OF MOVEMENT The course will cover marketing techniques to THERAPY (5) professional organizations, office and self This course examines the principles, specific management, and record and bookkeeping. theoretical foundations and approaches, as well as, the clinical applications of dance and movement CEX 630 FOUNDATIONS OF EXPRESSIVE therapy. The study of body movement and body THERAPY (5) language combine to enhance observational and This introductory overview of expressive therapy, in diagnostic skills; personal exploration through its many forms, (art, movement, poetry, play therapy, movement or the use of space, psychological ritual, and performance) is designed to awaken and boundaries, and the physical manifestations of beliefs deepen an understanding of the variety of healing are all integral to this course. powers inherent in creative self-expression and shared creativity. Through lecture, group discussion, CEX 634 ART AND EXPRESSIVE THERAPY and experiential exercises students will learn the basic WITH CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS (5) philosophy of expressive therapy. In this course This course presents a theoretical and practical principles of psychotherapy and creative process are framework for therapy with children and adolescents compared and contrasted, and ways are explored to based in a variety of expressive, non-verbal and develop different expressive arts techniques rooted in creative techniques. Attention is given to special the cycles of the creative process. This course is populations of children and adolescents, family intended to enhance professional and personal growth interaction enhancement and developmental and prepare students for specific in-depth courses in experiences for children and adolescents who are not creative, intuitive, and expressive therapy. diagnosed with a pathological condition. Prerequisite: CPS 601 - Counseling Theories & Prerequisite: CEX 630 - Foundations of Expressive Strategies. Therapy or consent of instructor.
CEX 631 PSYCHODRAMA RITUAL AND CEX 635 ART AND EXPRESSIVE THERAPY PERFORMANCE (5) WITH ADULTS AND AGING POPULATIONS This course explores the psychodynamic processes in (5) ritual and the significance of symbolism for Art therapy is often thought of as intervention with individuals and groups. It explores a variety of children. It is, in fact, an effective tool for the diverse diagnostic and therapeutic techniques which provide needs of various adult populations. This course insights into roles, boundaries, communication addresses work with families, Adult Children of patterns and psychological orientations of individuals Alcoholics, the aging, the handicapped and other and groups. A variety of experiences such as mask adult groups ranging from the Non-English speaking making, Shamanic journeying, dramatic enactments to the intellectual. Each class will provide a full and improvisation will be examined for their spectrum of experience with art media, as well as, therapeutic and transformational potential. didactic information, exploration of dreams, pain and Prerequisite: CEX 630 - Foundations of Expressive loss, and life transitions. Prerequisite: CEX 630 - Therapy. Foundations of Expressive Therapy or consent of instructor. CEX 632 FUNDAMENTALS OF MUSIC THERAPY (5) CEX 699 THESIS/PROJECT WRITING (5) This course looks at music as a powerful therapeutic Masters students in Expressive Arts therapy are modality for personal healing and diagnostic, required to write a thesis. Students should enroll in cathartic therapy. Both the theory and practice of 699 while engaged in thesis research and writing. using music to evoke images, feelings, memories and Prerequisite: Second year graduate student and the potential for change will be explored. Personal project proposal approved by the Director of growth, expanded creativity and therapeutic healing Research. with music for different populations (children, aging) will also be considered. Prerequisite: CEX 630 –
173
CEX 730 TRADITIONS OF EXA 736 LANGUAGE, POETRY, MYTH, AND TRANSFORMATIONAL ARTS (5) FOLKLORE THERAPY (5) This course will examine the psycho-spiritual This class examines ancient and modern techniques, concepts of transformation as revealed by various using the spoken and written word to encourage religions and cultures in their use of symbols and explorations of personal belief systems for healing stories, songs and dances, art and poetry. We will use and recovery. Prerequisite: CEX 630 - Foundations this information to explore the interrelationships of Expressive Therapy. between culture, religion, the arts and healing. Discussions of sacred art and ritual will lead to EXA 738 SANDTRAY AND WORLD PLAY (5) experiential processes designed to awaken deeper Practice and theory of sandplay therapy, as developed connections to the Self, the world and the source of by Dora Kalff and others. Focus on applications to creativity. psychotherapeutic practice with children and adults, and possible integration into a multi-modal CEX 739 PRACTICUM IN EXPRESSIVE, expressive arts therapy context. Prerequisite: CEX CREATIVE THERAPY (5) 630 - Foundations of Expressive Therapy. The completion of 100 hours in a supervised setting, using creative therapeutic skills is required. This EXA 740 SELECTED EXPRESSIVE course combines supervision, case studies and TECHNIQUES (5) training to help students enhance strengths and Individualized studies in special topics in Expressive cultivate new expressive therapy intervention skills. Arts. Each student's work is directed by a faculty Prerequisite: Completion of two courses from the member or recognized leader in the subject area Expressive Therapies Sequence (EXA 732-738). being studied. Prerequisite: Tutorial study plan approved by the Chief Academic Officer. EXA 732 SPECIAL TOPICS IN EXPRESSIVE THERAPIES (5) EXA 741 SPECIAL TOPICS IN EXPRESSIVE Individualized studies in special topics in Expressive THERAPIES (5) Therapies. Each student's work is directed by a Individualized in-depth study in a selected topic. faculty member or recognized leader in the subject Student’s work is directed by a faculty member or area being studied. Prerequisite: Tutorial study plan recognized leader in the subject area being approved by the Chief Academic Officer. investigated. Prerequisite: Tutorial study plan approved by the Chief Academic Officer. EXA 733 EXPRESSIVE TECHNIQUES IN FAMILY THERAPY (5) EXA 742 SEMINAR IN EXPRESSIVE ARTS This class introduces therapists and advanced THERAPY (5) students in the counseling psychology programs to the Addresses clinical issues unique to expressive arts potential of expressive techniques in family therapy. therapy, such as: assessing a client's readiness to do Students will creatively explore family rules, roles expressive arts work; clinical relevance of different and rituals to see how they play a part in the dynamics art modalities; transitions between modalities; and of family systems. With the tools of Expressive client's defenses and resistance, transference and Therapy and basic psychological theory, students can counter transference within this context, etc. To be complete unfinished relationship issues and discover taken concurrently with supervised internship in how to create more healthy, happy, healing expressive arts therapy. relationships with their parents and children. Students will work with movement, rhythm, and family EXA 745 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN choreography to explore patterns in family EXPRESSIVE ARTS THERAPY (5) relationships. Supervised study in expressive arts therapy process. Presentation and discussion of case material from EXA 735 FUNDAMENTALS OF COLOR internship, with emphasis on development of clinical THERAPY (5) skill in group and individual expressive arts therapy. This course explores the fundamentals of color therapy, as well as, the interplay of color, sound and CEX 800 DISSERTATION/PROJECT WRITING I (5) imagery. Techniques for accessing energy, allowing Students must enroll in this course when coursework emotional catharsis, enhancing visualization and is complete or they begin to work on their developing techniques in relaxation therapy are all dissertation, whichever comes first. The student addressed in this class. Prerequisite: CEX 630 - engages in independent study and attends the seminar Foundations of Expressive Therapy or consent. as needed, leading to the completion of the first three chapters of the dissertation. Work is supervised by
174
the Director of Research and the student's dissertation CEX 801 DISSERTATION/PROJECT WRITING committee chair. These three chapters, the II (5) introduction, the literature review, and the methods Students must enroll in this class when they have section, constitute the formal proposal. Students must passed the Oral Qualifying Exam and are ready to enroll in this course consecutively until the proposal begin to conduct their research. The student engages has been defended and approved. Upon completion in independent study leading to the execution of their of a proposal acceptable to the student's committee, dissertation research. The findings are reported and the student defends her or his proposal in an oral discussed in chapters four and five of the dissertation. presentation to the committee. This oral presentation Upon completion of this work, the student has the serves as a Qualifying Exam. Prerequisite: Doctoral Final Oral Defense of the dissertation. Students must Comprehensive Exam, acceptance of a preliminary enroll in this course consecutively until the proposal by the Director of Research. dissertation has been defended and approved. Prerequisite : CEX 800 – Dissertation/Project Writing I.
FAMILY LEADERSHIP COACHING (FAL)
FAL 175 POSITIVE SELF-AWARENESS (5 Discussions on external motivators such as Status quarter credits) Prerequisite: None with experts, status with peers, material acquisition Knowing your leadership style and your children’s and competitiveness, as well as internal motivators learning style. Recognizing special abilities and including Achievement via independence and concern special needs. for excellence. Understanding reward and penalty motivation. FAL 180 POSITIVE SELF-ESTEEM (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None FAL 205 POSITIVE SELF-EXPECTANCY (5 Understanding the difference between self- quarter credits) Prerequisite: None centeredness and healthy self-esteem, and intrinsic Developing inner security and optimism in an and extrinsic values. insecure world faced with constant change. Handling failure and rejection, and staying resilient in the face FAL 185 POSITIVE SELF-DISCIPLINE (5 quarter of problems and hardships. credits) Prerequisite: None Why self-esteem must be combined with self- FAL 210 POSITIVE SELF-IMAGE (5 quarter discipline to develop healthy behavioral lifestyles. credits) Prerequisite: None Differentiating discipline from punishment, and the Methods of exploring creativity and treating the importance of early habit formation. imagination as a skill and learning tool. Visualization and guided imagery techniques. FAL 190 POSITIVE SELF-DETERMINATION (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None FAL 215 POSITIVE SELF-DIRECTION (5 quarter Instilling internal locus of control and cause and credits) Prerequisite: None effect choices in early childhood by assigning An introduction to effective goal setting and priority appropriate responsibilities. management. Delayed gratification and basic instruction on money management for children of all FAL 195 POSITIVE SELF-HONESTY (5 quarter ages. credits) Prerequisite: None Teaching non-situational integrity and trust as FAL 220 POSITIVE SELF-DIMENSION (5 quarter fundamentals in family and organizational credits) Prerequisite: None relationships. Leadership by example. An exercise in balancing work and recreation, and in fitting in to family, peer group, community, nation FAL 200 POSITIVE SELF-MOTIVATION (5 and the world. The concept of stewardship as a quarter credits) Prerequisite: None critical element in leadership.
175
FASHION DESIGN (FASH)
DSN 101 HUMAN COGNITION AND principles of garment creation, materials, pattern INTERFACE DESIGN (5 quarter credits) analysis, sewing and fitting. An emphasis will be Prerequisite: None placed on detail work and the use of professional This course focuses on the principles of human sewing techniques. interaction and user interface design. Topics to be discussed will range from the human anatomy, to the FASH 220 FASHION DRAPING (5 quarter credits) psychology of learning and memory, to the limits of Prerequisite: None human cognition and interest. Students will examine This course provides students with basic draping the principles of schematic organization, aesthetics, principles to further their apparel design techniques. and designing for usability and economy of effort. Students will be taught to execute their designs from working sketches to a finished garment using basic to FASH 100 INTRODUCTIONINTO FASHION advanced draping techniques. DESIGN AND FASHION CAREERS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None FASH 225 FLAT PATTERN DESIGN (5 quarter This course provides an introduction to the field of credits) Prerequisite: None fashion design and careers in fashion design. Topics This course will cover the fundamentals of flat covered will include the types of apparel, fashion patternmaking, including the use of a basic sloped, markets, international fashion centers, and the role dart manipulation, garment styling and principles of of fashion design in today’s society. The role of fit. Additionally, students will be taught to analyze industries, artisans, and designers will also be advanced pattern design problems. examined. FASH 230 TEXTILE ANALYSIS (5 quarter credits) FASH 110 FASHION HISTORY (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None This course examines the Prerequisite: None characteristics of natural and man-made fibers, yarns This survey course provides a condensed history of and fabrics, as well as fabric construction and special human apparel and the rise of fashion design as an finishes. Students will learn to use the characteristics applied art. The effects of technology, mass media, of specific materials to determine use, quality, and and globalism as they relate to the development of performance and care requirements. fashion design today will be discussed. FASH 235 COMPUTER ASSISTED FASHION FASH 200 PRINCIPLES OF FASHION DESIGN: ILLUSTRATOR FOR FASHION (5 DESIGN (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None quarter credits) Prerequisite: None This course examines the principles of fashion This course provides students with working design as they relate to gender, age, and purpose. knowledge of creating fashion illustrations and Where relevant, an interdisciplinary approach will pattern designs using computer software. Emphasis is be taken towards specific issues prevalent today, on the use of various tools offered in various fashion including, but not limited to, the types of materials design software and the global usage and application available, the limitations of composition, and of it. principles of aesthetics. FASH 245 CONTEMPORARY DESIGN (5 quarter FASH 205 APPAREL CONSTRUCTION I (5 credits) Prerequisite: None quarter credits) Prerequisite: None This course will cover the key movements and This course will provide an introduction to the basic innovations giving rise to several recognized principles of garment creation, materials, pattern milestones in fashion design. The elements at play, analysis, sewing, and fitting. An overview of basic including influences from socio-economic, political, pattern design and stitching techniques will be and technological developments will be discussed. provided. Parallel developments in branching out of haute couture, ready-to-wear, and mass market fashion will FASH 210 APPAREL CONSTRUCTION II also be studied in the context of the modern world. (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: FASH 205 Apparel Construction I This course is a continuation of Apparel Construction I and will address more intermediate
176
FASH 250 DESIGN PORTFOLIO & various players involved in fashion design, including CREATION OF A GARMENT BUSINESS (5 buyers, retailers, marketers, models, as well as their quarter credits) Prerequisite: None concerns and expectations will be identified and This course will provide students with an overview discussed from a professional’s point of view. of design portfolio composition and employment as in-house designers and freelance designers. The
GRAPHIC DESIGN (GDES)
DSN 101 HUMAN COGNITION AND Students will also consider the history and evolution INTERFACE DESIGN (5 quarter credits) of symbols within the context of graphic design. Prerequisite: None This course focuses on the principles of human GDES 205 OPEN SOURCE DESKTOP interaction and user interface design. Topics to be PUBLISHING (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None discussed will range from the human anatomy, to the This course provides an introduction to the use of psychology of learning and memory, to the limits of open source software for computer aided graphics human cognition and interest. Students will examine design. Students will learn to produce sophisticated the principles of schematic organization, aesthetics, designs with free software that has capabilities and designing for usability and economy of effort. rivaling those of popular proprietary software. This course will primarily focus on the use of GIMP and DSN 103 PROJECT MANAGEMENT (5 quarter Inkscape. credits) Prerequisite: None This course covers the practical aspects of interacting GDES 210 PACKAGE DESIGN (5 quarter credits) with clients, assessing the scope and requirements of Prerequisite: None a given project, and the successful planning, This course focuses on emerging trends in the art and organizing, and managing of resources to bring about craft of package design. The communicative aspects the successful completion of the project goals and of package design as they relate to the psychology of objectives. Students will examine theories of project human satisfaction and trust will be discussed. management as they relate to specific case studies Students will conduct a survey of products on the and will practice managing a project from concept to market for critique and work on a package design of completion. their own.
GDES 100 INTRO TO GRAPHIC DESIGN: GDES 220 MARKETING/ADVERTISING GRAPHIC DESIGN I (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: DESIGN (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None None This course exposes students to the basic theories and This course provides an introduction to the field of principles of marketing and advertising. The graphic design, focusing on the principles of historical roots and recent trends of marketing and communicative design, aesthetics, and page layout. advertising will be discussed in relation to the The course will also discuss the history of graphic evolution of graphic design. design and recent developments based on emerging technologies. GDES 225 IDENTITY BRANDING/ INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (5 quarter credits) GDES 105 GRAPHIC DESIGN II (5) Prerequisite: None This course continues the coverage of designing for This course provides students with a survey of communication and usability. Human physiology copyright law, trademark law, and identity branding. and psychological principles be discussed as they International standards for protection of intellectual relate to effective graphics design. Students will also property will be discussed in the context of graphics be exposed to a survey of typography, printmaking, design. interface design, and color theory. GDES 230 MATERIALS SCIENCE AND GDES 110 TYPOGRAPHY AND SYMBOLISM GRAPHIC DESIGN (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None None This course provides an introduction to typography This course covers the interdisciplinary field of and symbology as they relate to graphic design. materials science, recent developments, and the Students will study the art and technique of arranging application of materials science to the future of type, type design, and modifying type glyphs. graphic design. Students will be invited to think
177
outside of the box in order to exploit the properties of GDES 280 GRAPHIC DESIGN PORTFOLIO new materials. PREPARATION (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None This course focuses primarily on the compilation of a successful graphic design portfolio for educational and commercial purposes. Methods of presentation will be discussed in light of recent developments in technology.
HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT (HMT)
HMT 110 INTRODUCTION TO HMT 230 SANITATION & SAFETY (5) HOSPITALITY, TRAVEL & TOURISM (5) Participants will examine safety and sanitation This course is an introduction and orientation to the practices pertinent to food service. Emphasis will be major area of hospitality management, travel and placed on laws, food microbiology and principles of tourism. The background and historical development food-borne illness, handling and food storage of the hospitality industry and its component areas practices, and the knowledge of correct temperatures are presented; employment opportunities and trends to prevent food contamination. Other topics include in each area are discussed. safe personal hygiene for food handlers, use and care of equipment, and accident prevention. HMT 125 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR IN HOSPITALITY & TOURISM (5) HMT 238 RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT (5) This course provides an overview of current This course provides an overview of the various knowledge about consumer behavior in the challenges and responsibilities encountered in tourism/travel and hospitality businesses. Basic managing a restaurant. Discussion topics include behavioral science and specific research (both buying, selling, and franchising restaurants; cost qualitative and quantitative) tools used in marketing controls, kitchen controls, menu planning, and food practice are covered. Issues of consumer decision- safety; bar management, operational costs and making, behavioral determinants, cultural influences, supplies, and dining room operations; and motivation, information search, and marketing administration, organization, accounting, marketing, implications are addressed. and human resources from an integrated managerial viewpoint.
HMT 130 MARKETING IN HOSPITALITY (5) HMT 242 FRONT OFFICE OPERATIONS (5) This course introduces students to the marketing of This course presents an overview of front office hotels, restaurants, and clubs. The course will include procedures by detailing the flow of business through a information on market segmentation, marketing hotel, from the reservations process to check-out and research, advertising, public relations, promotional account settlement. The course also examines the activity, packaging, pricing strategies, revenue various elements of effective front office maximization, travel purchasing systems and the management, paying particular attention to the future of hospitality marketing. planning and evaluation of front office operations, reception and general guest relations. Front office HMT 140 e-BUSINESS FOR TOURISM & procedures and management are placed within the HOSPITALITY (5) context of the overall operation of a hotel. This course will examine how and why electronic business and the Internet have impacted the tourism, HMT 615 HUMAN RESOURCE hospitality, and entertainment industries. It will MANAGEMENT IN HOSPITALITY (5) discuss the various business models that are used, This course is a comprehensive examination of and highlight the successes and failures of those modern practices and management responsibilities in models. Topics will include marketing, finance, the hotel and restaurant industry. This course strategy, and globalization with special emphasis on discusses the implementation of strategies, plans and information technology and the dissemination of programs necessary in employee recruitment, information. selection, training, and retention. Special emphasis is placed on job analysis, evaluation, wage setting, incentive principles, merit rating, job efficiency, and
178
labor/management relations of personnel as applied present business content through social media in order to the hospitality industry. to identify the core values that draw clients and customers to business, to integrate social media efforts HMT 618 HOTEL MANAGEMENT with overall marketing effort, and to increase brand OPERATIONS (5) awareness and build brand equity. This course introduces students to the principles, practices, and operation of hotel facilities, to include HMT 632 HOTEL AND RESTAURANT operating strategies, reservation systems and MARKETING AND MERCHANDISING (5) operation, housekeeping, accounting, and income In this course, student will learn the principles and control. practices of marketing the services of the hotel and restaurant industry. Emphasis is placed upon coordination of sales, advertising, public relations and HMT 625 SUPERVISION SKILLS IN sales promotion in the marketing mix. This course will HOSPITALITY (5) also review the methods of external and internal This course introduces principles of supervision, stimulation of sales with applications leading to managing work and leading people as they apply to customer satisfaction. May include a practical the hospitality industry. Management and leadership sales/marketing exercise and computer applications. processes include planning, organizing, coordinating, directing, and controlling. It also includes lessons on delegating authority, problem solving, HMT 635 CONFERENCE & BANQUET communicating effectively, and ethics. MANAGEMENT (5) This course will provide a framework for planning HMT 628 HOSPITALITY LAW (5) conferences, expositions, and special events, as well This is a basic course in hotel, motel, restaurant and as discuss a broad overview of the industry. Emphasis general hospitality law. The student is introduced to will be placed on current trends and technology. In the fundamental laws, rules, and regulations addition, this course will combine theoretical and applicable to the hospitality industry, to include the practical applications of planning, merchandising, Legal implications of civil law, and areas of tort and costing, producing and serving catered meals. contract law. Case studies will be used to provide additional learning opportunities specific to HMT 642 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING IN hospitality, especially when dealing with customers HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT (5) and business contracts. This course is designed for the special needs of the hospitality service industries and merges basic H MT 631 Social Media in Hospitality & Tourism accounting theory with practice. An overview of the (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None hospitality service industries focuses on the nature, Consumers engage with social networking sites to main characteristics, recent trends, and future outlook research trips, make informed decisions about their for the major segments of the industry. This course travels and share their personal experiences of a will examine major financial statements, the balance particular hotel, restaurant, visitor attraction or sheet, statement of income, and statement of changes airline, thereby making social media the dominant in financial position, as well as inventory, property tool for marketing and communications within the and equipment, responsibility accounting, corporation tourism and related industries. This course will accounting, and financial analysis. introduce students to the different social and new media platforms, where they will learn to integrate them appropriately into existing business models and communications strategies. Metrics, analytics, and optimization will be examined. Students will learn to
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (ITS)
ITS 145 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION telecommunications, Internet, intranets and extranets, SYSTEMS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None electronic commerce, information and decision In this course students will learn the basics of support systems, specialized business information information technology, including an introduction to systems, and security, privacy & ethical issues in information systems in organizations, hardware and information systems. software, organizing data and information,
179
ITS 150 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF corporations to personal applications, such as INFORMATION SYSTEMS (5 quarter credits) research data management. The course combines the Prerequisite: None. In this course, students will explore practical aspects of DBMS use with more theoretical and become familiar with various concepts, discussions of database design methodologies and principles, and stages of computer-based information the "internals" of database systems. In the theoretical systems analysis and design. This course will provide portion of the course, we will examine the major a solid foundation in the concepts and techniques types or data models of DBMS (hierarchical, required for systems development. Students will learn network, relational, and object-oriented). The course about the different methods, tools, and techniques for will cover the principles and problems of database effective planning and design of software applications design, operation, and maintenance for each data and systems. The system development life cycle, model. prototyping, data modeling, and user involvement will also be covered. ITS 200 INFORMATION SYSTEMS SECURITY (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None ITS 165 OPERATING SYSTEMS (5 quarter credits) The purpose of this course is to introduce the Prerequisite: None constructs and topics relating to securing information This course will cover the principles of modern systems and the expansion of guidelines to apply operating systems, including concepts, design information security controls. This course recognizes principles and implementations (algorithms and data and investigates different types of information structures). It will emphasize processes and threads, security used in the industry and how they are concurrency control, process communication and applied. Topics include the historical view of synchronization, deadlock and its solutions, processor networking and security, security issues, trends, scheduling, virtual memory management, file security resources, and the role of policy, people, and systems, I/O systems, and network and distributed processes in information security. Upon completion, operating systems. students will be able to recognize data security risks, generate an information security policy, and identify ITS 170 WEB DEVELOPMENT AND processes to implement and enforce said policy in MANGEMENT (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None order to establish a secure information system. This course will introduce the basic elements of web development and management. Step-by-step ITS 205 IT ETHICS (5) processes and techniques will be introduced for the Information Technologies provide new various essentials of a web site. Student will learn the capabilities resulting in greater breadth for principles of creating great sites, what makes web action. Existing policies regarding conduct in regards sites succeed or fail, and what can be done to increase to Information Technologies are inadequate or non- the chance of success. existent. This course takes students from a discussion ITS 175 DATA COMMUNICATION & on ethical frameworks and regulatory issues to a COMPUTER NETWORKING (5 quarter credits) substantial treatment of the four fundamental, Prerequisite: None This course will provide a balanced interrelated issues of cyber ethics: speech, property, perspective on modern wide area networking and privacy, and security. Students will explore issues telecommunications. Both business and technical such as file sharing, infringement of intellectual issues will be explored in depth. Students will learn property, security risks, Internet crime, identity theft, how network and telecommunications technologies employee surveillance, privacy, and compliance, can be exploited to give companies competitive which will provide a solid foundation for ethical advantages in the global marketplace. Students will decision-making. Students will learn the appropriate start with the basics of data and voice use of information technology, by isolating and communications and proceed to wide area network examining the values and ethical imperatives that technology, network design, internetworking, wireless come into play when information technology is used. technology, optical networks, the Internet and telephony. The convergence of these technologies to ITS 210 E-BUSINESS CONCEPTS & form a single unified network will be covered. TECHNOLOGIES (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None The potential for global electronic commerce is ITS 180 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS immense; much of this potential will be realized by (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None the continued development and application of This course will cover the use of Database Internet and Web technologies. In this course, Management Systems (DBMS) to solve a wide range students will learn the principles which guide the of information storage, management and retrieval development of global, interoperable technologies on problems, in organizations ranging from large the World Wide Web. Issues to be addressed include
180
intellectual property protection, security, privacy, organize and resolve conflicts. Topics to be content control, enterprise resource planning (ERP), discussed will include strategic planning, prioritizing, customer relationship management (CRM), and organizing resources, and evaluation of the project. standards development. ITS 626 OBJECT ORIENTED MODELING (5 ITS 220 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES & quarter credits) Prerequisite: None CONCEPTS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None implement and debug object-oriented programs. This course will cover a wide variety of programming Students will be provided with a framework for languages and their fundamental concepts. Emphasis software engineers to collaborate in the design and will be placed on imperative languages and object- development process. oriented languages, and to a lesser extent functional languages and scripting languages. These languages ITS 627 VOICE COMMUNICATION will be compared and contrasted in order to identify NETWORKS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None the difference between languages, the reasons for the This course provides an introduction to voice differences, and the impact of these differences for communication system design and analysis. The modern compiler implementation. Topics to be basic principles of communication networks will be covered include the formal aspects of syntax and discussed, including: principles of routing, basic semantics, as well as naming, scoping and binding. queuing concepts, operation of different types of This course will review assembly-level machine LANs, multiuser communication, concepts of layered architecture, scanning, parsing, semantic analysis, and communication and open system interconnect. code generation, in addition to data structures, storage management, programming environments and tools. ITS 628 SOFTWARE DESIGN (5 quarter credits) ITS 621 ADVANCED INFORMATION Prerequisite: None TECHNOLOGY (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None This course introduces students to design aspects of This course will build upon the foundations learned in software development. Focus will be on major design ITS 404 Introduction to Information Systems. The methods and the strengths and weaknesses of each. focus will be on the principles and practices that are Students will learn the proper design methods and essential to analysis, design, implementation and techniques to estimate the magnitude of the management of information technology systems. development effort. Students will also learn more advanced techniques of systems planning, project management and process ITS 629 COMPUTER NETWORK DESIGN (5 design. quarter credits) Prerequisite: None This course provides students with the fundamentals ITS 622 DATABASE DESIGN (5 quarter credits) of computer network concepts, protocols and Prerequisite: None architectures. This class will focus on traditional This course will introduce students to logical design topics in computer networks, including: layering, of database systems and implementation issues that error control, flow control, congestion control, may arise in database management systems. Students switching and routing, mobility, naming, and will learn to design, load, query and update a security. database. ITS 631 LAN, WAN & WIRELESS NETWORKS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None ITS 623 DATABASE DEVELOPMENT & MANAGEMENT (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None This course introduces students to the theory, This course will build upon the knowledge learned in practice and design of computer and communication ITS 622 Database Design. Topics that will be networks, as well as evolving network technologies. discussed will range from logical and physical Students will learn the fundamentals of local area database design, query languages and the use of networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN) and semantics for query optimization, and the design, wireless networks, including the defining implementation and use of database management characteristics of each, proper application and system software (DBMS). design.
ITS 625 IT PROJECT MANAGEMENT SKILLS ITS 632 LEGAL ASPECTS OF INFORMATION TRAINING (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None TECHNOLOGY (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None This course focuses on the techniques used to plan This course emphasizes the legal effects of computer and manage major Information Technology projects technology on society. Topics will include privacy, and the development of a manager’s ability to lead, liability, and proprietary protection. Concepts, legislation, and case law about censorship, freedom 181
of access to information, privacy, copyright, and ITS 643 C# PROGRAMMING (5 quarter credits) professional liability will also be discussed. Students Prerequisite: None will learn how IT professional organizations and This course will examine the features of the C# leaders address ethical issues and how ethical programming language. The focus will be on event- frameworks can be used as a tool in decision-making driven programming methods, including creating and and daily conduct. manipulating objects, classes, and using object- oriented tools. ITS 634 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None ITS 645 .NET FRAMEWORK (5 quarter credits) This course provides students with an extensive Prerequisite: None understanding of computer system security. Topics This course will provide students with the will include threats and types of attacks against information to be able to describe what the computers and how to prevent them. Students will components are of the .NET Framework and how learn to analyze security requirements and define they work together, what the best practices for a security policies. .NET application are, the elements of managing and deploying .NET assemblies and how to monitor ITS 635 ADVANCED OPERATING SYSTEMS & .NET applications. DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None ITS 647 TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (5 This course will cover more advanced principles of quarter credits) Prerequisite: None operating system structures, concurrency and its This course focuses on the fundamentals and control, memory management, resource management techniques needed for designing and implementing and the structure of distributed and parallel operating telecommunication systems. Student will learn systems. Topics will include concurrent computation various modulation schemes/techniques, digital data models, scheduling, synchronization mechanisms, transmission, noise analysis and communication buffering, streams, caching, and more. technologies.
ITS 637 ARCHITECTURE OF COMPUTER ITS 648 USER INTERFACE DESIGN (5 quarter HARDWARE (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None credits) Prerequisite: None In this course, students will explore and become This course focuses on the design, prototyping and familiar with modern computer architectures, the evaluation of user interfaces for computers, called inner workings of computer systems, and trade-offs Human-Computer Interaction (HCI). Students will present at the hardware-software interface. Topics learn the tools and methods needed to design and will include: processor architecture, parallelism and develop user interfaces, along with learning methods pipelining, performance measurement, cache and and techniques of how to evaluate interface quality. main memory organization.
ITS 641 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN (5 quarter ITS 649 WEB STANDARDS & SEARCH credits) Prerequisite: None ENGINE OPTIMIZATION (5 quarter credits) This course explores the basic techniques necessary to Prerequisite: None manage a computer aided design (CAD) based This course introduces students to the technologies application. The emphasis will be on assembly of behind the Web, including hypertext, hypermedia, components, including hardware and software the history of the Web, the role of Web standards and configurations and organizing and maintaining the their impact on the development of Web resources. CAD filing system. Students will also learn how to optimize their searches and evaluate information reliability. ITS 642 JAVA PROGRAMMING (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None ITS 650 C++ PROGRAMMING (5 quarter credits) This course focuses on the fundamental concepts and Prerequisite: None techniques for programming using the Java language. This course provides students with the ability to read Core language concepts, object-oriented and write C++ code, use C++ interfaces and libraries, programming, fundamental data types, flow control, and understand how to use object-oriented design standard function libraries, method writing, design principles in regards to C++. Additionally, students and usage will be discussed. will learnkey concepts, such as abstract interfaces, polymorphism, and data abstraction.
182
ITS 651 SYSTEMS ENGINEERING & ANALYSIS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None ITS 652 WEB DESIGN (5 quarter credits) This course focuses on the creation of systems and Prerequisite: None ways to continually improve systems, including This course will review the aspects of web page analyzing evaluation, feedback and modification development and proceed to more advanced based on affordability, effectiveness and stakeholder principles in web design. Topics will include: user- satisfaction. Student will also learn concepts, centered design, information architecture, testing, methodologies, models, and tools needed to accessibility and usage analysis. understand and implement a total life-cycle approach to systems and their analysis.
INTEGRATIVE NURSING CARE (NUR)
NUR 601 Medical Surgical Concepts I (5) NUR 604 Pediatrics and Adolescents (5) This course covers topics as they relate to patients This course covers growth and development from with acute, chronic, life threatening, and physical infancy through adolescence. Students will examine heath conditions. Students study basic human needs, substance abuse, vaccines, eating disorders, sexuality, effective communication, privacy regulations, precise adolescent obesity, and contraceptives. documentation, electrolyte balance, pathophysiology, diagnosis, treatment, and other major disorders. NUR 605 Psychological Processes (5) This course focuses on individuals who are NUR 602 Medical Surgical Concepts II (5) experiencing stressful events and/or acute or chronic This course focuses on the diagnosis, treatment, and mental illness. Students will discuss abuse, chemical medical management of major disorders of the dependency, coping mechanisms, crisis intervention, nervous, genitourinary, renal, endocrine, and end of life, grief and loss, and psychopathology. integumentary systems and their respective potential complications. Students will examine various forms NUR 606 Medications, Nursing Management, of cancers, palliative care, and end of life issues. and Nutrition (5) Therapeutic interventions and methods of treatments This course covers the essential elements of nursing used to treat disorders will be covered. practices. The concepts of wellness-illness, stages of adult development, and the roles of the nurse will be NUR 603 Maternal-Newborn Nursing Review (5) examined. Students will prepare for a managed This course covers reproduction, fertility and healthcare environment and the continuing quality infertility, family planning and contraception, fetal Students will also examine the practices of nutrition development, normal/complicated prenatal and diet in respect to health and disease states. experience, diagnostic tests, normal/complicated labor and delivery, normal/complicated postpartum NUR 607 Success in the Healthcare Settings (5) experience, normal/complicated newborn experience, This course emphasizes the importance of utilizing loss/grief, maternity nursing. Includes health interpersonal skills in the workplace. Students learn promotion and maintenance and prevention to become more effective, empathetic, ethical, and detection of health problems. adaptable, and perceptive in professional settings. Other topics include communications skills, diversity
awareness, teamwork and job-seeking skills as
applied to healthcare settings.
MARKETING (MKT)
BUS 449 FOUNDATIONS IN MARKETING MKT 124 CONSUMER MOTIVATION & SEE BUSINESS SECTION (5 quarter BEHAVIOR (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None credits) Prerequisite: None This course will emphasize conceptual understanding of consumer behavior, provide experience in applying consumer behavior concepts to marketing strategy and social policy decision-making through case analysis, and develop experiential capability in using
183
consumer research. This course covers major displays. Both macro and micro elements of retail influences on the consumption process, including design will be explored, including issues from mall psychological, sociological, economical, and cultural development to individual customer transactions. anthropological factors, with special attention to their application in managerial decision-making. Specific MKT 240 MARKETING THROUGH SOCIAL topics include perception, attitude development, MEDIA: TOOLS OF THE TRADE (5 quarter values, consumer decision-making, group credits) Prerequisite: None interactions, and customer satisfaction, among others. In this course students will examine the evolution of The marketing implications of understanding the social media marketing and the tools of the trade, consumer are emphasized, and social factors are also such as LinkedIn, Twitter, blogs, etc. and the unique considered. benefits of each to business. Since social media is so technology driven, the emphasis of this course will be MKT 132 CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP on understanding the impact of mobile devices on MANAGEMENT (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None social and local marketing, consumers' social This course will cover the basic theories and interactions, the various social media channels methodology of customer relationship management, available to marketers, how to build social marketing including identifying profitable customers, strategies and SEO, and how to track the understanding their needs and wants, and building a effectiveness of these methods. bond with them by developing customer-centric products and services directed toward providing MKT 612 INTEGRATED MARKETING (5 quarter customer value. Provides hands-on experience with credits) Prerequisite: None popular analytical CRM and data mining tools that Designed to introduce the field of integrated are widely used in the industry. Topics will include marketing communications as part of an overall issues in the customer life cycle, market marketing strategy. The emphasis in this course will segmentation, customer acquisition, basket analysis be on the role of integrated advertising and promotion and cross-selling, customer retention and loyalty, and in the marketing communications program of an practical issues in implementation of successful CRM organization. As with any specialized field of programs. marketing, we will analyze how this area of advertising and promotion fits into the overall MKT 222 PUBLIC RELATIONS (5 quarter credits) marketing process. Our major thrust will be to study Prerequisite: None how various factors (creative, media, etc.) should be The study of public relations and its role as a applied in planning, developing, and implementing communications and marketing tool. Corporate advertising and promotional campaigns and image, external and internal communications and marketing programs. firms’ relationships with various organizations are explored. Case study analysis and practice in writing MKT 614 STRATEGIC MARKETING press releases and other corporate communications PLANNING (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None are expected. This course is designed to provide an in-depth, hands- on learning experience in marketing strategy, MKT 226 BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS planning and analysis. In this course students will MARKETING (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None learn key planning concepts and processes. The Explores concepts, analytical tools, management course integrates marketing decision making within practices, and advances in marketing goods and the context of manufacturing and financial services to industrial, commercial, institutional, and dimensions of a business organization, using other business markets in domestic and global managerial skills, and sound business and marketing environments. Includes lectures, case analyses, principles. discussion, oral presentations, and written reports.
MKT 234 RETAILING STRATEGY AND MKT 616 MARKETING RESEARCH (5 quarter MANAGEMENT (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None credits) Prerequisite: None Explores the domain of retailing marketing to the Develops a managerial appreciation of the role of final consumer. Emphasis is placed on retail strategy, research in marketing practice and how results are merchandising, vendor relations and location. The used in decision-making. Emphasizes the total course will use design as the medium to link research process as well as specific research steps, consumer need to retail. This will include basic stressing information needs, research formulation and design elements, such as space, form and color, as design, and research procedure. Integrates and applies well as retail-specific topics like point-of-purchase
184
concepts through managerially-oriented marketing the manger for these challenges by investigating research cases and a field research project. specific success criteria in the world’s major markets. Cultural, political, economic, and institutional factors MKT 620 MARKETING PROMOTION & are discussed and their implications for marketing ADVERTISING (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None strategies are explored. Students will learn both conceptual and applied approaches to such areas as advertising and public MKT 636 ETHICS & STANDARDS IN relations. The student will be required to develop a MARKETING (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: None report on a promotion plan for a product or service. This course introduces students to the role of ethics and professional standards in marketing in the U.S. MKT 630 MARKETING FOR GLOBAL and global economy. Students will examine ethics COMPETITIVENESS (5 quarter credits) Prerequisite: concepts, behaviors, practices and challenges relevant None to the process of planning and implementing The Credited States is the largest market for marketing practice and creating value via ethical consumer goods in the world, yet it is also one of the processes, systems and strategies. Topics include slowest growing markets. All companies are faced ethical promotion and pricing strategies, marketing with the necessity of developing truly global research and marketing implementation. marketing strategies in the face of increasing competition from American, Japanese, European and other global competitors. This course helps prepare
MOBILE APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT (MAD)
MAD 601 INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE This course will introduce students to Google’s APPLICATIONS (5) Android mobile device platform, including issues and In this course students will develop their techniques; structuring applications for efficiency and understanding of the basic design strategies and reliability; accessing web services; as well as techniques for mobile applications development on background applications, content providers and both iDevices and Android Devices, to include such animation. Students will gain hands-on experience topics as wire-framing, personas, storyboarding, using Google’s Android Software Development Kit prototyping, user testing, and interface guidelines. (SDK).
MAD 605 OPTIMIZED MOBILE DESIGN (5) MAD 614 MOBILE APPLICATIONS & SOCIAL In this course students will learn design conventions NETWORKING (5) for effective ways to engage the user, through mobile In this course students will be introduced to social app content, presentation, and interaction. Topics will network computing, and learn how to build include the history, and examples of design pattern applications that integrate with the major social do's and don'ts. Students will explore interactive networking platforms: Facebook, OpenSocial, and possibilities of touch for both hand-held and tablet Twitter. Students will gain hands-on experience in screens, and the most effective use of images, vectors, developing sample applications end-to-end, with emphasis on how social computing software can be typography, colors and alignment. used in both a development and hosting environment, as well as in an integrated marketing environment. MAD 610 MOBILE DEVELOPMENT FOR APPLE IPHONE & IPAD (5) MAD 616 MOBILE APPLICATIONS & DEVICE This course will focus on the design and development SECURITY (5) of applications specific to the Apple iPhone and iPad, In this course students will learn about the threats that with emphasis on how to register for the development individuals and businesses are exposed to as a result program, download, and install XCode, and a review of the mobile devices on which they depend. This will of the Objective C programming language. Students be accomplished by exploring various types of mobile will become familiar with specific features like devices, including mobile phones, smart phones, accelerometer, touch screen, GEO positioning, sound, PDAs and tablets. Additionally, students will gain a and web access. strong fundamental understanding of the industry- leading mobile device platforms, their security MAD 612 APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT features, and their limitations, including Android, FOR ANDROID DEVICES (5) iOS, RIM, Symbian, and Windows Mobile. Topics
185
will include, traditional security threats (e.g., fundamental design patterns such as MVC, facade, phishing, malware/botnets, email spam) and how they delegate, etc. apply to mobile devices; countermeasures in place against mobile applications; and, the future of MAD 625 TABLET DEVELOPMENT (5) security management for mobile device platforms. In this course students will develop advanced programming skills for the delivery of media-centric MAD 620 OBJECTIVE C MOBILE applications and games on mobile devices. DEVELOPMENT (5) Developing applications for mobile devices involves In this course students will gain hands-on skills and overcoming many challenges including slower experience with the principles of design and processors, smaller screens, and a fragmented market development using the Objective-C language and the of multiple operating systems. By the end of this iOS operating system. This means that access to a course students will produce and publish a game or modern Mac as a development platform is a media-centric application for one or more mobile requirement. It is not required, though it is suggested, operating systems, using iterative, rapid application that you have an iOS device of some type as well. development techniques, and a cross platform It is also expected that students have a working development environment. knowledge of and have created software using
PSYCHOBIOMECHANICS AND POSTURAL THERAPY (BIO)
BIO 600 PSYCHOBIOMECHANICS BUSINESS extremities; muscle, ligament, and tendon palpation PRINCIPLES (5) by clinical zones. This course is also an introduction Students will learn how to set up their to postural analysis with practice in taking and PsychoBiomechanics and Postural Therapy practice, interpreting postural measurements. start a business, and network for success. The course will cover marketing techniques to professional BIO 633 EXERCISE PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY I organizations, office and self management, and (5) record and bookkeeping. This course provides an examination of the physiological and psychological responses of the BIO 630 PSYCHOLOGICAL TYPE: THEORY neuromuscular, metabolic, endocrine, and circulatory & APPLICATION (5) and respiratory systems to acute and chronic exercise. This course is an introduction to personality type. Participants will review the Jung/Myers model of type BIO 634 EXERCISE PSYCHOLOGY(5) theory (Carl Jung’s theory of psychological type as This course will examine the physiological and interpreted by the authors of the MBTI, the Myers- psychological bases of selected cardiovascular, Briggs Type Indicator) and engage in exploration and respiratory and metabolic disorders and an practical exercises for its application to improve self- examination of the particularities of exercise understanding, time utilization, communication, one- responses and the effects of exercise conditioning in on-one relationships and team participation. these populations. A special emphasis on the scientific basis for exercise prescription. BIO 631 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY (5) The physiology of body fluids, blood, nerve and BIO 635 PSYCHOBIOMECHANICS (5) muscle, peripheral nerves, central nervous system, This course will examine the functional anatomy of special senses, autonomic nervous system, defense the human musculoskeletal system with emphasis on mechanisms will be examined in depth in this course mechanics, electromyography (EMG), motor control and psychological strategies. BIO 632 APPLIED MUSCULOSKELETAL ANATOMY (5) BIO 636 POSTURE THERAPY & This course will examine the regional human gross FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMENT (5) anatomy of the skeleton, joints, muscles and This course provides an introduction to postural neurovascular structures of the limbs and back. analysis. Students will learn to recognize common Students will gain extensive practice in learning to structural and postural deviations and common soft palpate all bony landmarks of the trunk and tissue injuries to muscle, tendon, the joint capsule, ligaments, bursa, fascia and nerves, in order to determine appropriate intervention. This course will also cover taking and interpreting postural 186
measurements, joint movements and range of motion BIO 730 THE SCIENCE OF HUMAN assessment, techniques to lengthen and stretch MOVEMENT (5) musculature, and methods to stabilize the pelvis. This course introduces basic and practical knowledge of human movement in sports and physical activity. BIO 638 MUSCLE MECHANICS OF Anatomical and physiological knowledge pertinent to POSTURE (5) body movement is presented in depth. Biomechanical Students will learn the theoretical basis of muscle concepts and principles applied to body movement in activity measurement in the context of biomechanical different sports and physical activities are also studies, including muscle-related topics such as addressed. fatigue, injury and control. BIO 733 EXERCISE PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY II BIO 639 BIOMECHANICS (5) INSTRUMENTATION (5) Review of the physiological and psychological basis This course will discuss the instrumentation and of selected disorders of the immune, renal, provide the technical knowledge to assist in the neurological and muscular-skeletal systems and an acquisition and processing of data used in examination of the particularities of exercise biomechanics. responses and the effects of exercise conditioning in these populations. Special emphasis is placed on the BIO 640 SCIENTIFIC PRINCIPLES OF scientific basis for exercise prescription. PHSYCIAL & PSYCHOLOGICAL TRAINING (5) BIO 735 ADVANCED This course will cover the application of PSYCHOBIOMECHANICS (5) physiological, kinesiological, and psychological This course addresses biomechanical aspects of the principles in the selection and evaluation of athletic most common structural and neurological and physical fitness programs. Specific topics studied abnormalities of the spine resulting in pathological will include aerobic and anaerobic training, interval gait. It also addresses the mechanics of tissue and training, circuit training, weight training for muscular joint injury of the head, neck, torso and extremities, strength and endurance, flexibility, motor ability, through an examination of psychological and obesity, energy balance, mental training and ergonomic issues including: injury mechanisms, performance enhancement. evaluation and assessment techniques, occupational health and safety legislation, and ergonomic BIO 641 CARDIO-RESPIRATORY EXERCISE inventions. PHYSIOLOGY (5) A comprehensive review of the basic physiological BIO 736 ASSESSMENT & REHABILITATION responses of the circulatory and respiratory systems OF THE HIP, SPINE & PELVIS (5) to acute and chronic exercise and a brief discussion of This course examines the normal function of the regulatory mechanisms. human hip, spine and pelvis. Abnormal function and various pathologies of these structures will be BIO 642 PSYCHO/NERVE/ MUSCLE addressed in depth. Students will learn about clinical EXERCISE RESPONSE (5) assessment procedures, as well as evaluation methods This course develops a comprehensive theoretical for orthopaedic dysfunction. Concepts of understanding of the basic physiological adaptations rehabilitation will be discussed, to include various to acute and chronic exercise in terms of metabolic exercise protocols and manual techniques, as well as pathways and fuel utilization, as well as surgical interventions. psychological and neuromuscular responses. Discussion of current concepts of regulating factors BIO 737 ASSESSMENT & REHABILITATION will be covered. OF THE UPPER & LOWER EXTREMITIES (5) This course examines normal function of the upper BIO 699 THESIS/PROJECT (5) and lower extremities of the human body. Abnormal Masters students in Psychobiomechanics and Postural function and various pathologies of these structures Therapy are required to write a thesis. Students will be addressed in depth. Students will learn about should enroll in 699 while engaged in thesis research clinical assessment procedures, as well as evaluation and writing. Prerequisite: Second year graduate methods for orthopaedic dysfunction. Students will student and project proposal approved by the Director learn to implement safe and effective protocols to of Research facilitate tissue healing and rehabilitation, to include exercise programs and manual techniques. Surgical procedures will also be discussed.
187
BIO 746 POSTURE AND MASSOTHERAPY (5) BIO 750 SELECTED TOPICS IN In this course students will review the history of BIOMECHANICS (5) massage with emphasis on modern massage Individualized studies in special topics in methodologies, as well as the theories, principles and Biomechanics. Each student’s work is directed by a basic definitions of massage, movement, and faculty member or recognized leader in the subject modalities. Also covered, hands-on study and practice area being studied. of manipulations of massage, including passive touch, pressure touch and nerve compression, stroking BIO 751 PSYCHOBIOMECHANICS (effeurage), friction, kneading (petrissage), vibration PRACTICUM (5) and percussion (tapotement), as well as indications This advanced experiential course provides for and the basic physiological effects of massage. supervision for students in approved internship placements. The practicum integrates different BIO 747 FUNDAMENTALS OF SOMATIC assessment and evaluation strategies studied in STUDIES (5) previous courses according to their practical This course will focus on the study of human anatomy applications. Students will design their own applied and physiology with specific emphasis on approaches to working with clients. fundamental concepts of the human body, including the following: chemical, cellular, integumentary, BIO 800 DISSERTATION/PROJECT WRITING skeletal, articulations, muscular and nervous systems, I (5) spinal cord, nerve plexus, the brain, sensory and Students must enroll in this course when coursework motor pathways, special senses, autonomic nervous is complete or they begin to work on their system, basic neurological laws, endangerment sites, dissertation, whichever comes first. The student endocrine system, cardiovascular system, lymphatic engages in independent study and attends the seminar system, respiratory system, digestive system, as needed, leading to the completion of the first three metabolism, urinary system, and acid-base balance. chapters of the dissertation. Work is supervised by the Director of Research and the student’s BIO 748 PSYCHOLOGY OF INJURY AND dissertation committee chair. These three chapters, ILLNESS (5) the introduction, the literature review, and the There is clear evidence that psychological and social methods section, constitute the formal proposal. factors are among the most significant predictors of Students must enroll in this course consecutively until the scale of disability and measurable outcomes of the proposal has been defended and approved. Upon injury and illness. In this course participants will completion of a proposal acceptable to the student’s develop an understanding of psychological theories of committee, the student defends her or his proposal in adjustment to physical disability, traumatic or an oral presentation to the committee. This oral catastrophic injury, or chronic illness. Students will presentation serves as a Qualifying Exam. learn psychotherapeutic strategies and treatment options appropriate to various stages of adaptation to physical injury or illness. This course will also BIO 801 DISSERTATION/PROJECT WRITING examine the manner in which common injuries and II (5) diseases impact the anatomical structures and Students must enroll in this class when they have functional systems of the body. The various medical passed the Oral Qualifying Exam and are ready to treatments and procedures available to maintain or begin to conduct their research. The student engages restore structural and functional integrity of the body in independent study leading to the execution of their are also addressed. Conditions of a cardiovascular, dissertation research. The findings are reported and pulmonary, neuromuscular, metabolic and oncologic discussed in chapters four and five of the dissertation. nature will be discussed. Upon completion of this work, the student has the Final Oral Defense of the dissertation. Students must BIO 749 SEMINAR IN BIOMECHANICS (5) enroll in this course consecutively until the Review and analysis of current research, trends, and dissertation has been defended and approved. issues related to Biomechanics
PSYCHOLOGY (CPS)
188
CPS 400 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY probability, sampling, experimental design, and (5) critical review of modern scientific publications. This broad survey course introduces the field of psychology and its basic concepts, theories, research CPS 501 WRITING SKILLS & RESEARCH (5) methods, and contributions to the understanding of This class is required of all Masters and Doctoral human behavior. Topics include the five main students who have not met the writing competency branches of psychology including neuroscience, requirement. This course will cover the basics of which is a study of the nervous system; expository writing. Review and instruction in developmental, which focuses on how people grow grammar, sentence structure, paragraph and learn; cognitive, including perception, development and essay writing will be provided. motivation, learning and memory; social, which This class will prepare students for professional studies how people interact; and clinical, which written communication through in-class writing examines mental health and mental illnesses. The practice. past and current theories and contributions of major psychologists are explored. CPS 601 COUNSELING THEORIES & STRATEGIES (5) CPS 401 HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF This course is an introduction to psychotherapeutic PSYCHOLOGY (5) theories inclusive of their techniques. Emphasis will This class traces the development of the field of be placed on such concepts as resistance, psychology from its philosophical and scientific interpretation, clarification, confrontation, antecedents through modern trends. Special transference, and counter-transference in the context emphasis will be placed on systems of thought which of both short-and long-term psychotherapy. The influence modern and current psychological practice theories of Freud, Jung, Adler, Ellis and others will such as psychoanalytic, behavioristic, humanistic, be discussed and applied to specific counseling and transpersonal perspectives. experiences. Prerequisites: CPS 401 - History and Systems of Psychology, CPS 403 - Theories of CPS 402 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY (5) Personality. This class will focus on the nature and development of emotional, cognitive, behavioral, and spiritual CPS 602 CAREER DEVELOPMENT disturbances which result in a person's failure to APPROACHES (5) adapt and grow in society. An understanding, The purpose of this course is to provide students with classification and treatment of personality disorders an understanding of the basic concepts, and will be introduced. Through an exploration of the techniques of career counseling/development. positive and negative aspects of the concept of Students will learn to evaluate and apply vocational abnormal psychology consideration is given to choice theories, as well as use of assessment tools in personality traits that are identified as inappropriate, career counseling in an ethical context. This course creatively superior, and pathological. will focus on such topics as occupational and labor market information; the application of career CPS 403 THEORIES OF PERSONALITY counseling for diverse populations; principles of (5) vocational rehabilitation; career development as This is a survey course with a comparative related to mental health; the nature and structure of examination of the essential concepts and hypotheses the world of work; and leisure and lifestyle of major theories of personality. From development, including the interrelationships psychoanalytic to humanistic-existential, including between work, family and life roles. This course may cognitive and behavioral perspectives, this course be enhanced by guest speakers and other class moves from an understanding of the empirical activities. foundations to the discussion of current applications in therapy. Prerequisite: General Psychology or CPS 603 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY CPS 402 - Abnormal Psychology. (5) The processes and significant transition points from CPS 404 QUANTITATIVE PERSPECTIVES (5) early childhood, adolescence, and adult development This course represents a survey of statistical to include aging and long-term care, are studied in techniques and methods as they are properly (and this course. Major theories of development are improperly) applied. De-mystification of statistical contrasted by examining principal concepts and concepts, language, and jargon is emphasized. uncovering assumptions about what motivates Topics include descriptive and inferential statistics, behavior and development, what is the nature of
189
development, and determining the primary influences CPS 612 LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES IN on development throughout the life-span. COUNSELING (5) Legal and ethical issues are examined within the CPS 604 INTRODUCTION TO context of the privileged relationship between PSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH (5) therapist and client. This class addresses general This is an introductory course in psychological legislation regarding licensing and the practice of research for counselors who need to be able to utilize psychology, including an overview of the law and its research results. The course will teach students how impact, legal authorities, licensing boards, privileged to use the library to locate and use psychological communications, child abuse reporting, professional books and journals. This course will focus on the associations, licensing insurance, Family Law Act, main types of research methods used in clinical etc. It also seeks to develop a professional research including interviews, surveys, and commitment to the practice of psychology within the experiments. Research reports and ethical issues will letter of the law and the applicable code of ethics. be addressed. CPS 613 HUMAN SEXUALITY AND GENDER CPS 605 CLINICAL COUNSELING SKILLS ISSUES (5) TRAINING (5) This course presents basic knowledge about sexual Research indicates that counseling and therapy are, health. Topics include male and female sexuality, for better or for worse, largely the result of the skills communication, alternative life styles, sexual myths of the counselor. In this course, students review and major types of sexual problems. Students will be research on effective therapists, learn the traits of encouraged to look into their own sexual attitudes, successful helpers, have their own helping skills feelings, and practice. Current therapeutic concepts evaluated and begin the training process necessary to and techniques will be discussed. develop their own counseling abilities. Counseling supervision, feedback, and training exercises are part CPS 614 THEORIES, THERAPIES, AND of this course. Self-exploration as it relates to any ISSUES IN CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY personal issues which inhibit therapeutic (5) effectiveness is required. Prerequisite: CPS 601 - This class identifies relevant theories, therapies, Counseling Theories & Strategies, CPS 610 - special problems and concerns in working with Psychopathology. addictions. It includes the latest information on the cultural and social-psychological dynamics effecting CPS 610 PSYCHOPATHOLOGY (5) special populations, (the aging, disabled, gay, This course is an overview of the variety and range of children from alcoholic families). Effective psychopathological disorders based on the communication skills, enhanced by an understanding Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental of the client background, theory, research and current Disorders (DSM) published by the American treatment programs are stressed. Public perception, Psychological Association. The primary focus is on public policy, prevention and education are included etiology and symptoms of disorders. Prerequisite: in this course. Prerequisite: CPS 601 - Counseling CPS 402 - Abnormal Psychology and CPS 603 - Theories & Strategies or concurrent. Developmental or concurrent enrollment. CPS 615 CROSS-CULTURAL COUNSELING CPS 611 ADVANCED CLINICAL SKILLS (5) TRAINING (5) This course explores from psycho-social and cultural In this advanced course, students review research on aspects the manner and extent to which the client's effective therapists, learn the traits of successful ethnic, racial, and class membership influence the helpers, have their own helping skills evaluated, and work of the counselor. Both didactic material and continue with the advanced training necessary to experiential exercises heighten the students' enhance their own counseling skills. Continued sensitivity to the effect of mutual diversity on counseling supervision, feedback, and training assessment, strategy and goals of counseling. exercises are part of this course. As in CPS 605, Prerequisite: CPS 601 - Counseling Theories & self-exploration as it relates to any personal issues Strategies. which inhibit therapeutic effectiveness is required. Prerequisite: CPS 601 - Counseling Theories & CPS 616 PSYCHOTHERAPY WITH Strategies, CPS 605 Clinical Counseling Skills CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS (5) Training, CPS 610 - Psychopathology. This course is designed to familiarize students with various psychotherapeutic approaches used in diagnosis and treatment of children and adolescents
190
with behavior disorders. It explores family will be covered. Specific situations will be addressed interaction and methodologies of enhancement of such as marital conflict, single-parent families and communications with the psychologically healthy families with an alcoholic or schizophrenic member. child and adolescent, as well, through interviewing Emphasis will be placed on working with families of techniques, play, music, art, sand-tray, house-tree- origin and their impact on current family functions. person, and games. School related problems, Prerequisite: CPS 619 - Theories of Family Therapy. physical and emotional limitations, and problems arising out of abuse, divorce, and death are also CPS 621 SELECTED TOPICS IN addressed. Prerequisite: CPS 601 - Counseling PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC TECHNIQUES (5) Theories & Strategies, CPS 610 - Psychopathology A modality or topic relevant to applied psychotherapeutic techniques will be explored in CPS 617A ASSESSMENT AND TREATMENT depth each time this course is offered. Students may OF CHILD ABUSE (2.5) draw from the curricula in the other psychology This course will address a whole family approach, programs when the focus of the course is an in-depth recognition of abuse, assessment strategies, methods study of a specific psychotherapeutic technique. of reporting, critical therapeutic issues, and what to Examples include CEX 638 Art and Expressive expect if the case goes to trial. Practical skills will be Therapy with Adults and Aging Populations and emphasized and a panel of professionals will present EXA Sandtray and Worldplay. Prerequisite: CPS different perspectives in handling abuse cases. 601 Counseling Theories & Strategies.
CPS 617B ASSESSMENT AND TREATMENT CPS 622 SUPERVISED PRACTICUM A (5) OF PARTNER ABUSE (2.5) This course continues the process of therapeutic skills This course will focus on the recognition of spouse or development and begins the initial supervised partner abuse. It will cover the definition of abuse, traineeship. Intensive training exercises will be reporting requirements and methods, assessment employed to help students evaluate and improve their strategies, and critical therapeutic issues. Practical helping abilities. Close supervision, counseling skills and solutions from psychological and legal practice and feedback, use of audio-visual equipment perspectives will be emphasized. and periodic self-examination as it relates to therapeutic effectiveness are required. Students CPS 618 PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS AND should attend this class during the first 100 hours of MEASUREMENTS (5) their approved internship. For more information on The nature and use of psychological tests will be the an approved internship see CPS 624. Prerequisites: focus of this course, mainly the assessment of CPS 601 Counseling Theories & Strategies, CPS 610 intelligence, personality, and mental and behavioral Psychopathology, CPS 612 Legal & Ethical Issues in disorders. This class offers a survey of widely-used Counseling, CPS 613 Human Sexuality & Gender tests, as well as the opportunity to construct, Issues, CPS 619 Theories of Family Therapy and an administer and score tests. Current trends in approved practicum site. psychometrics will also be studied. Prerequisite: CPS 610 - Psychopathology. CPS 624 SUPERVISED PRACTICUM B (5) This course is a combination of continued CPS 619 THEORIES OF FAMILY THERAPY supervision, case study and training. Individuals will (5) work to enhance their strengths and cultivate new The family is the central building block of modern strategies for therapeutic intervention. Each student life, although its nature and form are continually will submit an audio or videotape of a clinical hour changing. One of the primary tasks of therapy is to with a client (individual, family, couple, or group). help families adapt to these changes. This course Written releases will be required and must be explores the nature of families and human systems presented with the taped session. Case presentation and the primary approaches to therapeutic change and analysis will be developed during this course. within them. The goal of the course is to offer a Students must attend this practicum during their framework for thinking about family processes. second 100 hours of their internship. Internship Prerequisite: CPS 611 - Advanced Counseling Skills information and site packets are available in the Training. Administrative Office. Prerequisite: CPS 622 Supervised Practicum A. CPS 620 THEORY AND PRACTICE OF FAMILY THERAPY (5) CPS 628 HIV TREATMENT & COUNSELING Evaluation of the family, strategies of family (1) treatment and techniques for intervening in the family
191
Clinical, medical, social, and community issues This course reviews anatomy and physiology of the related to HIV and AIDS. Assessment and treatment CNS, and the pharmacological elements of drug modalities will be explored as well as referred to action, metabolism, efficacy and safety. Major community resources. Satisfies requirement for CA classes of psychoactive drugs will be studied, as will Psychology licensing. their discovery, development and promotion by the pharmaceutical industry, the regulation of such drugs CPS 691 BEHAVIORAL STATISTICS I (5) and complementary medicines in the US, and the This course will cover the basic analytical techniques medico legal aspects of prescribing. The effects of commonly used in psychological research, including drugs combined with non-traditional psycho- the t-test, analysis of variance, regression, and therapeutic modalities, as well as the use of drugs in Chi square. Correlation and cluster analysis will be special populations, will be considered. Off-campus introduced for describing qualitative data. Students tours and library research are an integral part of will learn how to choose a statistical technique for study. the type of research they are studying and/or conducting, use various techniques, and report results CPS 705 ADVANCED RESEARCH METHODS using graphs and tables. Prerequisite: CPS 404 - (5) Quantitative Perspectives. This course will cover naturalistic and experimental research methods used in psychology. Students will CPS 693 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (5) learn to design and conduct research from traditional This is an advanced interdisciplinary course looking and alternative perspectives. This course includes an at psycho-sexual development and social- introduction to the design of experimental and quasi- psychological paradigms presumed to be salient experimental psychological research, field studies, factors in individual and group life. The course seeks and surveys. Consideration will be given to ethical to integrate, challenge and restructure assumptions issues and report writing. Prerequisite: CPS 691 - which may be limited or limiting when accepted as Behavioral Statistics I. singular, monolithic or discrete knowledge. CPS 706 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY CPS 695 SELECTED TOPICS: BRIEF (5) THERAPY & CRISIS INTERVENTION (5) This course is an introduction to the structure and The student will choose between “Brief Therapy & function of the nervous system and the physiological Crisis Intervention” and “Mediation” as preparaton methods of investigation relevant to psychological for the ever-changing world of applied psychology. problems. Major emphasis will be on the brain and In response to changing societal demands for spinal cord as substrata of consciousness. therapeutic protocol, the student will be introduced to Theoretical issues will be examined historically and the latest psychological techniques as they relate to in light of recent empirical findings. Students will the growing need for brief therapy and crisis also be introduced to neurological testing and intervention and for mediation techniques. evaluation. Prerequisite: CPS 618 - Psychological Tests and Measurements or consent. CPS 702 GROUP THERAPY: THEORY & PRACTICE (5) CPS 710 ASSESSMENT A: INTELLIGENCE This course is designed to develop each student's TESTING (5) potential for working in a group format. It is highly Intelligence/Objective testing will focus on the personalized and concentrates on refining the scoring and interpretation of the major intelligence facilitative traits. It will integrate current theory and tests, such as the WAIS-R, WISC-R, McCarthey practice. Scales and Stanford-Binet. Interviewing skills and beginning report writing will be included. Students CPS 703 UNDERSTANDING THE BODY: will also be introduced to the MMPI and Bender- EAST/WEST PERSPECTIVES (5) Gestalt. Prerequisites: CPS 601 - Counseling This course will introduce the student to the Theories & Strategies, CPS 618 - Psychological Tests philosophical assumptions made about health, and Measurements; or SPO 652 - Assessment and disease, and the human body underlying traditional Evaluation in Sport Counseling; CPS 624 - Eastern and Western medical practices. Mind body Supervised Practicum B; or SPO 665 - Sport interaction and how that is viewed from various Counseling Practicum I. perspectives will also be covered. CPS 711 ASSESSMENT B: PERSONALITY CPS 704 PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY (5) TESTING (5)
192
Advanced psychological assessment procedures and explored. Students further develop their own techniques will be discussed. Primary focus will be therapeutic techniques and refine case presentations. on the MMPI, MMPI II, and Bender-Gestalt. Introduction to other objective devices, such as the CPS 728 HUMANISTIC PSYCHOLOGY (5) Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory and the This course covers the major themes of Humanistic California Inventory Personality is included. There Psychology and its development into Transpersonal is an introduction to projective testing such as Psychology: the phenomenological approach, self- Thematic Apperception Test and Draw-a-Person. determination, the ideal of authenticity, the The focus of this course will be on test actualizing tendency, person centeredness and administration, scoring, interpretation, and purpose, holism as the experience of consciousness, comprehensive report writing. Prerequisite: CPS 710 and self-transcendence into Transpersonal - Assessment A: Intelligence Testing. Psychology. This class will explore the historical roots of movement. CPS 712 ASSESSMENT C: PROJECTIVE TESTING (5) CPS 729 COGNITIVE PSYCHOTHERAPY (5) The emphasis of this class is on the administration, This course covers cognitive skills training to scoring and interpretation of the Rorschach Inkblot increase a students' therapeutic effectiveness. It Test. The Thematic Apperception Test, Bender- reviews current theory and techniques used in object Gestalt and the integration of other tests into report relations and systems approaches. Students will learn writing is integral to this course. Prerequisite: CPS to define their own therapeutic techniques, 711 - Assessment B: Personality Testing. discovering which techniques are most effective for them. Case presentations are required. CPS 714 ADVANCED PSYCHOPATHOLOGY (5) CPS 800 DISSERTATION/PROJECT WRITING I (5) This course will survey AXIS I and AXIS II Students must enroll in this course when coursework disorders, emphasizing current theories of etiology, is complete or they begin to work on their research strategies and findings, and intervention dissertation, whichever comes first. The student approaches. Related issues will be explored, engages in independent study and attends the seminar including development of psychopathology, as needed, leading to the completion of the first three biological bases, and cultural contexts. Course chapters of the dissertation. Work is supervised by lectures and readings will emphasize the discriminant the Director of Research and the student's dissertation diagnosis of patients who present the signs and committee chair. These three chapters, the symptoms of various mental disorders. Prerequisites: introduction, the literature review, and the methods CPS 610 - Psychopathology, CPS 624 - Supervised section, constitute the formal proposal. Students Practicum B. must enroll in this course consecutively until the proposal has been defended and approved. Upon completion of a proposal acceptable to the student's CPS 724 SUPERVISED PRACTICUM A (5) committee, the student defends her or his proposal in This supervision course includes case presentation an oral presentation to the committee. This oral and analysis for students in approved internship presentation serves as a Qualifying Exam. placements. This practicum must be taken during the Prerequisite: Doctoral Comprehensive Exam, first 250 hours of the internship. An audio or Acceptance of a preliminary proposal by the Director videotape presentation of a clinical hour is required. of Research. Prerequisite: CPS 624 - Supervised Practicum B or SPO 665 - Sports Counseling Practicum I. CPS 801 DISSERTATION/PROJECT WRITING II (5) CPS 725 SUPERVISED PRACTICUM B (5) Students must enroll in this class when they have This practicum includes advanced case presentation passed the Oral Qualifying Exam and are ready to and analysis for students in approved internship sites. begin to conduct their research. The student engages This practicum must be taken during the second 250 in independent study leading to the execution of their hours of the clinical internship. Prerequisite: dissertation research. The findings are reported and CPS 724 - Supervised Practicum A. discussed in chapters four and five of the dissertation. Upon completion of this work, the student has the CPS 727 PSYCHOTHERAPY WITH Final Oral Defense of the dissertation. Students must DIFFICULT & SPECIAL POPULATIONS (5) enroll in this course consecutively until the Techniques appropriate to special populations will be dissertation has been defended and approved. Prerequisites : CPS 800 - Dissertation Writing I.
193
SPORT COACHING (CCH)
CCH 600 COACHING BUSINESS practical applications of certain topics through PRINCIPLES (5) activities such as fitness testing, circuit training, Students will learn how to set up their coaching weight training and aerobic training. practice, start a business, and network for success. The course will cover marketing techniques to CCH 607 FIRST AID & CPR (5) professional sport organizations, office and self This course is designed to prepare students with basic management, and record and bookkeeping. knowledge and skills in first aid and CPR for the professional rescuer. Additionally, components of the CCH 601 THEORY OF COACHING (5) emergency medical service system are discussed. This course is an overview of current theory and There is an additional fee charged for American Red practice in coaching education. Topics include sport Cross certification as well as for the personal pedagogy, physiology, psychology, administration, protective mask. and risk management. This course addresses issues common across all levels of performance and CCH 608 SPORT SCIENCE APPLIED TO competition as well as issues specific to youth, COACHING (5) interscholastic, and collegiate coaching. This course focuses on the basic science of exercise physiology and athletic performance as it applies to CCH 603 COACHING METHODS (5) coaching. Topics include how the body responds to This course is a comprehensive introduction to the exercise, how to train the body to maximize health coaching profession. Emphasis is placed on coaching and athletic performance, basic movement and at the high school and club levels. Additional mechanical principles, risks associated with exercise, consideration will be given to coaching at youth, injury prevention strategies, and the influence of recreational, and intercollegiate levels. The primary nutrition on exercise and athletic performance. goal of the course is to develop and enhance students' knowledge and understanding of concepts and CCH 610 SPORT NUTRITION (5) techniques of coaching, as well as their application to This course combines the sciences of exercise achieving important objectives in working with physiology and nutrition. Students will explore the athletes. principles of exercise physiology, optimal nutrition management, and counseling for optimal physical and CCH 605 PERSONAL HEALTH & WELLNESS mental health. Emphasis will be placed on the (5) relationship among essential nutrients, energy This course is an introduction to concepts and metabolism, athletic training, diet and life-style applications of lifetime personal health and wellness. issues, and their role in achieving peak athletic Topics covered include components of fitness, performance. Skill development with assessment cardiovascular disease and risk factors, nutrition, tools and with development of preventive and weight management, relaxation and massage rehabilitative programs is also included techniques, sexually transmitted diseases, ergogenic aids and substance abuse. The course includes
SPORT COMMUNICATION (SPM) SPORT MANAGEMENT (SPM)
This course will examine the intricacies involved in SPM 622 FOUNDATION OF SPORT the management and administration of sports MANAGEMENT (5) programs. Students will receive a broad overview of various sport entities, with analysis of the internal and
194
external environmental factors that impact on short meeting the informational needs of the fantasy sport and long term operations in the sport enterprise. user. With nearly 35 million fantasy sport Additional emphasis will be placed on specific participants, fantasy sport is an online activity management techniques, such as how to plan, utilizing sport communication outlets in multiple organize, control, and direct a sport enterprise, as ways. well as decision-making and communication skills, which are the foundations for effective leadership and SPM 633 STRATEGIC CRISIS MANAGEMENT necessary to be a successful manager of sports IN SPORT (5) programs. Studies the emerging trends facing sport organizations and implementation of techniques in SPM 624 GOVERNANCE & POLICY IN SPORT resolving them. This course will examine crisis ORGANIZATIONS (5) communication principles, methods, and the General principles of administration and governance application of crisis management principles, structures in amateur sport will be the focus of the strategies and tactics. course. Emphasis will be placed on the International Olympic Committee, the Olympic Committee and the SPM 635 SPORT AGENCY MANAGEMENT (5) This course will provide individuals with the National Governing Bodies; the Special Olympics; necessary skills and strategies to represent the Collegiate Athletic Association; High School professional athletes. Emphasis will be placed on Leagues; and various other amateur sport the laws, rules, and regulations that influence the organizations. sports agent industry , as well as future developments
in the field. SPM 626 SPORT MARKETING
MANAGEMENT (5) SPM 650 FINANCIAL APPLICATION TO An overview of sport marketing and basic market SPORT (5) terminology, as well as concepts of sport marketing Applies financial principles to various professional, and the application of these concepts. Topics for amateur, collegiate or non-profit sport programs as discussion include consumer behavior in sport, well as sport-related settings. The course will provide sponsorship and fundraising, licensing, community the student with a practical background regarding the relations, media relations, customer relations, principles of financial management and financial branding, and the use of the Internet in sport statements for the purposes of planning, marketing. administering, reporting and evaluating the financial
performance of sport-related entities. SPM 628 FACILITY & EVENT MANAGEMENT
(5) SPM 651 ETHICAL & SOCIAL ISSUES IN An in-depth study of the principles, guidelines and SPORT (5) recommendations for facility planning, management This course will provide an overview of the current and operations as well as a foundation for event issues, as well as a range of potential social planning and production. controversies impacting athletes, managers, athletic administrators, coaches, and trainers. This course will SPM 631 SPORT MEDIA & include an analysis of the processes and values that COMMUNICATION (5) create, sustain, and transform sport in today’s society. This course will provide students a review of the Emphasis will be placed on practicing and promoting basic communication principles, including a study of ethics and human values while managing and the interaction between sport entities and athletes in operating professionally within any sport enterprise. the media. Participants will gain an in-depth look at Additional emphasis will be placed on the ethical the various organizations involved in the sports dilemmas and decisions in the commercialization and communication industry, including major television coverage of modern sports. Topics include the and radio networks, journals and other print media, influence of television, pressure to change sports as well as marketing and advertising firms. Emphasis traditions and standards for money, and negative will be placed on publishing, journalism, team and influence on athletes from commercialization. league media relations, college sports information, TV and radio productions, and advertising. SPM 652 MEDIA RELATIONS IN SPORT (5) Additional focus will be placed on how fantasy sport In this course students will learn to critically view the host sites and traditional communication outlets are role of media in world of sport. The influence of and
195
relationship between sport media and issues such as race, gender, sexuality, nationalism, violence, SPM 656 RISK MANAGEMENT IN SPORT & capitalism/consumerism, and civic life will be PHYSICAL ACTIVITY (5) examined. Other topics discussed will include the An introduction to risk management and its history and processes involved in the development of application to sport and physical activity, the course sport media. Issues in relation to journalism ethics will enable students to identify, evaluate, and control and the production of sport media also will be loss to personal and real property, clients and examined. students, employees, and the public. Losses may
SPM 653 P.R. PRINCIPLES & CASE STUDIES result in injury, death, destruction of property, IN SPORT (5) financial failure, or harm to reputation. Students will Analysis of public relations principles and techniques become familiar with systems used in assessing risks through case studies and application of those in the sport industry. principles and techniques to a sport-related public relations campaign. SPM 657 SPORT TOURISM MANAGEMENT & MARKETING (5) SPM 654 SPORT LAW (5) Examines the planning, operations and marketing of Provides an understanding of the American legal sport tourism. Topics will include the economics, system with an emphasis on the resolution of sport decision-making, programming, project management business legal disputes by means of civil litigation, and operational techniques for sport tourism mediation, arbitration, and trial procedures. Examines enterprises. In addition, international sport tourism, the traditional areas of contract law and tort law as sporting cities and international visitation, they relate to problems confronting the exercise entrepreneurialism and sport events will be examined leader, athletic director, teacher/coach, or sport as well as the organizational environmental and manager. Scrutinizes the legal structure of sport and media intervention. focuses on special topics of television and media, trademark law, sex discrimination, facility safety, SPM 658 SPONSORSHIP & FUNDRAISING IN handicap access, professional sport, drug testing, antitrust laws, gambling and tax laws. SPORT (5) Focuses on the importance of sponsorship and SPM 655 SPORTS BROADCASTING (5) fundraising to sporting organizations. Writing and This course is designed for those who are interested evaluating sponsorship proposals will be highly in working in broadcast journalism – either in front emphasized. Various fundraising ideas and concepts of, or behind the camera in television, radio, or in will also be highlighted and evaluated. multi-platform media organizations. Participants will learn the essential strategies needed to work in the sports media industry, with training in television and radio production, and project management skills.
SPORT PSYCHOLOGY (SPO)
SPO 505 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL Students will learn how to set up their Sport EDUCATION AND SPORTS SCIENCE (5) Psychology practice, start a business, and network for Course provides a graduate level introduction to success. The course will cover marketing Physical Education and Exercise. Topics include an techniques to professional sport organizations, office historical perspective of sport and exercise, fitness, and self management, and record and bookkeeping. conditioning, motor development, coaching, sports medicine, and adapted physical education, and SPO 651 INTRODUCTION TO SPORT comparison of professional and recreational athletic COUNSELING (5) programs. This overview of Sport Psychology will focus on the history, current status, and future perspectives in the SPO 600 SPORT PSYCHOLOGY BUSINESS field of psychology as applied to sports. Students PRINCIPLES (5)
196
will have an opportunity to become familiar with recommendations to athletes in the areas of academic different approaches in sport counseling from an and career development and planning. Topics international perspective. Special emphasis will be covered in this course will include reasons for career placed on philosophical and scientific systems of transitions among athletes, career transition needs, thought which influence current psychological elements and models for successful career transition, practice in sports. Prerequisite: SPO 505 – and career transition problem areas: psychological, Introduction to Physical Education and Sport Science physical, social, and economic. Prerequisites: SPO or equivalent. 651 - Introduction to Sport Counseling or consent.
SPO 652 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION SPO 699 THESIS/PROJECT WRITING (5) IN SPORT COUNSELING (5) Masters students in Sport Counseling are required to This course will focus on the utilization of assessment write a thesis. Students should enroll in 699 while instruments and interviewing techniques in Sport engaged in thesis research and writing. Prerequisite: Counseling. It will include the application, scoring, Second year graduate student and project proposal and evaluation of the Test of Attentional and approved by the Director of Research. Interpersonal Style (TAIS), Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI), among other commonly used SPO 751 SEMINAR IN SPORT PSYCHOLOGY instruments. Prerequisite: SPO 651 - Introduction to (5) Sport Counseling. Review and analysis of current research, trends, and issues related to Sport Psychology. Prerequisite: SPO 653 ADULT FITNESS AND SPO 651 - Introduction to Sport Counseling. PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENT (5) This course focuses on the study of various theories SPO 754 NUTRITION & LIFESTYLE and techniques utilized to enhance performance in MANAGEMENT (5) sports and other areas of physical and mental This class will explore the role of athletic training, development. Students will have the opportunity to diet, and life-style issues in peak athletic experience techniques and develop their individual performance. Principles of exercise physiology, approaches to performance enhancement. Additional optimal nutrition management, and counseling for topics include identification of primary factors in optimal physical and mental health will be health risks, optimum training methods and emphasized. Skill development with assessment tools psychological issues confronted in personal physical and with development of preventive and rehabilitative challenges. programs is also included.
SPO 665 SPORT COUNSELING PRACTICUM SPO 765 SPORT COUNSELING PRACTICUM I (5) II (5) This course provides supervision for students in This advanced experiential course provides approved internship placements. The course will supervision for students in approved internship integrate the different approaches covered in previous placements. The practicum integrates different courses with their practical applications. Students assessment and counseling strategies studied in will design their own approaches to counseling previous courses according to their practical athletes, coaches, and teams. They will have the applications. Students will design their own applied opportunity to apply their knowledge in realistic sport approaches to counseling athletes, coaches, and settings and process the results in classroom groups. teams. Moreover, students will have the opportunity Through feedback and hands-on experiences, students to apply their knowledge in realistic sport settings and will gain confidence and skills. Prerequisites: SPO process the results in classroom discussion groups. 651 - Introduction to Sport Counseling, CPS 403 Through feedback and hands-on experiences, students Theories of Personality, CPS 601 - Counseling will develop confidence and marketable skills. Theories & Strategies, CPS 610 - Psychopathology, Prerequisites: SPO 651 - Introduction to Sport SPO 652 - Assessment and Evaluation in Sport Counseling, CPS 403 Theories of Personality, CPS Counseling. 601 - Counseling Theories & Strategies, CPS 610 - Psychopathology, SPO 652 - Assessment and SPO 668 CAREER TRANSITION AND Evaluation in Sport Counseling, SPO 665 – Sport ATHLETIC RETIREMENT (5) Counseling Practicum I. This course will focus on the career cycle of professional and elite athletes and teams, with special SPO 766 PSYCHOLOGY OF COACHING (5) focus on the career transition process. Students will This course will provide students with a theoretical learn to assess, evaluate, and make proper and practical knowledge for the Psychology of
197
Coaching. Students will learn various coaching SPO 800 DISSERTATION/PROJECT WRITING strategies and techniques to help serve this unique I (5) population. Students must enroll in this course when coursework is complete or they begin to work on their SPO 767 ADVANCED SPORT PSYCHOLOGY dissertation, whichever comes first. The student INTERVENTION TECHNIQUES (5) engages in independent study and attends the seminar This course will provide students with theoretical and as needed, leading to the completion of the first three practical knowledge in intervention techniques in chapters of the dissertation. Work is supervised by Sport Psychology. Students will learn different the Director of Research and the student's dissertation working models they can use to assess and evaluate committee chair. These three chapters, the athletes and develop programs to serve this unique introduction, the literature review, and the methods population. Counseling practice and feedback will section, constitute the formal proposal. Students must be provided through case presentation and analysis to enroll in this course consecutively until the proposal enhance students therapeutic effectiveness and ability has been defended and approved. Upon completion to create strategies for successful intervention. of a proposal acceptable to the student's committee, Prerequisite: SPO 665 - Sport Counseling Practicum the student defends her or his proposal in an oral I or concurrent enrollment. presentation to the committee. This oral presentation serves as a Qualifying Exam. Prerequisite: Doctoral Comprehensive Exam, acceptance of a preliminary SPO 769 SELECTED TOPICS IN SPORT proposal by the Director of Research. PSYCHOLOGY (5) Individualized studies in special topics in Sport SPO 801 DISSERTATION/PROJECT WRITING Counseling. Each student's work is directed by a II (5) faculty member or recognized leader in the subject Students must enroll in this class when they have area being studied. Prerequisite: Tutorial study plan passed the Oral Qualifying Exam and are ready to approved by the Chief Academic Officer. begin to conduct their research. The student engages in independent study leading to the execution of their dissertation research. The findings are reported and discussed in chapters four and five of the dissertation. SPO 799 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN SPORT Upon completion of this work, the student has the PSYCHOLOGY (5) Final Oral Defense of the dissertation. Students must Individualized studies in special topics in Sport enroll in this course consecutively until the Psychology. Each student's work is directed by a dissertation has been defended and approved. faculty member or recognized leader in the subject Prerequisites : SPO 800 – Dissertation/Project area being studied. Prerequisite: Tutorial study plan Writing I and Doctoral Comprehensive Exam approved by the Chief Academic Officer.
TRANSPERSONAL STUDIES (TRP)
CTR 600 PSYCHOLOGY BUSINESS learn about the Four Noble Truths, The Eightfold PRINCIPLES (5) Path, and the Twelve Interdependent Origins. This Students will learn how to set up their counseling course is a prerequisite for the more advanced practice, start a business, and network for success. courses. The course will cover marketing techniques, office and self management, and record and bookkeeping. CTR 671 THEORIES OF CONSCIOUSNESS (5) The essentials of managed care will be introduced as This course is an overview of Eastern and Western well as differences between clinical and consulting perspectives of consciousness focusing on the businesses. Western psychological theories of Freud, Jung, and Hillman. The significance of consciousness as it is CTR 670 INTRODUCTION TO TIBETAN considered in religious and scientific systems will be BUDDHIST PSYCHOLOGY (5) discussed. Special attention will be given to current This course is a historical as well as practical synthesis paradigms of Wilber, Tart, and others. overview of Tibetan Buddhist religion, philosophy, and psychology. Classes incorporate meditation CTR 672 EAST/ WEST PSYCHOLOGY (5) practice with lecture and guest presenters as students This course will focus on the integration of
198
Eastern and Western psychological thought in a dialogue between Hinduism, Buddhism, and Taoism TRP 678 SELECTED TOPICS IN as they relate to Western approaches to TRANSPERSONAL STUDIES (5) psychotherapy. Emphasis will be placed on the Each time this course is offered, a specific topic coordination of meditation, guided imagery, and relevant to Transpersonal Studies will be explored in mind/body integration. depth. Examples include Shamanism, Visualization and Imagery, and Altered States of Consciousness. CTR 673 MEDITATION AND MANDALAS (5) Through a comparative exploration of various CTR 699 THESIS/PROJECT WRITING (5) practices and theories of Eastern and Western Masters students in Transpersonal Psychology are meditation, this course focuses on the study of states required to write a thesis. Students should enroll in of consciousness involved in meditation practice. 699 while engaged in thesis research and writing. Sitting meditation for concentration, focusing and Prerequisite: Second year graduate student and analysis will be covered as well as, moving and project proposal approved by the Director of walking meditations. The therapeutic and Research meditational use of mandalas will be explored as well. This course includes the experience of a basic CTR 770 BIRTH, DEATH AND meditation practice. Prerequisite: CTR 670 – INTERMEDIATE STATES (5) Introduction to Tibetan Buddhist Psychology. Students will be introduced to the Buddhist perspective of living, dying, bardo states, rebirth, and TRP 674 TRADITIONS OF reincarnation. A thorough discussion of the concept TRANSFORMATIONAL ARTS (5) of karma and how it relates to these states will help This course will examine the psycho-spiritual the student to integrate this aspect of Buddhism into concepts of transformation as revealed by various everyday life and Western concepts of behavior, religions and cultures in their use of symbols and attitude and motivation. Prerequisites: CTR 670 – stories, songs and dances, art and poetry. We will use Introduction to Tibetan Buddhist Psychology this information to explore the interrelationships between culture, religion, the arts and healing. TRP 771 FOUNDATIONS OF Discussions of sacred art and ritual will lead to CONTEMPLATIVE DEPTH experiential processes designed to awaken deeper PSYCHOTHERAPY (5) connections to the Self, the world and the source of Contemplative Depth Psychotherapy is the integration creativity. of Western analytical and Tibetan Buddhist imaginal and archetypal processes that foster individualization TRP 675 MIND/BODY APPROACHES TO and growth. The principle of analytical HEALING (5) (Jungian/archetypal) and developmental, This course will focus on detailing the psychoanalytical (Object Relations & Kohut's Self interrelationships of the body/mind and will survey Psychology) serve as a framework in which the different body/mind therapies. Specifically, the role contemplative depth psychotherapist works, supports, of life-style (beliefs, emotions, personality, & life confronts, and elucidates the experiences of the events) on physical well-being and disease will be client. Beginning from the basic analytical work of explored. Therapeutic approaches for mediating how resistance and defense hide painful affects, the disease and promoting health using body/mind goal is to enhance the Inner Self solidly within the approaches will include relaxation therapy, autogenic psyche to provide deeper experiential and emotive training, hypnosis, visualization, meditation, creative insight into the psycho dynamics of life's conflicts. movements, and various body therapies (e.g. Prerequisite: CPS 601 - Counseling Theories & massage, acupuncture, & nutrition) Strategies or equivalent.
TRP 676 ALTERNATIVE HEALING TRP 774 FUNDAMENTALS OF ENERGETIC & THERAPIES (5) SOMATIC THERAPIES (5) Survey of contemporary alternative healing therapies, Selected Topics such as Bioenergetics, Tui Na, T'ai such as Alexander Technique, Feldenkrais, and Tui Chi, Chi Kung, Feldenkrais, and Alexander Na Massage. Fundamental issues related to the techniques will be examined. The study of body- employment of alternative healing therapies in a oriented psychotherapies will be addressed through comprehensive health program: ethical and selected topics from Eastern or Western traditions of professional considerations, legal issues, and holistic development. The class will focus on a situational appropriateness of techniques. One specific therapeutic exercise, as well as, learning specific modality will be studied in greater depth. basic theory and practice. Students will be
199
encouraged to continue a chosen technique for on- disciplines on the nature of similarities and going study and practice. Prerequisites: CPS 601 - differences in the perceptions, strategies, and Counseling Theories & Strategies. treatments of these systems. Grand Round type dialogues, case studies, and open discussions will be TRP 776 CONTEMPLATIVE, the class format. TRANSPERSONAL THERAPIES (5) Theory, clinical application, and methods of mapping TBP 794 ADVANCED METHODS IN TIBETAN the intrapsychic experience of transpersonal HEALING (5) techniques for personal development and strategies With an eye on the relationships to consciousness and for transformation will be addressed. Topics include growth, students will advance in their knowledge of Mandalas, Kabbalah, and Shamanic traditions. Tibetan Healing practices such as Tibetan medicine, Prerequisite: TRP 771 - Foundations of yoga, bodywork, and spiritual practice. Students will Contemplative Depth Psychotherapy. be introduced to Tibetan diagnostic and assessment techniques, as well as, the therapeutic use of herbs, CTR 778 PRACTICUM IN TRANSPERSONAL meditations, and behavior modification. PSYCHOLOGY (5) Having already examined the Mahayana motivation TBP 795 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN TIBETAN for helping others, students will put these principles BUDDHIST PSYCHOLOGY (5) into action and will be able to contemplate, discuss, Individualized studies in special topics in Tibetan and explain their interventions with others in need. Buddhist Psychology. Each student’s work is They will be able to assess another’s suffering and be directed by a faculty member or recognized leader in able to see the causes and conditions for this the subject area being studied. Prerequisite: suffering. Under supervision, the students will learn Approval from the Chief Academic Officer. to treat the other in a compassionate manner, and to understand their own process as a helper with an TBP 800 DISSERTATION/PROJECT WRITING ongoing awareness of personal and professional I (5) growth. Students in practicum must be prepared to Students must enroll in this course when coursework present actual cases that they are working on through is complete or they begin to work on their video tape, and case notes, therefore, students, must dissertation, whichever comes first. The student be either licensed professionals or under the direct engages in independent study and attends the seminar supervision of a licensed therapist. Prerequisites: as needed, leading to the completion of the first three CTR 670 – Introduction to Tibetan Buddhist chapters of the dissertation. Work is supervised by Psychology, CTR 672 East/West Psychology, CTR the Director of Research and the student's dissertation 770 Birth, Death, and Intermediate States, and TRP committee chair. These three chapters, the 674 – Traditions of Transformational Arts. introduction, the literature review, and the methods section, constitute the formal proposal. Students must TBP 779 SELECTED TOPICS IN TIBETAN enroll in this course consecutively until the proposal BUDDHIST PSYCHOLOGY (5) has been defended and approved. Upon completion Individualized studies in special topics in Tibetan of a proposal acceptable to the student's committee, Buddhist Psychology. Each student’s work is the student defends her or his proposal in an oral directed by a faculty member or recognized leader in presentation to the committee. This oral presentation the subject area being studied. serves as a Qualifying Exam. Prerequisite: Doctoral Comprehensive Exam, acceptance of a preliminary TBP 790 INTRODUCTION TO TIBETAN proposal by the Director of Research. HEALING APPROACHES (5) Tibetan Healing Practices blend Ayurvedic, Chinese, TBP 801 DISSERTATION/PROJECT WRITING Persian, and Bon medical systems. Students will II (5) become familiar with the basics of Tibetan medical Students must enroll in this class when they have practice and its emphasis on diet, behavior or lifestyle passed the Oral Qualifying Exam and are ready to and mind/body interactions. Students will become begin to conduct their research. The student engages aware of the mind, body, and spirit relationships to in independent study leading to the execution of their counseling and healing. dissertation research. The findings are reported and discussed in chapters four and five of the dissertation. TBP 791 EAST/WEST MEDICAL Upon completion of this work, the student has the DIALOGUEUE (5) Final Oral Defense of the dissertation. Students must This seminar type course will feature the open enroll in this course consecutively until the dialogue between Eastern and Western healers of all
200
dissertation has been defended and approved. Prerequisites: TBP 800 - Dissertation Writing I.
WEB DESIGN (WEB)
DSN 101 HUMAN COGNITION AND This course will prepare students to set up a basic INTERFACE DESIGN (5) Apache-MySQL-PHP (AMP) server from which they This course focuses on the principles of human will be able to serve their own websites on any interaction and user interface design. Topics to be operating system of their choice. Students will learn discussed will range from the human anatomy, to the the basics of integrating a web server (Apache), a psychology of learning and memory, to the limits of database system (MySQL), and PHP, a scripting human cognition and interest. Students will examine language for producing dynamic web pages. the principles of schematic organization, aesthetics, Encryption of web traffic via SSL and basic security and designing for usability and economy of effort. concerns will also be discussed. This course is a prerequisite for WEB 230 “Introduction to Open DSN 103 PROJECT MANAGEMENT (5) Source Content Management Systems.” This course covers the practical aspects of interacting with clients, assessing the scope and requirements of a WEB 105 WEB DESIGN MARKETING (5) given project, and the successful planning, This course provides students with an overview of organizing, and managing of resources to bring about specific concerns that web designers face in the successful completion of the project goals and marketing services for web design. Strategies for objectives. Students will examine theories of project portfolio design, client contact, interviewing and management as they relate to specific case studies and counseling, and obtaining referrals will be discussed. will practice managing a project from concept to completion. WEB 205 OPEN SOURCE TOOLS FOR WEB SITE CREATION (5) WEB 100 INTRODUCTION TO HTML AND This course provides an introduction to the use of WEB PAGE CREATION (5) open source software to create robust web sites. The This course introduces students to the world of Hyper software covered in this course is cross-platform, free Text Markup Language (HTML), the predominant to use, and provides a cost effective alternative to use markup language for web pages on the internet. of proprietary software. This class will primarily Students will gain familiarity with HTML scripting focus on Aptana, GIMP, Inkscape, and Filezilla. and will “hand code” web pages using a just basic text editor. Topics to be covered include setting tags, WEB 220 CSS Workshop and CSS 2.1 (5) embedding pictures and links, formatting, creating This course introduces students to the use of tables, creating frames, and creating forms. This class cascading style sheets (CSS) to set formatting, is recommended for students that are new to the field improve content accessibility, and optimize of web design. bandwidth.
WEB 103 PRINCIPLES OF WEB SITE ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN (5) This course focuses on the successful organization of WEB 225 SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION web pages into a thematic web site, based on (5) principles of utility, economy, and human interface This course emphasizes the process of improving the design. Students will examine case studies to volume or quality of traffic to a website from search determine client objectives, and take an engines through Search Engine Optimization (SEO). interdisciplinary approach to flexibly achieve optimal The principles and mechanisms behind search engine solutions. Topics covered will include the cognitive results, “black” and “white” hat techniques for bases for usability, principles of navigation, optimization, and real world application will be presentation by priority, and diagrammatic discussed and practiced. approaches to problem solving.
WEB 104 INTRODUCTION TO APACHE, WEB 230 INTRODUCTION TO OPEN SOURCE MySQL, AND PHP (5) CONTENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (5)
201
This course will provide an introductory survey of MediaWiki. Students will have an opportunity to popular open source content management systems participate in creating and administering a class CMS (CMS) in order to manage work flow in a of their choice. WEB 104 “Introduction to Apache, collaborative environment. This course will focus MySQL, and PHP” is a prerequisite for this class, but primarily on Drupal, Joomla!, Wordpress, and may be taken concurrently.
202
UNIVERSITY PROGRAMS FACULTY San Diego University for Integrative Studies Jennifer Beaman, DM takes great pride in its faculty. By Doctor of Management, embodying the qualities of scholar- Organizational Leadership, practitioners, they bring wisdom and worldly University of Phoenix experience to their classrooms and our Master of Management, University curriculum. Believing in personal exchange of Phoenix and exposure to a variety of thinkers and Bachelor of Arts, Management & doers, San Diego University for Integrative Organizational Development, Fresno Studies seeks out specialists to teach in each Pacific University of its course areas. Input from faculty is Teaching Specialty: Leadership, Business, sought at the curriculum development stage Research as well. Faculty members strive to pass on their knowledge and expertise so that they Seann Bernshaw, MA can have a positive influence on our Master of Arts, Economics, collective future. University of California Santa Barbara Although San Diego University for Bachelor of Arts, Economics, Integrative Studies is a small university, its University of California Santa scholars are leaders and innovators in their Barbara areas of expertise. Over 90% of the faculty Teaching specialty: Business who teach at the graduate level hold terminal degrees in their area of expertise. The Yolonda Boston-Creigh, M.Ed. University’s residential and online faculty Master of Education, Adult are published, recognized scholars whose Education, University of Phoenix approach to teaching embraces multicultural Bachelor ofLiberal Arts, and multinational perspectives. Purdue University Teaching Specialty: Hospitality Greg Alberto, SPHR Management Bachelor of Arts, Economics, University of Philippines Desiree Bradanini, Lead Faculty Teaching Specialty: Human Resources, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Fashion Hospitality Management Design, Parsons School of Design, New York Neenah Amaral, PhD, MFT Teaching specialty: Fashion Design Ph.D. Clinical Psychology, La Jolla University, Stephanie Clausen, PhD Master of Arts. Counseling PhD, Organization Development, Psychology, La Jolla University Marshall Goldsmith School of Bachelor of Arts, Psychology, Management, Alliant University University of California San Diego Master of Arts, Organization Teaching specialty: Counseling, Family Development, Marshall Goldsmith Therapy, Psychology School of Management, Alliant University Bachelor of Arts, Psychology, University of California, Santa Cruz
203
Teaching specialty: Business, Hospitality, Executive Leadership Coaching, Family William Dieck, MA, MBA Leadership Coaching Master of Arts, Organizational Management, University of Phoenix Thomas Compton, MBA Master of Business Administration, Master of Business Administration, University of Phoenix Sacred Heart University Bachelor of Arts, Psychology, Bachelor of Arts, History, University University of San Diego of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Teaching specialty: Business, Executive Teaching Specialty: Advertising, Business, Leadership Coaching, Family Leadership Marketing Coaching
Joseph Cortese, Ed.D. Kristin Francis, PsyD Doctorate in Education (Ed.D.), Doctor of Psychology, Alliant Educational Leadership, Widener International University University Master of Science, Psych- Master of Education (M.Ed.), Counseling, Loyola University Educational Leadership, Widener Maryland University Bachelor of Arts, Psychology, St. Master of Arts, Secondary Mary’s College of Maryland Education, Lehigh University Teaching Specialty: Psychology , Bachelor of Science, Education, Psychopathology Easter Stroudsburg State College Teaching specialty: Writing Skills Susan Futeral, Ph.D., LCSW Doctor of Philosophy, University of Michelle Cruz, MA Maryland Baltimore Master of Arts, Organizational Master of Social Work, University of Management, University of Phoenix Maryland Baltimore Bachelor of Arts, English, Whittier Baccalaureate of Arts, Psychology, College Goucher College Teaching specialty: Business, Marketing Teaching Specialty: Expressive Arts Therapy, Psychology Joseph Davis, PhD Doctor of Philosophy, Clinical ShaSha A. Gideo, MBA Psychology, The University for Master of Business Administration, Humanistic Studies University of Phoenix Master of Science, Radford Master of Science, Education, University University of Phoenix Bachelor of Science, Radford Bachelor of Science, General University Studies, University of Texas Teaching Specialty: Cognitive Therapy, Associate of Science, Culinary Arts, Psychology, Research Grossmont College Teaching Specialty: Hospitality Al Delino, Lead Faculty Management Bachelor of Arts, Graphic Design, TV & Film, San Diego State University Teaching specialty: Advertising, Graphic Design
204
Edward Goold, DBA, Lead Faculty Bachelor of Science, Business Doctor of Business Administration, Administration Service Sector, International Business California State University San Administration, Alliant International Marcos University Senior Professional in Human Master of Business Administration, Resources Certification (SPHR) California State University Long Teaching specialty: Business Hospitality Beach Management Bachelor of Science, Hotel Management, Florida International Mark Jamil University Bachelor of Science, Computer Associate of Applied Science, Hotel Science, San Diego State University Technology, Sullivan County Teaching Specialty: Information Community College Technology, Graphic Design, Web Design
Teaching specialty: Business, Hospitality Cliff Keenan, MSS, MAS, Lead Faculty Management Master of Strategic Studies, U.S. Army War College Linda Greischel, PhD, LCSW Master of Aeronautical Science, Doctor of Philosophy, Comparative Aeronautics, Embry-Riddle Religion & Philosophy, California Aeronautical University Institute for Human Science Bachelor of Arts, Political Science, Master of Social Work, University of Wright State University Washington Teaching specialty: Business, Bachelor of Arts, Religious Studies, Information Technology University of Colorado Boulder Teaching Specialty: Psychology Kristen Kirkham, MS Master of Science, Mental Health Yana Hart, JD Counseling, Walden University Juris Doctor, Law, Thomas Jefferson Bachelor of Science, Psychology, School of Law San Diego State University Bachelor of Science, Business Teaching Specialty: Counseling, Abnormal Administration, Cabrini College Psychology Teaching specialty: Business Law Doris Klein, Ed.D. Michael Hawthorne, MBA Doctor of Education, Organizational Master of Business Administration, Leadership, Grand Canyon Franklin University University Bachelor of Arts, Business Master of Arts in Business Administration, Otterbein University Management, Health Care, Ashford Associate of Applied Business, University Central Ohio Technical College Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies, Teaching Specialty: Business, Finance, National University Leadership, Marketing Certified Medical Assistant, Apollo College Amber Herrmann, MS, SPHR Teaching specialty: Business, Executive Master of Science in Business Leadership Coaching, Family Leadership Administration, Human Resources Coaching Management, San Diego State University
205
Doris Lu-Anderson, PhD Peter McLaughlin, JD Ph.D., Sport Administration/Physical Juris Doctor, Western State Education., Florida State University University Master of Business Administration, Master of Business Administration, San Diego State University Business Management, Pepperdine Master of Science, Health and University Physical Education, Louisiana Tech Bachelor of Arts, History, Seattle University University Bachelor of Arts, International Teaching Specialty: Business, Legal and Business, Ming Chuan University, Ethical Issues Taipei, Taiwan Teaching Specialty: Business, Sport Mark Missler, MBA Psychology Master of Business Administration, Webster University Rand Lundmark, MA, CADC II Bachelor of Science, Hospitality Master of Arts, Spiritual Psychology, Management, Hawaii Pacific University of Santa Monica University Bachelor of Science, Psychology, Teaching specialty: Business, Hospitality The Union Institute Management Certified Alcohol & Drug Counselor, II Jenny Molstre, PsyD Teaching Specialty: Clinical Psychology, Doctor of Psychology, San Diego Behavioral Psychology University for Integrative Studies Master of Arts, Marital & Family Yvette Lyons, PhD Therapy, Alliant International Doctor of Philosophy, Psychology, University California Institute of Integrative Teaching Specialty: Clinical Psychology Studies Master of Arts, Psychology, The Macyh Nawaey, JD University for Humanistic Studies Juris Doctor, Thomas Jefferson Bachelor of Arts, Psychology, Sierra School of Law University Bachelor of Arts, Political Science, Teaching Specialty: Expressive Arts University of California San Diego Therapy, Psychology Teaching Specialty: Business Law, Sales
Michael Maynard, MA Delya Rahmani, MSW Master of Science, Accountancy, Master of Social Work, Sacramento California State University, Chico State University Bachelor of Arts, Journalism, Bachelor of Science, Business California State University, Hayward Administration in Management Tax Certificate, UCLA Continuing Information Systems, San Education Jose State University Teaching specialty: Accounting Teaching Specialty: Clinical Psychology, Social Psychology
206
Rene Ray, M.Ed. Stella Sailing, PhD Master of Arts in Education, Alliant Doctor of Philosophy, Professional International University Psychology, Alliant International Bachelor of Arts, Organizational University Leadership, Chapman University Master of Arts, Counseling, Alliant Teaching specialty: Business, International University Communication Bachelor of Arts, Biology, University of California Riverside Jason Robin, CPA Teaching Specialty: Expressive Arts Bachelor of Science, California State Therapy, Psychology University, San Marcos CPA License, Board of Accountancy Mitra Sarkosh, MFT 12/2011 to 03/2017 Master of Counseling/Marriage, Teaching specialty: Accounting Family and Child Counseling, University of Phoenix Robert Rodgers, MBA Bachelor of Science, Biochemistry, Master of Business Administration, University of California Davis Technology Management, National Teaching Specialty: Family Therapy, University Psychology Bachelor of Science, Computer Engineering, Clemson University Steven Schaefer, MBA Teaching Specialty: Business, Computers Master of Business Administration, International Management, Arthur Rosengarten, PhD Thunderbird, Goal School of Doctor of Philosophy, Clinical Management Psychology, California Institute of Bachelor of Arts, Government, Integral Studies Southern Illinois University Master of Arts, Integral Studies, Teaching specialty: Business California Institute of Asian Studies Bachelor of Arts, English Literature Kathleen Scott and English Composition, Beloit Bachelor of Science, Accounting, College Southeast Missouri State University Teaching Specialty: Psychology Teaching Specialty: Accounting
Steve Ryan, MA Robert Spellman, MBA Master of Arts, English, City College Master of Business Administration, of New York Technology Management, University Bachelor of Arts, English, College of of Pheonix Staten Island, City University of Bachelor of Science, Computer New York Science, Norfolk State University Teaching specialty: Business, Teaching Specialty: Accounting, Business, Communication Information Technology
207
Griffen Stapp, MA. CPA United States International MBA, Accountancy, California State University, San Diego, CA University San Marcos Master of Arts in Sport Psychology BA, Accounting & Finance, United States International California State University San University, San Diego, CA Marcos Bachelor of Science in Psychology, Teaching specialty: Accounting & Finance Universidade Gama Filho, Brazil Bachelor of Science in Physical Christine Stevens, MSW, MA Education, Universidade Gama Filho, Master of Social Work, Colorado Brazil State University Teaching Specialty: Sport Psychology, Master of Art, Music Therapy, Business Planning Colorado State University Bachelor of Art, Music Therapy, Gary Vienna, MS Michigan State University Master of Science, Information Teaching Specialty: Music Therapy Technology, Grantham University Bachelor of Science, Computer William Stillwell, PhD Science, Grantham University Doctor of Philosophy, Anthropology, Associate of Science, Computer University of Pittsburgh Science, Grantham University Bachelor of Arts, Anthropology, Teaching Specialty: Business, Information Lawrence University Technology, Web Design Teaching Specialty: Clinical Counseling, Humanistic Studies, Psychology Suzanne Werden, MBA Master of Business Administration, Laura M. Tanganelli, LLM University of Phoenix LLM in American Legal Studies, Bachelor of Science, Thomas Jefferson School of Law Accounting/Finance, Oakland LLM in International & European University Law, University of Westminster Teaching specialty: Accounting, Business (U.K.) Bachelor of Law, University of Nice, Jason Wiggins, PhD France Doctor of Philosophy in Teaching Specialty: International Business Management, Leadership and Law Organizational Change, Walden University Rachel Van Dessel, MFA, MA Master of Business Administration, York University City University of Seattle Master of Art, Psychology, Sonoma Bachelor of Arts, Washington State State University University Bachelor of Art, Psychology, Teaching Specialty: Business & Leadership Sonoma State University Teaching Specialty: Psychology, Tricia Woodward, JD Transpersonal Psychology Juris Doctor, California Western School of Law Cristina Versari, PhD Bachelor of Science, Organizational PhD specialization in Sport Leadership, Azusa Pacific University Psychology Teaching Specialty: Business Law
208
Junqiao Xiao, Ed.D. Ryan Young, MSIS Doctor of Education, Educational Master of Science, Information Leadership and Management, Alliant Systems, Drexel University International University Bachelor of Arts, Communication, Master of Arts, Teaching, National LaSalle University University Bachelor of Arts, English, LaSalle Bachelor of Education University Administration, Hunan Normal Associate of Science, Computer University, China Information, Coleman University Teaching Specialty: Business Teaching Specialty: Information Technology, Web Design
209
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR RESIDENTIAL PROGRAMS
WINTER 2016 – FALL 2016
WINTER 2016 January 4 – March 27
Classes Start January 4 Comprehensive Exams February 12 Spring Registration Deadline March 15 Classes End March 27
SPRING 2016 April 4 – June 26
Classes Start April 4 Comprehensive Exams May 13 Summer Registration Deadline June 15 Classes End June 26
SUMMER 2016 July 4 – September 25
Classes Start July 4 Comprehensive Exams August 12 Fall Registration Deadline September 15 Classes End September 25
FALL 2016 September 26 – December 18
Classes Start September 26 Comprehensive Exams November 4 Winter 2017 Registration Deadline December 15 Classes End December 18
Please note: The Quarterly Schedule of Classes will list all current financial and add/drop deadlines. Payment schedules are listed on individual contracts.
210
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR RESIDENTIAL PROGRAMS
WINTER 2017 – FALL 2017
WINTER 2017 January 2 – March 26
Classes Start January 2 Comprehensive Exams February 10 Spring Registration Deadline March 15 Classes End March 26
SPRING 2017 April 3 – June 25
Classes Start April 3 Comprehensive Exams May 12 Summer Registration Deadline June 15 Classes End June 25
SUMMER 2017 July 3 – September 24
Classes Start July 3 Comprehensive Exams August 11 Fall Registration Deadline September 15 Classes End September 24
FALL 2017 September 25 – December 17
Classes Start September 25 Comprehensive Exams November 3 Winter 2018 Registration Deadline December 15 Classes End December 17
211
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR RESIDENTIAL PROGRAMS
WINTER 2018 – FALL 2018
WINTER 2018 January 2 – March 25
Classes Start January 2 Comprehensive Exams February 9 Spring Registration Deadline March 15 Classes End March 25
SPRING 2018 April 2 – June 24
Classes Start April 2 Comprehensive Exams May 11 Summer Registration Deadline June 15 Classes End June 24
SUMMER 2018 July 2 – September 23
Classes Start July2 Comprehensive Exams August 10 Fall Registration Deadline September 15 Classes End September 23
FALL 2018 September 24 – December 16
Classes Start September 30 Comprehensive Exams November 2 Winter 2019Registration Deadline December 15 Classes End December 16
212
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR RESIDENTIAL PROGRAMS
WINTER 2019 – FALL 2019
WINTER 2019 January 7 – March 31
Classes Start January7 Comprehensive Exams February 15 Spring Registration Deadline March 15 Classes End March 31
SPRING 2019 April 8 – June 30
Classes Start April 8 Comprehensive Exams May 17 Summer Registration Deadline June 15 Classes End June 30
SUMMER 2019 July 8– September 29
Classes Start July 8 Comprehensive Exams August 15 Fall Registration Deadline September 15 Classes End September 29
FALL 2019 September 30 – December 22
Classes Start September 30 Comprehensive Exams November 7 Winter 2020 Registration Deadline December 15 Classes End December 22
213
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR RESIDENTIAL PROGRAMS
WINTER 2020 – FALL 2020
WINTER 2020 January 6 – March 29
Classes Start January 6 Comprehensive Exams February 13 Spring Registration Deadline March 15 Classes End March 29
SPRING 2020 April 6 – June 28
Classes Start April 6 Comprehensive Exams May 15 Summer Registration Deadline June 15 Classes End June 28
SUMMER 2020 July 6 – September 27
Classes Start July 6 Comprehensive Exams August 14 Fall Registration Deadline September 15 Classes End September 27
FALL 2020 September 28 – December 20
Classes Start September 28 Comprehensive Exams November 6 Winter 2021 Registration Deadline December 15 Classes End December 20
214
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR DISTANCE LEARNING PROGRAMS
WINTER 2016 – FALL 2016
WINTER 2016 January 4 – March 27
Session I Classes Start January 4 Session II Classes Start February 15 Spring Registration Deadline March 15 Session II Classes End March 27
SPRING 2016 April 4 – June 26
Session I Classes Start April 4 Session II Classes Start May 16 Summer Registration Deadline June 15 Session II Classes End June 26
SUMMER 2016 July 4 – September 25
Session I Classes Start July 4 Session II Classes Start August 15 Fall Registration Deadline September 15 Session II Classes End September 25
FALL 2016 September 26 – December 18
Session I Classes Start September 26 Session II Classes Start November 7 Winter 2017 Registration Deadline December 15 Session II Classes End December 18
Please note: The Quarterly Schedule of Classes will list all current financial and add/drop deadlines. Payment schedules are listed on individual contracts.
215
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR DISTANCE LEARNING PROGRAMS
WINTER 2017 – FALL 2017
WINTER 2017 January 2 – March 26
Session I Classes Start January 2 Session II Classes Start February 13 Spring Registration Deadline March 15 Session II Classes End March 26
SPRING 2017 April 3 – June 25
Session I Classes Start April 3 Session II Classes Start May 15 Summer Registration Deadline June 15 Session II Classes End June 25
SUMMER 2017 July 3 – September 24
Session I Classes Start July 3 Session II Classes Start August 14 Fall Registration Deadline September 15 Session II Classes End September 24
FALL 2017 September 25 – December 17
Session I Classes Start September 25 Session II Classes Start November 6 Winter 2018 Registration Deadline December 15 Session II Classes End December 17
216
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR DISTANCE LEARNING PROGRAMS
WINTER 2018 – FALL 2018
WINTER 2018 January 2 – March 25
Session I Classes Start January 2 Session II Classes Start February 12 Spring Registration Deadline March 15 Session II Classes End March 25
SPRING 2018 April 2 – June 24
Session I Classes Start April 2 Session II Classes Start May 14 Summer Registration Deadline June 15 Session II Classes End June 24
SUMMER 2018 July 2 – September 23
Session I Classes Start July2 Session II Classes Start August 13 Fall Registration Deadline September 15 Session II Classes End September 23
FALL 2018 September 24 – December 16
Session I Classes Start September 24 Session II Classes Start November 5 Winter 2019 Registration Deadline December 15 Session II Classes End December 16
217
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR DISTANCE LEARNING PROGRAMS
WINTER 2019 – FALL 2019
WINTER 2019 January 7 – March 31
Session I Classes Start January7 Session II Classes Start February 18 Spring Registration Deadline March 15 Session II Classes End March 31
SPRING 2019 April 8 – June 30
Session I Classes Start April 8 Session II Classes Start May 20 Summer Registration Deadline June 15 Session II Classes End June 30
SUMMER 2019 July 8– September 29
Session I Classes Start July 8 Session II Classes Start August 19 Fall Registration Deadline September 15 Session II Classes End September 29
FALL 2019 September 30 – December 22
Session I Classes Start September 30 Session II Classes Start November 11 Winter 2020 Registration Deadline December 15 Session II Classes End December 22
218
ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR DISTANCE LEARNING PROGRAMS
WINTER 2020 – FALL 2020
WINTER 2020 January 6– March 29
Session I Classes Start January 6 Session II Classes Start February 17 Spring Registration Deadline March 15 Session II Classes End March 29
SPRING 2020 April 6 – June 28
Session I Classes Start April 6 Session II Classes Start May 18 Summer Registration Deadline June 15 Session II Classes End June 28
SUMMER 2020 July 6 – September 27
Session I Classes Start July 6 Session II Classes Start August 17 Fall Registration Deadline September 15 Session II Classes End September 27
FALL 2020 September 28 – December 16
Session I Classes Start September 28 Session II Classes Start November 9 Winter 2021 Registration Deadline December 15 Session II Classes End December 20
Please note: The Quarterly Schedule of Classes will list all current financial and add/drop deadlines. Payment schedules are listed on individual contracts.
219
ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE (ESL) INTENSIVE ENGLISH LEARNING PROGRAM (IEP) Provided by USA ENGLISH LANGUAGE CENTER (USAELC) of SDUIS
USAELC Mission Schedule of classes To provide high quality, affordable English Classes operate on a 12-week course cycle as a Second Language educational services with open enrollment. Students in the United to students from many different countries in States on an F1 Student Visa are required to a home-like, friendly environment by attend classes at least 18 hours per week. experienced instructors who value a USAELC classes are 4.5 hours per day, humanistic and integrative philosophy. Our Monday through Thursday, which fulfills the awareness of the relationship between mind, 18-hour per week requirement. Also body, and spirit forms the basis for a available is the Weekend intensive option, socially, culturally, and environmentally with classes schedule on Friday and relevant educational process and experience Saturday. For students interested in which we call “Integrative Studies.” improving their English skills faster, USAELC offers reduced tuition for Accreditation registering into two sessions simultaneously. USAELC is a department of the San Diego Students can choose any combination of two University for Integrative Studies offering sessions, for example Morning session and the Intensive English Language Program. Afternoon session. The sessions offered are The Intensive English Language Program is as follows: accredited by the Accrediting Council for Continuing Education and Training Morning: 9:00 am to 1:30 pm (ACCET). Afternoon: 1:30 pm to 6:00 pm Evening: 5:30 pm to 10:00 pm Program Overview Friday – Saturday: 8:30 am to 5:30 pm USA English Language Center offers Beginning 1 and 2, Intermediate 1 and 2, Course Descriptions Advanced 1 and 2, along with TOEFL All courses are 216 clock hours, and offered Preparation, Business English, and over 12 weeks unless noted otherwise. Conversation for Fluency. USAELC instructors use a full range of grammatical, Beginning I and II reading, writing, listening and The beginner class focuses on basic conversational techniques in the classroom grammar and simple comprehension of on a daily basis. Each class has its own spoken and written English. No prior required textbook in addition to teacher- English study is necessary for this level. provided supplemental materials to enhance Placement test score ranges from 0-26 for the learning process. Classes are offered in Beginner 1 and 27-40 for Beginner 2. the morning, afternoon, evening, and weekend. Intermediate I and II This level focuses on reading comprehension, building vocabulary, grammar, and conversation skills. Most 220
students at this level have a good Business English understanding of English and are often ready The Business English course offered at for standardized testing. Placement test USAELC allows students to gain a better score ranges from 41-50 for Intermediate 1 understanding of English through the and 51-61 for Intermediate 2. knowledge of practical, applied business practices. Students will learn a large variety Advanced I and II of business informa tion such as: Professional/college level conversation administration, corporate strategy, abilities and knowledge of the subtleties of marketing, sales, business etiquette, media, English are necessary to succeed in this law, and creating a resume for job level. Advanced conversation, interviews. This course is suitable for pronunciation, and reading comprehension students who are at an Intermediate level of are the main focuses of this level to enhance English. the student’s grasp of English fluency. Placement test score ranges from 62-80. Admissions Advanced 1 is 62-68 and Advanced 2 is 69- The Admissions and Student Services Office 80. at the USA English Language Center consists of trained Admissions Conversation & Fluency Representatives, Student Services Students will learn English for Conversation Coordinators, and Directors ready to assist utilizing advanced pronunciation and international students. We cater to walk-ins, recognition techniques, metaphor, email and phone correspondence. Students symbolism, and imagery. Course will and families can also communicate with our emphasize the importance of vocabulary, office through our website, social networks prepositions, phrasal verbs. Class will also and fax. Our Representatives can assist with reinforce basic-advanced grammar as it is a wide range of questions students might altered and modified for fluency. This have, anything from housing needs, visa course is suitable for students who are at an questions, change of status and getting Intermediate level of English. Placement test settled in San Diego. Upon enrollment our scores range from 41-61. office remains a vital source of information for currently enrolled students. We maintain TOEFL Preparation customer satisfaction by offering assistance This class is for the intermediate and with changes to class schedule, requests for advanced English language learner who leave of absence, requests for transfer of I20 plans to take the iBT TOEFL, a standardized record to another institution, among other test for non-native speakers wishing to student services. transfer to a two or four-year college in the U.S. The course focuses on the four The application process for new students elements of the TOEFL test: reading is as follows: comprehension, writing, listening, and speaking. Several students in our TOEFL Complete an application form Program move up to the SDUIS University Provide a copy of your current passport, level for a Bachelors, Masters, Ph.D. or visa, and I-94; Certificate Program. Provide a copy of your current I-20; Placement test scores range from 41-80 Provide a copy of your current bank statement; All new international students are required to show proof that funds are
221
guaranteed for the courses of study, in the Test is administered on Thursdays at form of a bank statement (savings or 1:30pm. checking accounts only) or bank letter, dated within the last two months. Certificate of Completion Pay the application fee A certificate verifying enrollment and or Sign a Liability Release Form completion at USAELC is offered to students upon request. Students may come to the office to fill out a Certificate Request If all material and documents have been Form, and pay the $20 fee for processing. submitted, the applicant will be scheduled to Students who cannot pick up their certificate begin their session at USAELC on the next in person can request to mail the certificate available session start date, and scheduled with courier fee to any U.S. address. for a placement test. Certificate of Course Completion requires at least 12 weeks’ enrollment with a passing Transfer students coming to USA ELC: grade. Students who participate in the Exit The student must complete the same process Exam will have the processing fee waived. as described for a new student and also complete a transfer form. Attendance Policy Students are required to maintain at least It takes on average between 2-5 business 80% attendance during enrolled course of days for their SEVIS record to be transferred study. Students who drop below the required to USAELC from a former school. attendance percentage may be dismissed from the program, or placed on probation. Walk-in for an overseas student: Students attending the program on Student An overseas student may have a Visa (F) are required by immigration to meet representative begin the application process the attendance requirement in order to in the office on their behalf. The fees to maintain status in the United States. apply include the $75 Application Fee, $175 Students who drop below the required Administrative Fee and the $125 Documents attendance percentage may have their I20 Preparation Fee. The $75 Courier fee is record terminated at any time for optional and will mail the form I-20 directly unauthorized drop below full course of to the student. The Courier fee is refundable study. if the service to the third party is not utilized. The Courier fee is charged based on Attendance is calculated for the entire 12- quoted rate from DHL website for cost of week course. service. At the point that a student drops below 80% cumulative attendance Placement Test and Exit Exam for a course, he/she receives an The Placement Test for new students is attendance warning email. administered on the first day of class at the Students that have a cumulative USA English Language Center, at 9am. attendance average below 80% at the end of the course are withdrawn The Exit Test is required of all students who from school. are ending their program at the USA English The faculty class roster will contain Language Center. The exit test will information about the student’s demonstrate any progress the student may week, attendance average, and have made during their enrollment. The Exit cumulative grade. 222
Students are encouraged to attend all classes to avoid an attendance issue RCL will not affect tuition payments or arising. payment due dates, please make your payments on time according to your Medical Reduced Course Load (RCL): enrollment agreement at the USA English All Reduced Course Load (RCL) requests Language Center. Students are encouraged must be submitted in writing, with student to maintain good communication with the signature, and the dates being requested. administrative office and the school’s DSO Requested start date for course reduction in order to fulfill F1 Visa status must be submitted in advance, and an requirements during the Reduced Course official response must be received by the Load process student prior to attending class at a reduced schedule. RCL requests are reviewed by the Exceptions Review Committee (ERC) at the Make-up Work: USA English Language Center, in Students may make-up work at the accordance with SEVP Policy for F1 visa. discretion of the faculty if their reason for RCL request for medical conditions must missing the assignment was related to an include supporting documentation. Medical excused absence. conditions must be substantiated by medical documentation from a licensed medical The following rules apply for allowing doctor, in accordance with SEVP Policy. make-up work. SDUIS cannot accept medical Make-up work must be completed documentation signed by medical staff other within 2 weeks of the missing than a licensed medical doctor (for example, assignment. a certified nurse practitioner CNP is not Make up work must be educationally acceptable). The date of the Doctor’s visit sound must be no more than 10 (ten) days prior to The Make-up assignment or exam the RCL request form being submitted to the will be comparable in content, length office. of time required to complete, and delivered in a similar manner to the RCL requests must be approved by the assignment missed. Therefore, if the Designated School Official (DSO). Students missed assignment included an oral who have been approved for RCL are report, the make-up assignment will required to maintain the agreed upon require an oral report. If the missed schedule to maintain their F1 Visa status. assignment was an exam, the make- Students that have been approved for RCL up assignment will be an exam. will receive a customized RCL Class There is a 10% penalty deducted Schedule, and will be allowed to attend from all late work, including make- classes at the USA English Language Center up work. for the amount of time specified. At the end of the RCL Class Schedule, students will be Class or Course Change Request expected to return to full time attendance, 18 A student may request a class change from hours per week, to maintain their F1 Visa Student Services within the first week of a status. Students who fail to maintain their scheduled course. If a different session or RCL Class Schedule and have poor course is available, the student may be attendance may be considered for dismissal approved for a class change. and/or termination. 223
IMPORTANT: Students must progress in with signature. Vacation time is accrued their program. Students with a passing grade and a maximum of 4 weeks will be A or B are not permitted to repeat the permitted. Students will be allowed only course. At no time is a student permitted to one vacation request per 12-week period, to enroll in a course of a lower level. not impede upon their academic progress. Vacation dates are processed from Monday Repeating Courses through Thursday, and Friday through Students will be charged to retake any failed Saturday. courses, or for retaking a course to improve the grade assignment. The number of times a Vacation Eligibility Chart: student is allowed to retake a course for which they received a “D” or an “F” is Class Vacation Eligibility limited to two (total of 3 attempts for any Enrollment one course). 12 weeks 2 weeks Grades and Grading Scale All grades are based upon the following 24 weeks 4 weeks (If previous criteria: vacation is not 25% - Class Participation requested) 25% - Class Work (Homework, 36 weeks 4 weeks (If previous Quizzes) vacation is not 25% - Midterm Exam requested) 25% - Final Exam
The grading scale is: Students who have been approved for vacation and do not return to school within 2 weeks of their return date will be dismissed from the program. The student will be considered absent for every day beyond the date the student was scheduled to return from vacation, and does not return.
Students who are not maintaining good status at the school will not be eligible for Midterm& Final exams are every 6 weeks; vacation until they meet the requirements. as we are on a 12-week course schedule. Tuition will not be charged during approved Students that are absent on the day of the vacation time. Your tuition payment due midterm or final receive a 10% penalty date will change with vacation approval. unless they have an excused absence. There are NO exceptions to this policy. Leave of Absence Policy Students may request a Leave of Absence if Vacation Policy they need to depart the United States. LOA Students become eligible to request 2 week requests must be submitted in writing before vacation every 12 weeks of continuous LOA start date with signature, and will be enrollment. To request a vacation, you must reviewed on a case by case basis. come to the office and fill out a Vacation Documentation is required, including a copy Request Form at least one week in advance
224
of airline ticket with departure date and a higher level course, or a focus course, if return date. For students on F1 visa, the they receive a grade of A or B upon SEVIS record will move to terminated status completion in their current course. Students during the departure dates, and will be that receive a grade of C or D may petition reactivated for the return to the U.S. to repeat the course based on a sound academic rationale and the approval of their Leave of Absence dates are processed from Individualize Learning Plan. Students are Monday through Thursday, and Friday allowed to repeat a 12-week course a through Saturday. Students who have been maximum of 2 times. Therefore, a student approved for LOA and do not return to can remain in the same level class and/or school within 2 weeks of their return date same focus class for a total of 3 sessions, 27 will be dismissed from the program. The weeks, if their skill level and grades warrant student will be considered absent for every a repeat and a repeat is approved. When a day beyond the date the student was student repeats the course, the instructor will scheduled to return from vacation, and does provide supplemental materials to ensure not return. that the student is being challenged.
Students who are not maintaining good Lack of reasonable and consistent progress, status at the school will not be eligible for failure to complete enrolled courses with LOA until they meet the requirements. passing grades and failure to maintain status Tuition will not be charged during approved is grounds for probation and eventually LOA time. Your tuition payment due date dismissal. Students may not exceed a total will change with LOA approval. program length of 27 months while enrolled at the USA English Language Center. The Last Day Request and Transfer Policy 36-month timeframe includes time that Students who are ending their program or students take off while on vacation or leave leaving the United States must come to the of absence. Students will be contacted by the office to fill out the Last Day Request Form administrative office in accordance with the to notify the school that you are leaving. To Academic Probation Policy when they are be eligible for transfer in Active Status you nearing the SAP thresholds. must be maintaining the USAELC attendance requirement, at least 80% Students enrolled at the USA English attendance rate in the most recent 4 weeks of Language Center may appeal a attendance at USAELC. Please refer to determination that he or she is not meeting Attendance Policy section. If you have a the student progress standards, by financial balance owed to the school, you completing the Student Request Form must pay in full before you leave available in the administrative office. The Student Request Form is reviewed by the Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy Exceptions Review Committee, which USA ELC Satisfactory Academic Progress consists of at least three members of the Policy monitors timely progress by students administrative staff and directors at the USA toward completion of an academic program English Language Center. The Exceptions and ensures that students are successfully Review Committee meets weekly to review progressing through their classes. any pending student requests, and provides a written response in the form of email within Students enrolled at the USA English two business days of the meeting. Language Center are required to progress to
225
Academic Probation probation through the end of the course. If USA ELC policy encourages timely progress the student is determined to be failing by students toward completion of an midway through the course, the student will academic program. Lack of reasonable and be required to meet with the advisor and be consistent progress, failure to complete the required to attend the tutor sessions every enrolled course with a passing grade and Friday morning offered by USAELC at no failure to maintain status are grounds for additional cost. The tutor sessions are probation. required at this point in an attempt to motivate the student to improve his or her Grades are monitored and reviewed by the grade with extra assistance from instructors. Administrative Office every 6 weeks; at the Students who fail to attend scheduled midterm of the course session, and after the tutoring will be withdrawn. final week of the course session. Students who have not achieved a grade of D or better In no instance may a student move to a will be placed on probation. lower level course, or retake a course more than 2 times. Students who are placed on Academic Probation: Transfer Credits NOTICE CONCERNING 1st Probation: sent an email notification TRANSFERABILITY OF CREDITS AND 2nd and subsequent probations: are CREDENTIALS EARNED AT OUR contacted and required to come to the office INSTITUTION to speak with a Representative. The Representative will discuss their situation, The transferability of the credits you earn at and the student is required to sign a form USA English Language Center at the San identifying what they will do, and what Diego University for Integrative Studies is at support they need from the university to the complete discretion of an institution to improve their grade over the next 6-week which you may seek to transfer. Acceptance period. of the certificate you earn at the USA English Language Center at the San Diego Students who improve their grade, to a “D” University for Integrative Studies is also at or better, by the next 6-week evaluation, will the complete discretion of the institution to be advised and removed from Academic which you may seek to transfer. If the Probation. certificate that you earn at this institution are not accepted at the institution to which you Students who fail to achieve a “D” or better seek to transfer, you may be required to in the course will remain on Academic repeat some or all of your coursework at that Probation and are allowed to change to a institution. For this reason, you should make focus or level course (if they qualify), or certain that your attendance at this may retake the course. The student is institution will meet your educational goals. required to come to the office to speak with This may include contacting an institution to the advisor to discuss their situation, and which you may seek to transfer after sign a form identifying what they will do, attending the USA English Language Center and what support they need from USAESL at the San Diego University for Integrative to achieve a passing grade over the next 6- Studies to determine if your certificate will week period. Students on probation at the transfer. beginning of a course will remain on
226
Other Services Ethical Conduct Housing Assistance - SDUIS embraces a high standard of integrity USA ELC assists students enrolled in the of performance for students, administrators, Intensive English Language Program (IEP) faculty and staff members. All members of with their housing needs. Housing is not the campus community have the offered on site, however assistance is responsibility to foster a standard of conduct provided as needed. which reflects credit on themselves and on the University, while preserving a climate Reception Desk – that respects the dignity and integrity of each The staff at the reception desk are available individual. Failure to maintain such to answer questions about getting settled in standards may result in disciplinary action, San Diego, health insurance options, and any including dismissal questions students may have about their program. USAELC Safety Declaration SDUIS is strongly committed to preventing Assessing Student Satisfaction crime. The University considers the USA ELC is committed to regularly physical safety of each of its students and assessing, documenting, and validating the employees necessary in maintaining a students’ satisfaction with the education and successful learning environment. The training services provided. Upon cooperation and involvement of students and completion of a program, students are asked employees of the University in campus to complete a Satisfaction Survey Feedback safety is essential to minimize criminal form, which allows them to provide activity. feedback. The feedback is summarized and the aggregate of the responses is provided to Crime Prevention the instructors as a part of the instructor Individual safety consciousness and evaluation process. The feedback of the awareness of personal environment is a survey is summarized and recorded crucial component of crime prevention. Opportunities for improvement and follow- SDUIS suggests the following crime up action is discussed during staff meetings. prevention measures. If followed, the measures will contribute to the safety and Smoking Policy security of the SDUIS community: SDUIS is a non-smoking building. • Lock your car. Smoking is ONLY allowed in the corner • Take and keep your car keys with section of the back parking lot. Please you at all times. dispose of your cigarette butts in the large • At night, travel in well-lighted areas, ashtrays provided and in pairs if possible. Avoid short cuts and deserted areas. Drug & Alcohol Use • Do not leave valuable items in your SDUIS is committed to an environment that car, including personal items and is free from drug and alcohol use. The school related materials such as manufacture, distribution, dispensing, textbooks. possession, or use of illicit drugs and alcohol • Do not park in isolated areas. is prohibited at all SDUIS campus, • Leave items of high monetary value classrooms, and events. Violation of this at home. SDUIS is not responsible policy will result in dismissal for lost or stolen items. Do not leave
227
your belongings unattended while on SCHEDULE OF TOTAL CHARGES campus. • Do not carry more cash than Total tuition and fee charges are based on necessary and certainly do not the sum of base tuition and fees, specific to advertise what you have. the day and time of English language course • Keep your purse, backpack or in which a student is enrolled: briefcase close by. • Mark personal items that you bring Level: on campus. This includes marking Day/Time: textbooks, laptops, and calculators with your name or some other Total Tuition: $______traceable identification. Non-refundable • Do not bring any kind of weapon Application fee: $_75 onto University property. *Non-refundable Tuition and Fees Administrative fee: $_175
Non-refundable fees: *Documents Preparation fee: $125 Application fee: $ 75 Textbook: $_____ Administrative Fee: $175 STRF Fee of ($0.00 per $1000): 0 Non-refundable STRF: $_0____ Transfer in of Terminated I-20 *Other fees: $______Record: $100 1 Note : This non-refundable fee applies to all International students applying from outside the U.S. Note2: This fee applies to all International students Other Fees: who are applying for admission from outside of the Document Prep Fee United States, and is refundable when a student (International students only): $175 cancels enrollment, before entering the US. Note3: Other fees may include, for example a student Student ID $ 20 ID, the cost for certificate, or credit card decline fee. Certificate $ 20 These fees are incidental and are used to pay for Estimated Book fee per course: $ 50 services other than tuition. Courier fees Actual Late Tuition Fee: $ 25 TOTAL CHARGES THE STUDENT IS OBLIGATED TO PAY UPON Course Tuition* for a 12-week enrollment ENROLLMENT: $______period: Morning Classes $ 1050 TOTAL CHARGES FOR CURRENT Afternoon Classes $ 900 PERIOD OF ATTENDANCE: Evening Classes $ 900 $______Weekend Classes $ 1050 Enrollment in two courses ESTIMATED TOTAL CHARGES FOR simultaneously $ 1500 THE ENTIRE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM: $______*Tuition cost may be increased after the scheduled completion date with written notice published in the SDUIS Schedule of Classes
228
Payments/Method of Payment/ Additional he/she paid, less a registration or Fees: administration fee not to exceed $250.00, Payments are due monthly, and for the and less any deduction for equipment not upcoming month on the Friday before returned in good condition, within 45 days classes begin. Cash, check, credit card, after the notice of cancellation is received. money order are all acceptable methods of payment. A student who authorizes tuition WITHDRAWAL FROM THE payment with 1) a credit card, and their PROGRAM credit card is declined, or 2) by a check that A student may withdraw from Intensive is returned, is charged a $25 decline/return English Language Program at SDUIS at any fee, and will also be charged the $25.00 late time after the cancellation period (described tuition fee (unless payment is successfully above) and receive a pro rata refund if received by the deadline). he/she has completed 60% or less of the scheduled period of attendance. The refund STUDENT’S RIGHT TO CANCEL will be less a registration or administration The student has the right to cancel the fee not to exceed $250.00, and less any enrollment agreement and obtain a refund of deduction for equipment not returned in charges paid through attendance at the first good condition, within 45 days of class session, or the seventh day after withdrawal. If the student has completed enrollment, whichever is later. After the end more than 60% of the period of attendance of the cancellation period, students also have for which the student was charged, the the right to stop school at any time; and the tuition is considered earned and the student right to receive a pro rata refund if the will receive no refund. student has completed 60% or less of the program. For the purpose of determining a refund under this section, a student shall be deemed Cancellation may occur when the student to have withdrawn from a program of provides a written notice of cancellation at instruction when any of the following the following address: SDUIS, 3900 Harney occurs: Street, San Diego, CA 92110. This can be done by mail, by email, or by hand delivery. The student notifies USA ELC of the student’s withdrawal or as of the date of The written notice of cancellation, if sent by the student’s withdrawal, whichever is mail, is effective when deposited in the mail later. properly addressed with proper postage. If USA ELC terminates the student’s the written notice of cancellation is sent by enrollment for failure to maintain email, it is effective on the day of electronic satisfactory progress; failure to abide by transmission. USA ELC rules and regulations; absences in excess of maximum set forth The written notice of cancellation need not by USA ELC; and/or failure to meet take any particular form and, however financial obligations to USA ELC. expressed, it is effective if it shows that the The student has failed to attend class for two student no longer wishes to be bound by the consecutive weeks. Enrollment Agreement. The student fails to return from a leave of absence. If the Enrollment Agreement is cancelled SDUIS will refund the student any money 229
Last day Last day Tuition Tuition days. The formula is: Total Tuition Amount attended of attended of Refund Refund paid ($350), multiplied by Class Meetings Class Class Amount Amount paid for but not attended divided by Class Meeting(s): Meeting(s): meetings paid for, equals tuition Refund 1 $328.12 6 $218.75 Amount. 2 $306.25 7 $196.87 3 $284.37 8 $175.00 For example, a student may attend class for one 4 $262.50 9 $153.12 (1) week, 4 class meetings, then elect to drop. 10th class The refund would be prorated as follows: $350 5 $240.62 $0.00 and beyond x 12/16 = $262.52 Refund (refund due student of the $350.00 tuition paid). For the purpose of determining the amount of the refund, the date of the student’s Student Loans withdrawal shall be deemed the last date of If the student obtains a loan to pay for an recorded attendance. The amount owed educational program, the student will have equals the daily charge for the program (total the responsibility to repay the full amount of institutional charge, minus non-refundable the loan plus interest, less the amount of any fees, divided by the number of days in the refund. program), multiplied by the number of days If the student is eligible for a loan guaranteed by the federal or state scheduled to attend, prior to withdrawal. government and the student defaults on the
loan, both of the following may occur: For the purpose of determining the amount (1) The federal or state government or a of the refund, the date of the student’s loan guarantee agency may take withdrawal shall be deemed the last date of action against the student, including recorded attendance. If the student has applying any income tax refund to completed more than 60% of the period of which the person is entitled to reduce attendance for which the student was the balance owed on the loan. charged, the tuition is considered earned and (2) (2) The student may not be eligible the student will receive no refund. for any other federal student
financial aid at another institution or Refund Policy other government assistance until the The refund policy for the unused portion of loan is repaid. tuition costs follows the appropriate
guidelines of the California Private Questions and Complaints Postsecondary Education Act of 2009. The USA English Language Center at Drop/add forms are available in the SDUIS holds customer satisfaction to be a Administrative Office. The amount of a priority. Our staff is trained to assist you refund is determined by the date that the with any questions or concerns regarding student last attended class. The refund your enrollment. If at any time you are not policy for students who have completed 60% satisfied with your experience with USA or less of the period of attendance shall be a ELC at SDUIS we ask that you come to the pro rata refund. Refunds are mailed to the Administrative Office to speak with a student within 45 days. representative. We offer the Student Request
Form to voice any concerns in writing. Our Refund Policy Example: Refund Policy Exceptions Review Committee of at least Example for four (4) weeks of instruction, three staff members reviews your request meeting 4 days a week, for a total of 16
230
weekly and provides a written response via Final Review: If the grievant remains email. Any questions a student may have dissatisfied, he or she may appeal the regarding this enrollment agreement that decision with the Exceptions Review have not been satisfactorily answered by the Committee. All facts, issues, supporting institution may be directed to the Bureau for documentation, as well as a second "Student Private Postsecondary Education at 2535 Request" form must be submitted in writing. Capitol Oaks Drive, Suite 400, Sacramento, CA 95833, www.bppe.ca.gov, (888) 370- 7589 or by fax (916) 263-1897.” A student or any member of the public may file a complaint about this institution with the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education by calling (888) 370-7589 toll-free or by completing a complaint form, which can be obtained on the bureau’s internet web site www.bppe.ca.gov.”
If a student has a complaint or feedback regarding USA English Language Center procedures, policies, academic decisions, faculty, staff, or other students that they wish to formally submit, they are advised to submit a Student Request Form. Students are encouraged to first seek guidance from the Student Advisor regarding their concerns. When such concerns cannot be initially resolved, the following grievance procedure is followed:
Informal Review: The student should contact the Student Services Office. The advisor tries to resolve the matter to the satisfaction of all parties. If this informal review does not result in resolution, the student may file a formal grievance with the Exceptions Review Committee.
Formal Review: The student must complete a "Student Request" form (available in the administrative office) and submit it to the Student Services Office. In most cases, the Exceptions Review Committee will notify of a decision within two (2) working days unless external consultation is necessary. Normally, the student is notified by email of the decision of the Committee.
231
Intensive English Language Program (IEP) Faculty
Celise Armstrong David Gonzalez, M.S. Bachelor of Arts, Comparative Master of Science, Supervision & Literature, Cal State University Long Administration, The New York City Beach College CBEST from CECE Bachelor of Arts, English Literature, Teaches: Conversation Inter American University San Juan, PR Daniel Campobasso Teaches: Conversation Bachelor of Arts, Communication, California State University of San Rene Luna, M.Ed. Bernardino Masters of Education, English Teaches: Conversation, Beginning II Education TESOL, Temple University- Toyko Linda Curtice Bachelor of Arts, International Bachelor of Arts, Vocational Business, Cal State University of Education, San Diego State University Fullerton TESL/TEFL Certificate, San Diego Teaches: Intermediate I State University Teaches: Beginning I Brenda Mabry Bachelor of Arts, Education TESOL, Brian Deckard Bircham International University Bachelor of Science, Business Canadian Institute of English TESL, Management, University of Phoenix Canadian Institute of English TESL Teaches: Beginning II, Conversation Transworld Teachers Inc., Transworld Teachers Inc. Brian Edelstein Int’l Assoc of Progressive Bachelor of Arts, Geography, Montessorians , Montessori Training University of Hawaii Center of San Diego TESOL Certificate, University of Child Care Professsional Mgmt California San Diego Training, UCSD Extension, San Diego Teaches: TOEFL Teaches: Intermediate I
Robert Gallardo, M.Ed. Angel McGrath, Masters of Education, University of Bachelor of Arts, Communication, San Diego San Diego State University Bachelor of Arts, History, San Diego Teaches: Intermediate II State University Gifted and Talented Education Administrative Services Credential K- 12 Bilingual Specialist Cross Cultural Credential K-12 Standard Elementary Credential, K-9 Teaches: TOEFL, Business English A
232
Joseph McLinden, M.A. Steve Shields, M.A. Masters of Arts Education, Masters of Arts, Education, United University of Phoenix States International University Bachelor of Science Business Mgmt, Bachelor of Arts, English, San Diego University of Phoenix State University ESL, University of Phoenix Teaching Credential, State of CA Specially Designed Academic Teaches: Advanced II Instruction in English, University of Phoenix Christine Smith, M.A. Cross Cultural Language and Masters of Arts, Organizational Academic Development, University Management, Ashford University of Phoenix Bachelor of Arts, Communications, No Child Left Behind, San Diego Ashford University Unified Schools TESOL, TESL, TEFL, Oxford Single Subject English Teaching and Seminars Introductory Business Credential, Teaches: Beginning II, Business English State of CA 30 Day Emergency Credential Matthew Steidley Published Author, Exlibris Bachelor of Arts, Art, Art History, Publishing San Diego State University Teaches: Intermediate I, Conversation TESOL,Oxford Seminars Teaches: Advanced I Joe Real Bachelor of Arts Literature & Tobin Stutler Language, University of California Bachelor of Arts, English, Cal State San Diego University of San Bernardino Teaching Education & Language TEFL Certificate-120 hour, TEFL Program, National University Institute BCLAD Teaching Credential, Teaches: Intermediate II California Commission on Teacher Credentialing Eric Tauber, M.A. Teaches: Intermediate II Master of Arts, Theater Arts, San Diego State University Douglas Saylor, Ph.D. Bachelor of Arts, Writing, University PhD, Language, Louisiana State of Evansville University TEFL Certificate, Bridge Master of Arts, English, University Non-Profit Management Certificate, of New Mexico Chapman University Bachelor of Arts, English, University Teaches: Intermediate II of New Mexico Lifetime Credential, California Community Colleges Teaches: Advanced II, TOEFL
233